INTERACTIVE MAGIC INC /MD/
SB-2/A, 1998-07-17
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: RICEX CO, 10SB12G/A, 1998-07-17
Next: CONVERGYS CORP, S-1/A, 1998-07-17






   
          As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17, 1998
                                                      Registration No. 333-53755
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, DC 20549
                                ---------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
    
                                       TO

                                   FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ---------------
                            Interactive Magic, Inc.
       (Exact name of small business issuer as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             North Carolina                            7372                       56-2092059
<S>                                       <C>                              <C>
       (State or other jurisdiction       (Primary Standard Industrial        (I.R.S. Employer
    of incorporation or organization)      Classification Code Number)     Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                        215 Southport Drive, Suite 1000
                       Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
                                (919) 461-0722
         (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

                        215 Southport Drive, Suite 1000
                       Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
                                (919) 461-0722
(Address of principal place of business or intended principal place of
                                   business)


                                 J. W. STEALEY
                     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                            Interactive Magic, Inc.
                        215 Southport Drive, Suite 1000
                       Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
                                (919) 461-0722
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                  including area code, of agent for service)
                                ---------------
                                  Copies to:

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
             GERALD F. ROACH, ESQ.           ROBERT J. MITTMAN, ESQ.
            BYRON B. KIRKLAND, ESQ.           TENZER GREENBLATT LLP
           SMITH, ANDERSON, BLOUNT,            405 Lexington Avenue
   DORSETT, MITCHELL & JERNIGAN, L.L.P.      New York, New York 10174
        2500 First Union Capitol Center     Telephone: (212) 885-5000
         Raleigh, North Carolina 27601      Facsimile: (212) 885-5001
            Telephone: (919) 821-1220
            Facsimile: (919) 821-6800
</TABLE>

                                ---------------
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
       practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
   
                                ---------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Title of Each Class                      Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum
    of Securities to      Amount to be    Aggregate Offering       Aggregate            Amount of
     be Registered       Registered (1)     Price Per Share      Offering Price    Registration Fee (2)
<S>                     <C>              <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, $.10 par
  value ............... 2,990,000        $ 10.00              $ 29,900,000.00     $ 8,820.80
</TABLE>
    

   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Includes 390,000 shares which the Representatives have the option to
    purchase from the Company to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) A registration fee of $9,499.00 was paid on May 28, 1998.
     The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration
statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

   
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
    

   
                  PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JULY 17, 1998
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION


                                2,600,000 Shares


                                     [LOGO]



    

                                  Common Stock

   
     Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of Interactive Magic, Inc. (the "Company") and there can be no assurance
that any such market will develop. It is anticipated that the Common Stock will
be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "IMGK." It is
currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be
between $8.00 and $10.00. For a discussion of the factors considered in
determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting."
    
                               ----------------
   
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK
AND IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION. SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 7
AND "DILUTION" ON PAGE 18 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE
   CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
    
                               ----------------
   
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                              A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Price       Underwriting       Proceeds
                         to        Discounts and          to
                       Public     Commissions (1)     Company (2)
<S>                   <C>        <C>                 <C>
Per Share .........   $          $                   $
Total (3) .........   $          $                   $
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
(1) Does not include additional compensation to be received by BlueStone
    Capital Partners, L.P. ("BlueStone") and Royce Investment Group, Inc., as
    representatives of the several Underwriters (the "Representatives"), in
    the form of warrants to purchase up to 260,000 shares of Common Stock (the
    "Representatives' Warrants"). The Company has also agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
    

(2) Before deducting expenses of the offering payable by the Company, estimated
  at $900,000.

   
(3) The Company has granted the Representatives an option, exercisable within
    45 days of the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 390,000
    additional shares of Common Stock, on the same terms as set forth above,
    solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. If the
    Representatives' over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total
    Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to
    Company will be $      , $       and $      , respectively. See
    "Underwriting."

     The shares of Common Stock are being offered, subject to prior sale, when,
as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to approval
of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions. The
Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify the offering and
to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the
certificates representing the shares of Common Stock will be made against
payment therefor at the offices of BlueStone Capital Partners, L.P., 575 Fifth
Avenue, New York, New York 10017, on or about       , 1998.



BlueStone Capital Partners, L.P.                              Royce Investment
                                                                  Group, Inc.

                The date of this Prospectus is          , 1998.
    
<PAGE>

Following the Prospectus cover page is a fold-out two page color layout
depicting CD-ROM box cover art for certain of the Company's products:


    iF22
    iF22 Persian Gulf version 5.0
    iPanzer 44
    Apache
    Hind
    The Great Battles of Alexander
    Liberation Day
    Capitalism Plus
    Seven Kingdoms Ancient Adversaries
    Industry Giant
    iF-16
    The Great Battles of Hannibal
    American Civil War
    iMA2 Abrams
    Semper Fi
    Air Warrior II
    The Great Battles of Caesar



On the foldover leaf, directly inside the front cover, is color artwork
illustrating two aircraft in a simulated battle over land and ocean representing
the Company's WARBIRDS product with the words "WarBirds" and "Worldwide
MEGAplayer Gaming"

Directly beneath the artwork are the following legends:



                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company will become subject to the
reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), and, in accordance therewith, will file reports, proxy
statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission"). The Company intends to furnish its shareholders with annual
reports containing audited financial statements and such other periodic reports
as the Company deems appropriate or as may be required by law.

                               ----------------
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
WHICH STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON
STOCK, INCLUDING PLACING STABILIZING BIDS OR EFFECTING PURCHASES OF COMMON
STOCK IN THE OPEN MARKET. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE
"UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and
consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Each prospective investor is urged to read this
Prospectus in its entirety. In this Prospectus, the term "Company" includes
Interactive Magic, Inc., its Maryland predecessor and its three subsidiaries.
Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this Prospectus, including per
share data and information relating to the number of shares outstanding, (i)
other than the historical financial statements, gives retroactive effect to the
conversion of the Class A and B common stock and Series A, B and C preferred
stock of the Company into Common Stock and the exercise of options for the
purchase of 363,750 shares of Common Stock (the "Recapitalization Options") and
warrants for the purchase of 516,769 shares of Common Stock (the
"Recapitalization Warrants") on or prior to the consummation of this offering
(the "Recapitalization"), (ii) gives retroactive effect to the one-for-two
reverse split of the Common Stock effected on July 1, 1998 in connection with
the Company's reincorporation in North Carolina, and (iii) assumes no exercise
of the Representatives' over-allotment option to purchase up to 390,000
additional shares of Common Stock. See "Description of Securities --
Recapitalization," "Underwriting" and Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
    

     Interactive Magic, I-Magic, the Interactive Magic logo and Star Rangers
are registered trademarks of the Company. WarBirds, MEGAplayer, MEGAvoice,
iM1A2 Abrams, Hind, Seven Kingdoms, DEMON, Malkari and UltraFighters are
trademarks of the Company. Other trademarks appearing herein are trademarks of
their respective owners.

     This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from the
results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause
such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk
Factors."

                                  The Company

     Interactive Magic, Inc. (the "Company") develops, publishes and
distributes interactive, real-time, 3D entertainment software, focusing on
simulation and strategy games for CD-ROM and online/Internet use. Since
inception, the Company has published 26 titles on CD-ROM which have been
distributed through more than 15,000 retail outlets in over 30 countries.
Additionally, the Company's initial online product, WARBIRDS, a World War II
air combat simulation game, has generated sales of over 1.4 million hours of
online game time to players in more than 70 countries. Since its first product
offering in August 1995, the Company has been recognized each year with awards
or critical acclaim from industry associations and publications, including PC
Games, PC Today, Computer Gaming World, Power Play, PC Gamer, Computer Games
Strategy Plus and the Software Publishers Association ("SPA"). Since such time,
the Company's net revenues have also grown to $16,502,000 and $4,913,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended March 31, 1998,
respectively. The Company seeks to benefit from leveraging its development,
marketing and technological synergy across its dual distribution channels.

     Most of the Company's CD-ROM products are designed so that users can play
them both as single-player and multiplayer (up to 16 players) games and include
various levels of difficulty so that both novice and experienced players can
enjoy the Company's games. APACHE, the Company's first published CD-ROM
product, is an air-combat simulation of the AH-64D Apache Longbow Helicopter
for players of all experience levels. APACHE received two Codie Award
nominations from the SPA and was named "Best Simulation of 1995" by both PC
Gamer magazine and Strategy Plus magazine. CAPITALISM, the Company's highly
acclaimed business strategy and simulation CD-ROM game, gives players resources
with which to build a global financial empire and was a runner-up to APACHE as
PC Gamer magazine's "Best Simulation of 1995." SEVEN KINGDOMS, one of the
Company's newest strategy CD-ROM games, presents players with a special
challenge of real-time action and strategy set in a medieval fantasy world of
monsters, gods and opposing cultures and was named "Strategy Game of the Year"
by Germany's PC Power Play magazine. iF-22, the Company's internally developed
flight simulation game, and iF-22 PERSIAN GULF, the Company's recently released
sequel, incorporate the Company's DEMON advanced 3D graphics and terrain
technology. By focusing on delivering highly playable, entertaining games with
high quality graphics, the Company believes it has built strong brand
recognition and consumer loyalty among game enthusiasts. The Company intends to
build upon this loyalty by selectively creating franchise titles through the
publication of sequels and add-ons to existing games, as it has done with its
three-game Great Battles series, GREAT BATTLES OF ALEXANDER, GREAT BATTLES OF
HANNIBAL and GREAT BATTLES OF CAESAR.


                                       3
<PAGE>

     WARBIRDS, the Company's first commercial online product, was named "Online
Game of the Year" for the past two years by PC Games magazine and is recognized
as one of the world's leading real-time large-scale (hundreds of players)
multiplayer online games. Players from around the world can access WARBIRDS via
the Internet to simultaneously fly missions in a single campaign and, to date,
there have been as many as 350 such WARBIRDS players online at one time. The
incorporation of 3D rolling terrain graphics, the Company's MEGAvoice
technology, which allows groups of up to four online players to engage in
real-time voice communication, and the Company's MEGAplayer technology, which
minimizes the effect of Internet delays (latency), all add to the realism of
the WARBIRDS playing experience. The Company charges subscription fees for
online play plus additional fees for hours played beyond the subscription
allocation. Users can enter and exit the ongoing game 24 hours a day, seven
days a week, enabling the Company to receive recurring revenues. To encourage
such recurring play, the Company promotes the development of "communities" of
regular WARBIRDS flyers who participate in special promotional events such as
squadron conferences, conventions and competitions around the world. The
Company is seeking to increase revenues from its online business by developing
additional real-time large-scale multiplayer games based on other military,
futuristic/space and action-oriented simulation games. Currently, the Company
has two new online products, FIGHTER OPS and RAIDER WARS, which have undergone
beta testing on the Company's online service, and two new products,
ULTRA-FIGHTERS and MALKARI, which are intended to be playable both as CD-ROM
products and as large-scale multiplayer online products and are in the final
stages of development. All of these products are scheduled for release in 1998.
In addition, the Company is seeking to broaden its user base by negotiating
with several major providers of online services in North America, Germany, the
United Kingdom, Japan and Brazil for rights to distribute the Company's online
products. The Company anticipates that, if finalized, such arrangements would
allow subscribers of a particular online service access to play the Company's
online games at an hourly rate, in exchange for which the Company would receive
a royalty.

     The Company's objective is to become one of the world's leading providers
of CD-ROM and real-time large-scale multiplayer online simulation and strategy
games. Key elements of the Company's strategy are to: increase online recurring
revenue, focus on simulation and strategy games, expand brand recognition,
manage risk through internal and external product development, expand its
worldwide distribution network, leverage core proprietary technologies and
expand operations through strategic acquisitions. The Company is led by an
experienced management team and key employees with substantial expertise in the
interactive entertainment software and computer game industries as well as
experience in client-server technology, 3D graphics, large networking systems
and U.S. Department of Defense avionic testing systems. See "Business --
Strategy," "Business -- Product Development" and "Management."

     The Interactive Digital Software Association ("IDSA") reported that retail
sales of interactive entertainment software in North America reached $3.7
billion in 1996 and were projected to increase to $5.3 billion in 1997 and $8
billion in 2000. Worldwide entertainment software sales were estimated by IDSA
to have exceeded $10 billion in 1996, roughly divided evenly among the United
States, Europe and Asia. A 1997 Forrester Research report estimates that more
than 6.9 million consumers in the United States are currently playing games
over the Internet, generating revenues of $127 million in 1997, and projects
that 18 million consumers will generate $1.6 billion in revenues in 2001. The
Company believes that the continued availability of lower-cost high performance
multimedia personal computers ("PCs") and modems will continue to contribute to
the increase in PC ownership and thereby expand the use of the Internet and
online services for entertainment purposes.

     The Company has sales professionals in North America, the United Kingdom
and Germany and expects to increase its marketing and sales staff in these
locations and expand its offices geographically where appropriate.
Additionally, the Company contracts with distribution agencies in Japan,
Singapore, South America, Korea, South Africa and Australia and its products
are sold by retailers such as CompUSA, Wal-Mart and Best Buy in North America
and Karstadt, Dixon's and PC World in Europe.

     The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland on
June 16, 1994 under the name SP Enterprises, Inc. and changed its name to
Interactive Magic, Inc. in March 1996. On July 1, 1998, the Company
reincorporated in North Carolina. The Company's corporate headquarters are
located in the Research Triangle Park area at 215 Southport Drive, Suite 1000,
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560, and its telephone number is (919) 461-0722.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                 The Offering

   
Common Stock offered...............   2,600,000 shares
    

Common Stock to be outstanding after the
   
 offering..........................   9,393,699 shares(1)
    

   
Use of Proceeds....................   Repayment of indebtedness, research and
                                      development, marketing and distribution,
                                      and working capital and general corporate
                                      purposes, including possible acquisitions.
                                      See "Use of Proceeds."
    

Risk Factors.......................   The securities offered hereby involve a
                                      high degree of risk and immediate
                                      substantial dilution. See "Risk Factors"
                                      and "Dilution."

Proposed Nasdaq National
 Market symbol........................................................ "IMGK"
- ------------
   
(1) Does not include: (i) 1,708,045 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance upon the exercise of stock options remaining outstanding
    following the Recapitalization, and 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock
    reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options available for future
    grant, under the Company's stock option and purchase plans (collectively,
    the "Plans"); (ii) 449,554 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
    upon the exercise of warrants remaining outstanding following the
    Recapitalization; and (iii) 260,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance upon the exercise of the Representatives' Warrants. See
    "Management -- Stock Option Plans," "Description of Securities --
    Warrants" and "Underwriting."
    


                                       5
<PAGE>

                  Summary Consolidated Financial Information
               (Dollars in thousands, except for per share data)


     Set forth below is certain summary financial information for the periods
and as of the dates indicated. This information is derived from, and should be
read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements of the Company,
including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.


Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Three Months Ended March
                                                           Year Ended December 31,                       31,
                                                  -----------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                      1995          1996           1997          1997          1998
                                                  -----------   -----------   -------------   ---------   -------------
                                                                                                     (unaudited)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>         <C>
Net revenues ..................................    $  4,121      $  6,057      $   16,502      $3,957      $    4,913
Cost of revenues ..............................       1,669         2,393           6,349       1,415           1,877
Gross profit ..................................       2,452         3,664          10,153       2,542           3,036
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing .........................       2,335         5,008           6,760       1,642           1,667
  Product development .........................       1,518         3,788           3,878         859           1,103
  General and administrative ..................         828         1,451           1,941         598             449
Total operating expenses ......................       4,681        10,247          12,579       3,099           3,219
Operating loss ................................      (2,229)       (6,583)         (2,426)       (557)           (183)
Interest expense ..............................         175           606           1,675         300             307
Net loss ......................................      (2,451)       (7,200)         (4,298)       (825)           (618)
Pro forma net loss per share (1)(2) ...........                                $    (0.68)                 $    (0.09)
Number of shares used in computing
  pro forma net loss per share (1)(2) .........                                 6,343,080                   6,619,708
</TABLE>

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31, 1997                March 31, 1998 (unaudited)
                                           -------------------   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      Pro Forma
                                                                    Actual      Pro Forma (2)     As Adjusted (2)(3)
                                                                 -----------   ---------------   -------------------
<S>                                        <C>                   <C>           <C>               <C>
Working capital (deficiency) ...........        $ (1,933)         $    799        $    899             $16,091
Total assets ...........................           7,747             9,211           9,311              23,003
Long-term debt (4) .....................           7,229             4,661           4,661                  --
Total liabilities ......................          16,646            12,970          12,651               5,481
Redeemable preferred stock .............              --               600              --                  --
Shareholders' equity (deficit) .........          (8,899)           (4,359)         (3,340)             17,522
</TABLE>
    

- ------------
(1) See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share.

(2) Gives retroactive effect to the Recapitalization, including the $10,335
    paid to the Company in connection with the exercise of the
    Recapitalization Warrants, as well as cash proceeds of $90,000 paid to the
    Company, and the forgiveness of $318,750 of the Company's accrued interest
    expense, in connection with the exercise of the Recapitalization Options.
    See "Description of Securities --  Recapitalization," "Certain
    Transactions" and Notes 3 and 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
    Statements.

   
(3) Adjusted to give retroactive effect to the sale of the 2,600,000 shares of
    Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed offering price of $9.00 per
    share (the mid-point of the currently anticipated range of the initial
    public offering price) and the anticipated application of the estimated
    net proceeds therefrom, including for the repayment of indebtedness. See
    "Use of Proceeds."
    

(4)  Includes long-term debt, less current portion, and notes payable to
related parties.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

     An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby involves a high
degree of risk. In addition to the other information in this Prospectus,
prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk factors in
evaluating the Company and its business before purchasing shares of the Common
Stock offered hereby.


Limited Relevant Operating History; Historical Losses

     The Company began operations in June 1994 and shipped its first CD-ROM
simulation and strategy game for PCs in August 1995 and released its first, and
to date only, real-time large-scale multiplayer simulation game on the Internet
in December 1995. Consequently, the Company has a limited relevant operating
history upon which an evaluation of its prospects can be made. Such prospects
must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently
encountered in connection with the operation and expansion of a new business
and commercialization of new products, particularly those associated with the
rapidly evolving interactive entertainment software industry, which is
characterized by an increasing number of market entrants, intense competition,
substantial capital requirements and a high failure rate. In addition, the
Company has experienced significant losses in each of its formative years,
resulting primarily from overhead and other costs incurred in the development
and growth of the Company, including losses of approximately $7,200,000,
$4,298,000 and $618,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the
three months ended March 31, 1998, respectively, resulting in an accumulated
deficit of approximately $14,828,000 at March 31, 1998. Moreover, the Company
expects to incur substantial up-front expenditures and operating costs in
connection with the expansion of its marketing efforts and product lines, which
may result in significant losses for the foreseeable future. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to successfully implement its growth
and business strategies, that its revenues will continue to increase or that it
will ever be able to achieve or sustain profitable operations. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and Consolidated Financial Statements.


Significant Capital Requirements; Negative Cash Flow; Possible Need for
Additional Financing

   
     The Company's capital requirements have been and will continue to be
significant, and, to date, its cash requirements have been exceeding its cash
flow from operations. Since inception, the Company has raised capital of
approximately $17,614,000 (excluding bank debt of which there is currently
outstanding approximately $5,684,000 principal amount), of which $7,070,000
represents debt securities ($2,000,000 of which has been repaid) and
$10,544,000 represents equity securities. The Company has been dependent on
these private financings to fund a portion of its capital requirements. In
addition, based on the Company's current product development plans, the
Company's capital requirements are expected to increase. As a result, the
Company is dependent upon the proceeds of this offering to complete the
development of its currently proposed products and fund its business
strategies. Although the Company anticipates, based on its currently proposed
plans and assumptions relating to its operations (including assumptions
regarding the progress and timing of its new product development efforts), that
the net proceeds of this offering, together with anticipated revenues from
operations, availability under the Company's bank lines of credit and cash and
cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund the Company's operations and
capital requirements for at least 12 months following the consummation of this
offering, there can be no assurance that such funds will not be expended prior
thereto due to unanticipated changes in economic conditions or other unforeseen
circumstances. In the event the Company's plans change or its assumptions
change or prove to be inaccurate, the Company would be required to seek
additional financing sooner than currently anticipated. The Company has no
current arrangements with respect to, or potential sources of, any additional
financing, and it is not anticipated that existing shareholders will provide
any portion of the Company's future financing requirements. Consequently, there
can be no assurance that any additional financing will be available to the
Company when needed, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any inability
to obtain additional financing when needed would require the Company to delay
or scale back its product development and marketing programs, which could have
a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, any additional equity
financing may involve substantial dilution to the interests of the Company's
then existing shareholders. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    


Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results; Uncertainty of Future Results

     The Company's quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in
the past and will likely fluctuate significantly in the future depending on a
variety of factors, several of which are not in the Company's control.


                                       7
<PAGE>

Such factors include the demand for the Company's products and the products of
its competitors, the size and rate of growth of the interactive entertainment
software market, development and promotional expenses related to the
introduction of new products or enhancements, the degree of market acceptance
for the Company's new product introductions and enhancements, the timing of
orders from significant customers, delays in shipment, the level of price
competition, changes in computing platforms, the nature and magnitude of
product returns, order cancellations, software defects and other quality
problems, the length of product life cycles, the percentage of the Company's
sales related to international sales and changes in personnel. Products are
generally shipped as orders are received, and, accordingly, the Company
operates with little backlog. Net revenues in any quarter are, therefore,
substantially dependent on orders booked and shipped in that quarter. A
significant portion of the Company's operating expenses is relatively fixed,
and planned expenditures are primarily based on expectations regarding future
sales; as a result, operating results in any given quarter would be
disproportionately adversely affected by a decrease in sales or a failure to
meet the Company's sales expectations. Operating results for future periods are
subject to numerous uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that the
Company will become profitable or sustain profitability on an annual or
quarterly basis. Based on the foregoing, the Company believes that
period-to-period comparisons of operating results should not be relied upon as
indicative of future results. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


Short CD-ROM Product Life Cycles; Dependence On a Limited Number of Products

     The market for interactive CD-ROM software games is characterized by short
product life cycles and frequent introduction of new products, most of which do
not achieve sustained market acceptance or do not generate a sufficient level
of sales to offset the costs associated with product development. Generally,
the majority of sales of new products occur within the first six months
following their release. The Company's success will depend upon development of
new, commercially successful products and upon its ability to replace revenues
from products at the later stages of their life cycles. The Company believes
that competition in the interactive entertainment software market requires the
development of higher quality, distinctive products that incorporate
increasingly sophisticated effects and the need to support product releases
with increased marketing, all of which results in higher development,
acquisition and marketing costs. To date, the Company has derived a significant
portion of its revenues from a limited number of software products released
each year, and many of these products have substantial development or
acquisition costs and marketing budgets. Due to this dependence on a limited
number of products, the Company may be adversely affected if one or more of its
principal products fails to achieve anticipated results. During the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997, two titles and three titles accounted for
approximately 56.0% and 55.8%, respectively, of the Company's consolidated net
shipments after factoring in product returns. There can be no assurance that
the Company will not remain dependent upon non-recurring sales of a limited
number of products for a substantial portion of its revenues or that any
products introduced by the Company will be commercially viable or have life
cycles sufficient to permit the Company to recoup the development, marketing
and other costs associated with their development. Failure to continuously
introduce new, commercially successful products would have a material adverse
effect on the Company. See "Business -- Products."


Lengthy Development Cycle; Product Development Risks

     The Company's success depends on the timely introduction of successful new
products. The development of new interactive entertainment software products is
lengthy, expensive and uncertain, and a product's development typically
requires six to 24 months to complete from the time a new concept is approved.
In addition, product development of online products continues for the life of
the product. Many of the Company's proposed products are in early stages of
development, and the Company will be required to commit considerable time,
effort and resources to complete development of its currently proposed
products. The Company has, in the past, experienced significant delays in the
introduction of certain new products and there will likely be delays in
developing and introducing new products in the future. In addition, because
many of the Company's products are developed for it by third parties, the
Company cannot always control the timing of their introduction. While the
Company maintains production arrangements with its third-party developers,
provides them with certain software tool kits to promote quality control and
monitors their progress, there can be no assurance that delays in the work
performed by third parties or poor quality of such work will not result in
product delays. Unanticipated delays, expenses, technical problems or
difficulties could cause the Company to miss an important selling season with a
corresponding negative impact on revenues and net income or result in
abandonment or material change in product commercialization.


                                       8
<PAGE>

There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully develop
any new products on a timely basis or that technical or other problems will not
occur which would result in increased costs or material delays. In addition,
software products as complex as those offered by the Company may contain
undetected errors when first introduced. Despite extensive product testing, the
Company has, in the past, released products with defects and has discovered
software errors in certain of its product offerings after their introduction.
In particular, the personal computer hardware environment is characterized by a
wide variety of non-standard peripherals (such as sound cards and graphics
cards) and configurations that make pre-release testing for programming or
compatibility errors very difficult and time-consuming. There can be no
assurance that, despite testing by the Company, errors will not be found in new
products or releases after commencement of commercial shipments. Remedying such
errors may delay the Company's plans, cause it to incur additional costs and
adversely affect its reputation. See "Business -- Technology" and "Business --
Product Development."


Industry Factors; Changing Consumer Preferences; Uncertainty of Market
Acceptance

     The level of demand and market acceptance for the Company's newly
introduced products is subject to a high degree of uncertainty. Software
acquisition and development costs, as well as promotion and marketing expenses,
royalties and third-party participations payable to software developers,
creative personnel, musicians and others, which reduce potential revenues
derived from software sales, have increased significantly in recent years. The
Company's future operating results will depend on numerous factors beyond its
control, including the popularity, price and timing of new entertainment
software products being released and distributed, international, national,
regional and local economic conditions (particularly economic conditions
adversely affecting discretionary consumer spending), changes in consumer
demographics, the availability of other forms of entertainment, critical
reviews and public tastes and preferences, all of which change rapidly and
cannot be predicted. The Company's ability to plan for product development and
promotional activities will be significantly affected by its ability to
anticipate and respond to relatively rapid changes in consumer tastes and
preferences, particularly those of the consumers, primarily males over age 25
with annual household incomes of $50,000 or more, comprising the Company's
principal target market. A decline in the popularity of software games or in
the interactive entertainment software industry generally or in particular
market segments could adversely affect the Company's business and prospects. In
addition, the success of the Company's strategy to capitalize on online games
will depend in part upon market acceptance of online games and a "pay-for-play"
model. Online game play is a new and evolving concept, and it is difficult to
assess or predict with any assurance the size of the market for online games or
its prospects for growth. There can be no assurance that a viable market for
online games will develop, that the Company will be successful in developing
additional products for online use or that the Company's products for this
market will achieve widespread market acceptance. See "Business -- Industry
Overview" and "Business -- Distribution."


Infrastructure Risks of Online Game Play

     The development of a robust market for online games will depend on several
factors that are outside the Company's control, including the development and
maintenance of an industry infrastructure for providing consumer access to
online games. There can be no assurance that the infrastructure, including a
reliable network foundation, and timely development of complementary products,
such as high-speed modems, necessary to make local or wide area networks or the
Internet a viable medium for use of real-time large-scale multiplayer
simulation and strategy games will be developed, or, if developed, that such
networks will become a viable medium for use of multiplayer simulation and
strategy games. In addition, hardware restrictions, such as bandwidth (amount
of data capable of transmission at a single time) and latency (delays
introduced by the network), which limit use of content via local and wide area
networks, may inhibit such networks from becoming a viable medium for delivery
of multiplayer simulation and strategy games. If the necessary infrastructure
or complementary products are not developed, or if such networks do not become
a viable medium for delivery of multiplayer simulation and strategy games, the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition may be materially
adversely affected. See "Business --  Industry Overview" and "Business --
Technology."


Changes in Technology and Industry Standards

     The interactive entertainment software industry is undergoing rapid
changes, including evolving industry standards, frequent new platform
introductions and changes in consumer requirements and preferences. The
introduction of new technologies, technologies that support multiplayer games
and new media formats such as online delivery


                                       9
<PAGE>

and digital video disks, could render the Company's previously released
products obsolete or unmarketable. The development cycle for products utilizing
new operating systems, microprocessors or formats may be significantly longer
than the Company's current development cycle for products on existing operating
systems, microprocessors and formats and may require the Company to invest
resources in products that may not become profitable. There can be no assurance
that the mix of the Company's future product offerings will keep pace with
technological changes or satisfy evolving consumer preferences or that the
Company will be successful in developing and marketing products for any future
operating system or format. Failure to develop and introduce new products and
product enhancements in a timely fashion could result in significant product
returns and inventory obsolescence and could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.

     The overall market for the Internet is characterized by rapidly changing
technology, evolving industry standards, emerging competition and frequent
product and service introductions. There can be no assurance that the Company
can successfully identify new product opportunities for Internet use and
develop and bring such new products to market in a timely manner, or that
products or technologies developed by others will not render the Company's
products or technology obsolete. The Company also is at risk to fundamental
changes in the way Internet connectivity services are delivered. Currently,
Internet services are accessed primarily by computers and are delivered by
telephone lines. If the Internet becomes accessible by screen-based telephones,
television or other consumer electronic devices, or becomes deliverable through
other means such as coaxial cable or wireless transmission, the Company may
have to develop new technology or modify its existing technology to accommodate
these developments. The Company's pursuit of such technological advances may
require substantial time and expense, and there can be no assurance that the
Company will succeed in adapting its products to alternate access devices and
conduits. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations," "Business -- Products" and "Business -- Technology."


Intense Competition; Competition for Shelf Space

     The interactive entertainment software industry is intensely and
increasingly competitive. Industry competition is based primarily upon product
quality and features, the compatibility of products with popular platforms,
access to distribution channels (including access to retail shelf space),
marketing effectiveness, reliability and ease of use, price and the quality of
user support services. Many of the companies with which the Company currently
competes or may compete against in the future have greater financial,
technical, marketing, sales and customer support and other resources than the
Company and have established reputations for success in the development,
licensing and sale of their products and technology. Current and future
competitors with greater financial resources than the Company may be able to
carry larger inventories, undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt
more aggressive pricing policies and make higher offers or guarantees to third
party software developers and licensors than the Company. As competition
increases, significant price competition, increased production costs and
reduced profit margins may result. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or
that competitive pressures faced by the Company will not have a material
adverse effect on its future operations.

     Retailers of the Company's CD-ROM products typically have a limited amount
of shelf space and promotional resources, and there is intense competition
among entertainment software producers for adequate levels of desirable shelf
space and promotional support from retailers. As the number of entertainment
software products has increased, the competition for shelf space has
intensified, resulting in greater leverage for retailers and distributors in
negotiating terms of sale, including price discounts, marketing and display
fees and product return policies. The Company's CD-ROM products constitute a
relatively small percentage of any retailer's sales volume, and there can be no
assurance that retailers will continue to purchase the Company's products or
provide the Company's products with adequate levels of shelf space and
promotional support. See "Business -- Distribution" and "Business --
Competition."


Ability to Manage and Sustain Growth; Risks Associated with Future Acquisitions


     The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to
implement the next phase of its business strategy in an effort to expand its
current level of operations and grow the Company's business. In addition to its
internal growth strategies, the Company intends to evaluate, on an ongoing
basis, potential acquisitions of, or investments in, other software publishers
or developers, distributors or other businesses which the Company believes will
complement or enhance its existing business. The success of such strategy thus
will depend upon,


                                       10
<PAGE>

among other things, the Company's ability to hire and retain skilled
management, marketing, technical and other personnel and to successfully manage
its growth (which also will require it to develop and improve upon its
operational, management and financial systems and controls in order to properly
monitor its expanded operations, control its costs and maintain effective
quality controls). There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
expand its operations or that it will be able to effectively manage any such
expansion or anticipate and satisfy all of the changing demands and
requirements that growth will impose upon its operations. In addition,
acquisitions involve numerous additional risks, including difficulties in the
assimilation of the operations and products of the acquired companies, the
expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition and subsequent
assimilation of operations and products, the diversion of management's
attention from other business concerns and the potential loss of key employees
of the acquired company. Acquisitions of foreign companies also may involve the
additional risks of assimilating differences in foreign business practices and
overcoming language barriers. If the Company consummates any acquisition in the
future, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to integrate
the acquired operations successfully, and any inability to do so could
adversely affect the Company's business. See "Use of Proceeds."

     In addition, while the Company will explore acquisitions of businesses and
assets that it believes are compatible with its business strategy and regularly
evaluates possible acquisition opportunities, as of the date of this
Prospectus, the Company has no current agreements, commitments, understandings
or arrangements with respect to any potential acquisition. Consequently, there
is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate, prior to their
investment in the Company, the specific merits or risks of any potential
acquisition that the Company may undertake following the consummation of the
offering. Moreover, under North Carolina law, various forms of business
combinations can be effected without shareholder approval; accordingly,
investors in this offering will, in some instances, neither receive nor
otherwise have the opportunity to evaluate any financial or other information
which may be made available to the Company in the future in connection with any
acquisition and must rely entirely upon the ability of management in selecting,
structuring and consummating acquisitions that are consistent with the
Company's business objectives. Although the Company will endeavor to evaluate
the risks inherent in a particular acquisition, there can be no assurance that
the Company will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors
prior to consummating any acquisition.


Dependence on Third-Party Software Developers

     The Company relies on third-party software developers for the development
of a significant number of its products. Due primarily to increased demand for
quality interactive entertainment software programs, the Company's payment of
advances and guaranteed royalties to such independent software developers has
increased and may continue to increase. There can be no assurance that the
sales of products associated with such royalties will be sufficient to cover
the amount of the Company's prepayment expenditures. Moreover, as independent
developers are in high demand, there can be no assurance that such developers,
including those that have developed products for the Company in the past, will
be available to develop products for the Company in the future. The failure to
obtain or renew product development agreements with such developers could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's future operations. In addition, many
independent developers have limited financial resources, which also could
expose the Company to the risk that such developers may go out of business
prior to completing a project. See "Business -- Product Development -- External
Development."


Dependence on Third-Party Distribution Channels

     The Company currently sells its CD-ROM software products primarily through
software distributors and to major computer and software retailing
organizations. Sales of CD-ROM games to a limited number of distributors and
retailers constitute a substantial majority of the Company's net revenues. For
the year ended December 31, 1996, sales of products to two distributors, Tech
Data Corp. ("Tech Data") and Navarre Corporation ("Navarre"), accounted for
approximately 26.5% and 11.3%, respectively, of the Company's net revenues. For
the year ended December 31, 1997, sales of products to Tech Data and
Electronics Boutique, Inc. accounted for 19.0% and 10.0% of the Company's net
revenues, respectively.

     Certain mass market retailers have established exclusive buying
relationships under which such retailers will buy consumer software only from
one intermediary. In such instances, the price or other terms on which the
Company sells to such retailers may be adversely affected by the terms imposed
by such intermediary, or the Company may be unable to sell to such retailers on
terms which the Company deems acceptable. There can


                                       11
<PAGE>

be no assurance that the Company's relationships with its current distributors
and retailers will continue or that the Company will be able to find other
means to market and distribute its CD-ROM products. The loss of, or a
significant reduction in sales attributable to, any of the Company's principal
distributors or retailers, in the absence of comparable new relationships or
the development of independent means of marketing and distributing its CD-ROM
games, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's revenues and
operating results. In addition, the Company maintains a reserve for
uncollectible receivables that it believes to be adequate, but the actual
reserve maintained may not be sufficient in every circumstance. A payment
default by a significant customer could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. The Company also
intends to expand the distribution of its online products by seeking out
relationships with third-party providers of online or Internet services in the
United States and abroad. There can be no assurance that the Company will
successfully negotiate relationships with providers of online or Internet
services or, if completed, that such arrangements will generate significant
revenues. The Company could be materially adversely affected if the cost to the
Company of any proposed online or Internet distributor relationship exceeds
expectations or if the Company incurs significant costs in anticipation of the
arrangement and the arrangement is delayed or abandoned. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
Results of Operations," and "Business -- Distribution" and Note 11 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.


Risk of Product Returns

     The Company accepts product returns or provides markdowns or other credits
in the event that customers hold excess inventory of the Company's products.
The Company also accepts returns of defective, damaged or shelf-worn products
at any time. At the time of product shipment, the Company establishes reserves
for stock-balancing, price protection and returns of defective, damaged and
shelf-worn products, based on historical return rates, retailer inventories of
the Company's products and other factors. Although the Company maintains
reserves which it believes to be adequate, if market acceptance is not
achieved, the Company could be forced to accept substantial product returns to
maintain favorable relationships with retailers and access to distribution
channels. There can be no assurance that actual returns to the Company will not
exceed the reserves established. Product returns that exceed the Company's
reserves could materially and adversely affect the Company's operating results.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation."


Dependence on Key Personnel

     The Company's success depends to a significant extent on the performance
and continued service of its senior management and certain key employees.
Competition for highly skilled employees with technical, management, marketing,
sales, product development and other specialized training is intense, and there
can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in attracting or
retaining such personnel. Specifically, the Company may experience increased
costs in order to attract and retain skilled employees. Although the Company
generally enters into term employment agreements with its senior management,
there can be no assurance that such employees or any other employees will not
leave the Company or compete against the Company. The Company's failure to
attract or retain qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, operating results and financial condition. See
"Management."


Limited Protection of Proprietary Information

     The Company regards its software technology as proprietary and holds
copyrights on its internally developed products, manuals, advertising and other
materials and maintains trademark rights in the Company name, the Interactive
Magic logo and the names of products owned by the Company. The Company does not
acquire the copyrights for works developed by third parties under license which
the Company publishes. Although the Company has applied for a patent on its
MEGAplayer technology that enables its online products to function more
effectively on the Internet, there can be no assurance that a patent will be
issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office. While the Company
relies on a combination of trademark, trade secret, copyright and other
proprietary rights laws, license agreements, employee and third-party
non-disclosure agreements and other methods to establish and protect its
proprietary rights, there can be no assurance that the steps taken by the
Company will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of the technology or
independent development by others of software products with features based
upon, or otherwise similar to, those of the Company's products. To license its
products to end users, the Company primarily relies on "shrink wrap" licenses
that are not signed by the end-user and, therefore, may be unenforceable under
the laws of certain jurisdictions. In addition, effective copyright and trade
secret


                                       12
<PAGE>

protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries, and the
global nature of certain wide area networks, particularly the Internet, makes
it virtually impossible to control the ultimate destination of the Company's
products. Despite the Company's efforts to protect its proprietary rights,
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of the Company's products or
to obtain and use information that the Company regards as proprietary.
Unauthorized copying is common within the software industry, and if a
significant amount of unauthorized copying of the Company's products were to
occur, the Company's business, operating results and financial condition could
be adversely affected. As the number of software products in the industry
increases and the functionality of these products further overlaps, software
developers may become increasingly subject to infringement claims. There can be
no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against the
Company in the future with respect to current or future products. As is common
in the industry, from time to time, the Company receives notices from third
parties claiming infringement of intellectual property rights of such parties.
The Company investigates these claims and responds as it deems appropriate.
Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce the Company's intellectual
property rights, to protect the Company's trade secrets, to determine the
validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Any such litigation could result in
substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse
effect on the Company. See "Business -- Intellectual Property and Other
Proprietary Rights."


Risks Related to International Revenues and Operations

     The Company distributes its products in over 30 countries worldwide and
maintains sales offices in the United Kingdom and Germany in addition to its
facilities and operations in the United States. International sales and
licensing (excluding online revenue) accounted for 23% and 37% of the Company's
net revenues in 1996 and 1997, respectively. International operations and sales
of CD-ROM products are subject to inherent risks, including fluctuations in
exchange rates, the impact of possible recessionary environments in economies
outside the United States, the costs of transferring and localizing products
for foreign markets, longer accounts receivable collection periods and
difficulty in collection of accounts receivable, unexpected changes in
regulatory requirements, tariffs and other barriers, difficulties and costs of
staffing and managing foreign offices and potential political and economic
instability. Revenues and expenses from the Company's foreign operations
generally are denominated in local currencies, and, as a result, exchange rate
fluctuations between such local currencies and the U.S. dollar will subject the
Company to currency translation risk from the reported results of its foreign
operations. The Company intends to continue to expand its direct and indirect
sales and marketing activities worldwide; however, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to maintain or increase international market
demand for its products or that these or other factors will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's future international sales and, consequently,
on the Company's operating results. See "Business -- Distribution."


Manufacturing Risks

     The production of the Company's published products for retail sale
involves duplicating software programs onto CD-ROM disks, printing user manuals
and product packaging materials and packaging finished products. The foregoing
activities are performed for the Company by third-party vendors in accordance
with the Company's specifications. While these services are available from
multiple parties and at multiple sites, there can be no assurance that an
interruption in the manufacture of the Company's products will not occur and,
if it does occur, that it could be remedied without undue delay. In addition,
the Company must compete for CD-ROM duplication services with its competitors,
as well as publishers of music and video CDs. While the Company engages in
ongoing efforts to ensure an adequate and timely supply of CD-ROMs, there can
be no assurance that the future supply of CD-ROMs will be sufficient to meet
the Company's requirements. The Company must place advance orders for finished
goods based on forecasts of the sales volume of the product; there can be no
assurance that the Company's forecasts will prove accurate, and any resulting
over-production or under-production of the Company's CD-ROM products could have
a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business -- Production and
Manufacturing."


Outstanding Indebtedness; Consequences of Default and Covenants Under Lines of
Credit

   

     Following this offering, the Company intends to continue to maintain its
line of credit of up to $5,000,000 with Greyrock Business Credit, a division of
NationsCredit Commercial Corporation ("Greyrock"). Amounts borrowed under this
credit line bear interest at prime (as adjusted monthly) plus 2% per year. The
credit line remains in effect until April 30, 1999, after which time it
automatically renews unless either party gives notice of termination. To date,
the Company has borrowed $2,684,000 under this line, which will remain
outstanding
    


                                       13
<PAGE>

after this offering. The Company also will continue to have $1,057,000 (based
on amounts outstanding at March 31, 1998) outstanding under its lines of credit
and $250,000 pursuant to a promissory note, each with Branch Banking & Trust
Company ("BB&T"), which bear interest at BB&T's prime rate per annum. In
addition, the Company will continue to owe $77,060 and $72,446 to J. W. Stealey
and Robert L. Pickens, respectively, for accrued interest through March 31,
1998 on prior loans converted to capital stock in 1998. The Company's ability
to meet its debt service obligations will depend on the Company's future
operations, which are subject to prevailing industry conditions and other
factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control. Because indebtedness
under the Company's lines of credit bear interest at rates that fluctuate with
prevailing interest rates, increases in such prevailing rates would increase
the Company's interest payment obligations and could adversely affect the
Company's financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the
Company's indebtedness under its line of credit with Greyrock is secured by
substantially all of the Company's assets, as well as the assets of its
wholly-owned subsidiary, iMagic Online Corporation. In the event of a violation
by the Company of any of its loan covenants or any other default by the Company
on its obligations relating to its indebtedness, Greyrock could declare such
indebtedness to be immediately due and payable and, in certain cases, Greyrock
could then foreclose on the pledged collateral. Although the Company expects
that it will be in compliance with all of its loan covenants upon the
consummation of this offering, there can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to maintain such compliance in the future. A default relating to the
Company's indebtedness, in the absence of a waiver, could have a material
adverse effect upon the Company's business and financial condition. Moreover,
to the extent that the accounts receivable, inventory and intellectual property
of the Company (excluding its foreign subsidiaries) continue to be pledged to
secure its outstanding indebtedness under the credit facility, such assets will
not be available to secure additional indebtedness, which may affect the
Company's ability to borrow in the future. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Certain
Transactions" and Notes 4 and 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



Substantial Use of Proceeds to Repay Indebtedness; Proceeds Used to Benefit
Related Parties; Broad Discretion in Application of Proceeds

   
     The Company has allocated approximately $7,170,000 of the net proceeds of
this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness. Accordingly, such proceeds
will not be available to fund future growth of the Company. The indebtedness to
be repaid includes, among other things, $870,000 payable to Laura M. Stealey,
the former spouse of J. W. Stealey, the Chairman of the Company, as well as
$1,500,000 payable to BB&T, each of which is guaranteed by J. W. Stealey. The
Company also will pay $117,175, $371,404 and $111,421 to Laura M. Stealey, J.
W. Stealey and Robert L. Pickens, respectively, in payment of certain interest
accrued in connection with their loans to the Company. In addition,
approximately $7,392,000 (35.4%) of the estimated net proceeds of this offering
has been allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes, thus
management will have broad discretion as to the application of such proceeds.
The Company also intends to use $400,000 of the net proceeds to fulfill its
obligations under a marketing agreement with General Capital, an affiliate of
Vertical Financial Holdings, a principal shareholder of the Company. See "Use
of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."
    


Concentration of Ownership

   
     Following completion of this offering, the Company's executive officers
will own beneficially approximately 32.8% of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock, and the Company's non-executive directors and their affiliated entities
together will beneficially own approximately 28.6% of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock. Accordingly, such persons will be in position to influence the
election of the Company's directors and the outcome of corporate actions
requiring shareholder approval. The concentration of ownership may have the
effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. See
"Management," "Principal Shareholders" and "Description of Securities."
    


Absence of Prior Market; Possible Volatility of Stock Price

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Company's
Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will
develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price
will be determined through negotiations between the Company and the
Underwriters and may not represent prices which will prevail in the trading
market. The market price of the Company's Common Stock could be subject to wide
fluctuations in response to variations in quarterly operating results and other
factors, such as announcements of new products by the Company or its
competitors and failures to meet or exceed the expectations of securities
analysts or investors or other events. Furthermore, the stock market has
experienced


                                       14
<PAGE>

significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the
market prices of many high technology companies and that have often been
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of such companies.
These market fluctuations, as well as economic conditions generally and in the
entertainment software industry specifically, may have an adverse effect on the
market price of the Company's Common Stock. There can be no assurance that the
market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public
offering price. See "Underwriting."


Immediate and Substantial Dilution to Investors in this Offering

   
     Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial
dilution in the net tangible book value of their shares of Common Stock. After
giving effect to this offering and the use of the net proceeds therefrom and to
the Recapitalization, the Company's net tangible book value as of March 31,
1998 would have been $17,522,336 or $1.87 per share (based on an assumed
offering price of $9.00 per share, the midpoint of the currently anticipated
range of the initial public offering price). This represents an immediate
dilution in net tangible book value of $7.13 (79.2%) per share. See "Dilution."

    


Dividends

     The Company has never paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock and does
not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future as it intends to
retain any net income for use in connection with the expansion of its business.
See "Dividend Policy."


Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Registration Rights

   
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market after
this offering could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common
Stock. Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have 9,393,699 shares
of Common Stock outstanding. Of these shares, the 2,600,000 shares offered
hereby will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), except for
any shares purchased by "affiliates" of the Company, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which will be subject to the resale
limitations imposed by Rule 144. All of the remaining 6,793,699 shares of
Common Stock outstanding will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of
Rule 144. Of such restricted securities, 3,218,114 shares are subject to
certain registration rights, and the Company has granted the Representatives
demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representatives' Warrants. In addition,
77,648 shares of Common Stock underlying outstanding warrants are subject to
certain registration rights. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if
any, that sales of such securities or the availability of such securities for
sale will have on the market prices prevailing from time to time. While the
Company's officers, directors and substantially all of the 1% or greater
shareholders of the Company's currently outstanding Common Stock have agreed
not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or exercise any
registration rights for a period of nine months following the date of this
Prospectus without the Representatives' prior written consent, the possibility
that a substantial number of the Company's securities may be sold in the public
market may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and
could impair the Company's ability to raise capital through the sale of its
equity securities. See "Description of Securities," "Shares Eligible For Future
Sale" and "Underwriting."
    


Year 2000 Compliance

     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields
will need to accept entries to distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century
dates. As a result, in less than two years, computer systems and software used
by many companies may need to be upgraded to comply with such Year 2000
requirements. The Company believes that its products, which are self-contained
software programs that run independently of external systems, will not be
significantly affected by Year 2000 issues. The Company is currently in the
process of investigating whether its internal accounting systems and other
operational systems will be affected by the Year 2000 issue. In addition, the
Company is assessing the readiness of third-party customers and suppliers for
the Year 2000 issue. There can be no assurance that these third parties will
timely convert their systems or that their systems will not have an adverse
effect on the Company, or that Year 2000 issues or the cost of addressing them
will not have a material impact on the


                                       15
<PAGE>

Company's financial statements, business or operations. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


Limited Lead Underwriting Experience

     Although BlueStone has engaged in the investment banking business since
its formation as a broker-dealer in March 1996, and its principals have had
extensive experience in the underwriting of securities in their capacities with
other broker-dealers, this offering constitutes one of the first public
offerings for which BlueStone has acted as lead underwriter. See
"Underwriting."


Forward-Looking Information May Prove Inaccurate

     This Prospectus contains various forward-looking statements that are based
on the Company's beliefs as well as assumptions made by and information
currently available to the Company. When used in this Prospectus, the words
"believe," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate" and similar expressions are
intended to identify forward-looking statements. The accuracy of such
forward-looking statements is subject to certain risks, uncertainties and
assumptions, including those identified above under "Risk Factors." Should one
or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying
assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those
anticipated, estimated, or projected. The Company cautions potential purchasers
not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements.


                                       16
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2,600,000 shares of
Common Stock offered hereby are estimated to be approximately $20,862,000
($24,126,300 if the Representatives' over-allotment option is exercised in
full), assuming an initial public offering price of $9.00 per share (the
midpoint of the currently anticipated range of the initial public offering
price) and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering
expenses payable by the Company. The Company expects to use the net proceeds
approximately as follows:
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Approximate
                                                                    Approximate      Percentage of
Anticipated Use of Net Proceeds                                    Dollar Amount     Net Proceeds
- ---------------------------------------------------------------   ---------------   --------------
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>
    Repayment of indebtedness(1) ..............................     $ 7,170,000           34.4%
    Research and development(2) ...............................       3,800,000           18.2
    Marketing and distribution(3) .............................       2,500,000           12.0
    Working capital and general corporate purposes(4) .........       7,392,000           35.4
                                                                    -----------          -----
       Total ..................................................     $20,862,000          100.0%
                                                                    ===========          =====
</TABLE>
    

- ------------
   
(1) Includes $1,500,000 outstanding under the Company's revolving line of
    credit with BB&T, which bears interest at BB&T's prime rate per annum, as
    adjusted daily; $3,000,000 outstanding under the Company's promissory note
    to Petra Capital, LLC ("Petra"), due March 24, 2002, which bears interest
    at 13.5% per annum; $1,200,000 outstanding under the Company's promissory
    note to Oberlin Capital, L.P. ("Oberlin"), due August 30, 2002, which
    bears interest at 11% per annum through September 30, 1998, after which
    time the interest rate increases; $870,000 principal amount, plus $117,175
    in accrued interest, outstanding under the Company's line of credit from
    Laura M. Stealey, which terminates January 1, 1999 and bears interest at
    10% per annum; and $371,404 and $111,421 of the amounts owed to J.W.
    Stealey and Robert L. Pickens, respectively, for accrued interest on prior
    loans that were converted into capital stock in 1998. The Company used the
    proceeds of the Petra promissory note and the Oberlin promissory note to
    fund inventory and receivables, advance royalties and certain product
    development and other infrastructure expenses. See "Certain Transactions."


(2) Includes approximately $1,800,000 for investments in external development
    to provide the Company with future products and $2,000,000 for the growth
    of internal research and development efforts, including the hiring of
    additional developers to fill out the Company's product teams, and the
    purchases of computer hardware and software to accommodate the Company's
    anticipated growth in research and development. See "Business -- Product
    Development."

(3) Includes approximately $2,100,000 for marketing and promotions, the hiring
    of additional marketing staff and the expansion of the Company's
    infrastructure for online delivery in Europe, in connection with the
    Company's expansion of its international operations, and $400,000 for the
    satisfaction of the Company's obligations under its marketing agreement
    with General Capital, an affiliate of Vertical, a principal shareholder of
    the Company. See "Business -- Distribution" and " -- Marketing,"
    "Principal Shareholders" and "Certain Transactions."
    

(4) The Company intends to use these funds as necessary in the ordinary course
    of the Company's business, including for increased inventories and
    receivables associated with increased revenues and for the continued
    growth of the Company. In addition, the Company may use portions of these
    proceeds to acquire businesses which the Company believes are compatible
    with its business strategy; however, while the Company regularly evaluates
    possible acquisition opportunities, as of the date of this Prospectus, the
    Company has no agreements, commitments, understandings or arrangements
    with respect to any particular acquisition and there can be no assurance
    that any future acquisitions will be consummated. See "Business --
    Strategy."

   
     If the Representatives exercise their over-allotment option in full, the
Company will realize additional net proceeds of approximately $3,264,300. Such
proceeds, if received, are expected to be used for working capital and general
corporate purposes. Pending their uses as set forth above, the Company intends
to use the net proceeds of this offering either to make short-term reductions
in the Company's working capital lines of credit or to invest in short-term,
investment grade, interest-bearing securities.
    

     The allocation of the net proceeds set forth above represents the
Company's best estimates based on its proposed plans and assumptions relating
to its operations and growth strategy and on general economic conditions.


                                       17
<PAGE>

The amounts actually expended for the above purposes may vary significantly,
however, depending upon numerous factors, including development and promotional
expenses related to the introduction of new products, the progress and timing
of its new product development efforts, changes in technology and the
availability of desirable acquisition opportunities. The Company believes that
the proceeds of this offering, together with anticipated revenues from
operations, availability under the Company's bank lines of credit, and cash and
cash equivalents, will be sufficient to satisfy its contemplated cash
requirements for at least 12 months following the consummation of this
offering. In the event that the Company's plans change (due to changes in
market conditions, competitive factors or new opportunities that may become
available in the future), its assumptions change or prove to be inaccurate or
if the proceeds of this offering or cash flows prove to be insufficient to
implement its business plans (due to unanticipated expenses, technical
difficulities or otherwise), the Company could, however, be required to seek
additional financing prior to such time. There can be no assurance that the
proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to permit the Company to implement
its business plans, that any assumptions relating to the implementation of such
plans will prove to be accurate or that any additional financing would be
available to the Company on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common
Stock. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future and intends to retain future earnings for the development
and expansion of its business. In addition, certain of the Company's loan
agreements prohibit the payment or declaration of cash dividends.


                                   DILUTION

     The difference between the initial public offering price per share of
Common Stock and the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock after
this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Net
tangible book value per share on any given date is determined by dividing the
net tangible book value of the Company (total tangible assets less total
liabilities) on such date by the number of then outstanding shares of Common
Stock.

   
     At March 31, 1998, net tangible book deficit of the Company was
$(4,358,749), or $(0.95) per share of Common Stock. After giving retroactive
effect to the Recapitalization (see "Description of Securities --
Recapitalization"), the pro forma net tangible book deficit of the Company at
March 31, 1998 would have been $(3,339,664), or $(0.49) per share. After also
giving effect to the sale of the 2,600,000 shares of Common Stock offered
hereby at an assumed price of $9.00 per share (the midpoint of the currently
anticipated range of the initial public offering price) and the receipt and
anticipated application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, including for
the repayment of certain outstanding indebtedness, the as adjusted net tangible
book value of the Company at March 31, 1998 would have been $17,522,336, or
$1.87 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value
of $2.36 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $7.13
(79.2%) per share to investors in this offering. If the initial public offering
price is higher or lower, the dilution to new investors will be, respectively,
greater or less.
    

     The following table illustrates the foregoing information with respect to
dilution to new investors on a per share basis:


   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>
 Assumed initial public offering price ............................                  $  9.00
  Net tangible book deficit before Recapitalization ...............     $ (0.95)
  Increase attributable to Recapitalization .......................        0.46
                                                                        -------
  Pro forma net tangible book deficit before the offering .........     $ (0.49)
  Increase attributable to investors in the offering ..............        2.36
                                                                        -------
 Adjusted net tangible book value after the offering ..............                     1.87
                                                                                     -------
 Dilution to investors in the offering ............................                  $  7.13
                                                                                     =======
</TABLE>
    

                                       18
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth, with respect to existing shareholders and
the investors in this offering, a comparison of the number of shares of Common
Stock as of March 31, 1998 (giving retroactive effect to the Recapitalization)
purchased from the Company, the percentage ownership of such shares, the
aggregate consideration paid, the percentage of total consideration paid, and
the average price paid per share.



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Shares Purchased          Total Consideration
                                  -----------------------   --------------------------    Average Price
                                     Number      Percent        Amount        Percent       Per Share
                                  -----------   ---------   --------------   ---------   --------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>
Existing shareholders .........   6,793,699        72.3%     $11,117,342        32.2%       $  1.64
New investors .................   2,600,000        27.7       23,400,000        67.8       $   9.00(1)
                                  ---------       -----      -----------       -----
 Total ........................   9,393,699       100.0%     $34,517,342       100.0%
                                  =========       =====      ===========       =====
</TABLE>
    

- ------------
(1) Based on the midpoint of the currently anticipated range of the initial
 public offering price.

   
     The foregoing tables assume no exercise of the Representatives'
over-allotment option. If such option is exercised in full, the new investors
will have paid $26,910,000 (based on an assumed price of $9.00 per share, the
midpoint of the currently anticipated range of the initial public offering
price) for 2,990,000 shares of Common Stock representing approximately 70.8% of
the total consideration for 30.6% of the total number of shares outstanding. In
addition, computations set forth in the above tables exclude (i) 1,708,045
shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options
remaining outstanding after the Recapitalization, at a weighted average
exercise price of $2.54 per share, and 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options available for future grant,
under the Plans, (ii) 449,554 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
exercise of warrants remaining outstanding after the Recapitalization at a
weighted average exercise price of $3.79 and (iii) 260,000 shares of Common
Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the Representatives' Warrants.
See "Management -- Stock Option Plans," "Description of Securities -- Warrants"
and "Underwriting."
    


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION

   
     The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the
Company as of March 31, 1998, (i) on an actual basis, (ii) on a pro forma basis
giving effect to the Recapitalization (see "Description of Securities --
Recapitalization") and (iii) as further adjusted to give effect to the sale by
the Company of the 2,600,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an
assumed price of $9.00 per share (the midpoint of the currently anticipated
range of the initial public offering price) and the anticipated application of
the estimated net proceeds therefrom. This table should be read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto,
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       March 31, 1998 (unaudited)
                                                         ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   Pro Forma
                                                              Actual            Pro Forma         as Adjusted
                                                         ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>                <C>
Long-term debt:
 Long-term debt less current portion..................    $   3,791,000      $   3,791,000      $          --
 Notes payable to related parties ....................          870,000            870,000                 --
                                                          -------------      -------------      -------------
   Total long-term debt ..............................        4,661,000          4,661,000                 --
                                                          -------------      -------------      -------------
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10
 par value; 132,744 shares issued and outstanding
 (actual) ............................................          600,000                 --                 --
                                                          -------------      -------------      -------------
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value;
   82,634 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
   (actual) ..........................................            8,263                 --                 --
 Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value;
   778,746 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
   (actual) ..........................................           77,875                 --                 --
 Class A Common Stock, $.10 par value; 30,000,000
   shares authorized, 3,145,696 shares issued and
   outstanding (actual) ..............................          314,570                 --                 --
 Class B Common Stock, $.10 par value; 20,000,000
   shares authorized, 457,853 shares issued and
   outstanding (actual) ..............................           45,785                 --                 --
 Common Stock, $.10 par value; 50,000,000 shares
   authorized, 6,793,699 shares issued and outstanding
   (pro forma) and 9,393,699 shares issued and
   outstanding (as adjusted) (1) .....................               --            679,370            939,370
 Additional paid in capital ..........................       10,101,771         10,887,979         31,489,979
 Cumulative currency translation adjustment ..........          (78,724)           (78,724)           (78,724)
 Accumulated deficit .................................      (14,828,289)       (14,828,289)       (14,828,289)
                                                          -------------      -------------      -------------
   Total shareholders' equity (deficit) ..............       (4,358,749)        (3,339,664)        17,522,336
                                                          -------------      -------------      -------------
    Total capitalization .............................    $     902,251      $   1,321,336      $  17,522,336
                                                          =============      =============      =============
</TABLE>
    

- ------------
   
(1) Does not include (i) 1,708,045 shares reserved for issuance upon the
    exercise of stock options remaining outstanding following the
    Recapitalization, and 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance upon the exercise of options available for future grant, under
    the Plans; (ii) 449,554 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
    exercise of warrants remaining outstanding following the Recapitalization;
    and (iii) 260,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
    exercise of the Representatives' Warrants. See "Management -- Stock Option
    Plans," "Description of Securities -- Warrants" and "Underwriting."
    


                                       20
<PAGE>

                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)


     The following selected consolidated financial data as of and for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 are derived from the
audited consolidated financial statements of the Company included elsewhere
herein, which statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, whose report is included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial
data of the Company as of March 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months then
ended are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
Company included in this Prospectus and were prepared by management of the
Company on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Prospectus and, in the opinion of the Company,
include all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments)
necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein. The results for
the three months ended March 31, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 1998. The
following information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Three Months Ended March
                                                     Year Ended December 31,                        31,
                                             ----------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                                 1995          1996          1997          1997           1998
                                             -----------   -----------   ------------   ----------   -------------
                                                                                               (unaudited)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
Net revenues:
 CD-ROM product sales ....................    $  3,950      $  4,852      $   14,067     $ 3,399      $    4,057
 Online sales ............................           6           733           1,615         357             358
 Royalties and licenses ..................         165           472             820         201             498
                                              --------      --------      ----------     -------      ----------
   Total net revenues ....................       4,121         6,057          16,502       3,957           4,913
Cost of revenues:
 Cost of products sold ...................         790         1,349           3,715         766             968
 Royalties and amortized software
   costs .................................         879         1,044           2,634         649             909
                                              --------      --------      ----------     -------      ----------
   Total cost of revenues ................       1,669         2,393           6,349       1,415           1,877
                                              --------      --------      ----------     -------      ----------
Gross profit .............................       2,452         3,664          10,153       2,542           3,036
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing .....................       2,335         5,008           6,760       1,642           1,667
 Product development .....................       1,518         3,788           3,878         859           1,103
 General and administrative ..............         828         1,451           1,941         598             449
                                              --------      --------      ----------     -------      ----------
Total operating expenses .................       4,681        10,247          12,579       3,099           3,219
                                              --------      --------      ----------     -------      ----------
Operating loss ...........................      (2,229)       (6,583)         (2,426)       (557)           (183)
Other expense ............................         175           606           1,905         299             307
                                              --------      --------      ----------     -------      ----------
Loss before income taxes .................      (2,404)       (7,189)         (4,331)       (856)           (490)
Income tax (expense) benefit .............         (47)          (11)             33          31            (128)
                                              --------      --------      ----------     -------      ----------
Net loss .................................    $ (2,451)     $ (7,200)     $   (4,298)    $  (825)     $     (618)
                                              ========      ========      ==========     =======      ==========
Pro forma net loss per share (1) .........                                $    (0.68)                 $    (0.09)
Number of shares used in computing pro
 forma net loss per share (1) ............                                 6,343,080                   6,619,708
</TABLE>

                                                   (footnotes on following page)

                                       21
<PAGE>

                       Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31, 1997     March 31, 1998
                                           -------------------   ---------------
                                                                   (unaudited)
<S>                                        <C>                   <C>
Working capital (deficiency) ...........        $ (1,933)           $    799
Total assets ...........................           7,747               9,211
Long-term debt (2) .....................           7,229               4,661
Total liabilities ......................          16,646              12,970
Redeemable preferred stock .............              --                 600
Stockholders' equity (deficit) .........          (8,899)             (4,359)
</TABLE>

- ------------
(1) See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share.

(2) Includes long-term debt, less current portion, and notes payable to related
  parties.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

     The Company develops, publishes and distributes interactive real-time 3D
simulation and strategy entertainment software. The Company generates revenues
primarily from delivering its CD-ROM products for retail sale through its
worldwide distribution network and from subscription and hourly fees for play
of its online product. The Company also generates revenues from licensing its
CD-ROM products to OEMs, distributors outside of North America and other third
parties. Since inception, the Company has published 26 CD-ROM products which
have been distributed through more than 15,000 retail outlets in over 30
countries. Additionally, the Company has sold over 1.4 million hours of online
game time over the Internet to players in more than 70 countries.

     From the commencement of operations on June 16, 1994 through December 31,
1994, the Company was in a development stage. During this period, the Company
was engaged primarily in recruiting personnel, establishing a corporate
headquarters, designing products to be developed internally and licensing
products from external developers for future publication. The Company published
four CD-ROM products during its first full year of operation in 1995. To expand
international distribution of its CD-ROM products, the Company established
sales and marketing operations in the United Kingdom and Germany in 1996. In
1996, the Company published five CD-ROM products.

     In April 1997, the Company acquired Interactive Creations, Inc, ("ICI"), a
leader in the development and delivery of interactive large-scale multiplayer
real-time online games. The Company exchanged 655,696 shares of the Company's
Common Stock for all of the outstanding shares of ICI. This transaction was
accounted for as a pooling of interests; accordingly, the Company restated all
historical financial data to include the historical financial data of ICI. In
connection with the ICI acquisition, the Company acquired ICI's WARBIRDS
product and the associated MEGAplayer technology for which a patent application
has been filed. In 1997, the Company published 11 CD-ROM products while
developing new products incorporating the technology acquired from ICI.

     The Company recognizes net revenues from the sale of CD-ROM products at
the time of product shipment. Net revenues from CD-ROM product sales are
reflected after the deduction of what management believes to be an appropriate
allowance for returns, markdowns, price protection and warranty costs. Revenue
from usage of its online product is recognized at the time the game is played
and is based upon actual usage by the customer on an hourly basis. Revenues
from licenses to OEMs, international distributors and other third parties are
recognized when earned under the terms of the relevant agreements. Subject to
certain limitations, the Company accepts product returns and provides price
protection on certain unsold merchandise. With respect to license agreements
that provide customers the right to multiple copies in exchange for guaranteed
amounts, net revenues are recognized upon delivery of the product master or the
first copy. Per copy royalties on sales that exceed the guarantee are
recognized as earned.

     The Company's internal product development costs incurred prior to
establishing technological feasibility are expensed in accordance with the
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be
Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed." In accordance with SFAS No. 86, the
Company capitalizes product development costs subsequent to establishing
technological feasibility and amortizes previously capitalized product
development costs by using: (i) the revenue curve method; or (ii) the
straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the product, which
typically ranges from six months to two years.

     In addition to the internal development of products, the Company enters
into publishing agreements with third-party developers pursuant to which the
Company typically advances royalties before the product is published. After
product release, the Company expenses advance royalties based on product sales
and pays the developer incremental royalties after the advance royalties have
been fully expensed. The Company also incurs internal costs related to product
development by third parties, including costs related to supervising the
development process for quality assurance and developing technology for
incorporation into third-party products. The Company typically expenses these
costs as a product development expense.

     The Company believes that an increasing percentage of its revenues will be
generated by real-time large-scale multiplayer online games. However, the
extent and timing of revenues generated by online games are uncertain because
this market is emerging and depends upon a number of variables, including the
availability of an infrastructure


                                       23
<PAGE>

for providing local access to wide area networks with acceptable response times
and consumer acceptance of such networks as a medium for playing multi-user
simulation and strategy games.

     The Company has experienced significant losses in each of its formative
years, resulting primarily from overhead and other costs incurred in the
development and growth of the Company. Moreover, the Company expects to incur
substantial up-front expenditures and operating costs in connection with the
expansion of its marketing efforts and product lines, which may result in
significant losses for the foreseeable future. The Company's plan of operation
is to increase its online and retail product lines and to expand its
distribution network. This plan is intended to increase sales volume in both
online and retail products and to enable the Company to improve financial
results. The Company intends to increase net revenues from online products by
offering additional content over the Company's online service and to utilize
distribution partners, primarily online service providers ("OSPs") and Internet
service providers ("ISPs") to enable the Company to access additional
customers. The Company intends to increase net revenues from CD-ROM sales by
offering more titles and increasing the Company's brand awareness. Although the
Company believes that this plan of operation will lead to improved financial
results, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
successfully implement its growth and business strategies, that its revenues
will continue to increase in the future or that it will be able to achieve or
sustain profitable operations.


Results of Operations

     Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31,
1997

     Net revenues. Net revenues increased by 24.2% from $3,957,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 to $4,913,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1998. The increase was attributable to increases in net revenues from
CD-ROM product sales, licensing agreements with third parties and royalties
paid by international distributors on foreign sales of certain of the Company's
CD-ROM products. Revenue attributable to the Company's online service remained
relatively constant from $357,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1997 to
$358,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1998. During 1997, the Company
focused on building the infrastructure for delivery of additional games and
developing those games.

     Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues consists of cost of products sold
(including cost of Internet access) and royalties and amortization of
capitalized software development costs. Cost of revenues increased by 32.7%
from $1,415,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $1,877,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 1998. Cost of products sold increased by 26.4%
from $766,000 to $968,000 over the two periods due to an increase in the number
of units sold. Royalties and amortized costs increased 40.1% from $649,000 to
$909,000 over the two periods primarily due to the increase in the amortization
of capitalized development costs associated with a greater percentage of sales
attributable to internally developed products. As a percentage of net revenues,
cost of revenues increased from 35.8% to 38.2% over the two periods, primarily
because in the 1998 period, the Company generated greater unit sales of
products carrying lower wholesale prices and an increase in internally
developed products.

     Gross profit. Due to the increase in the number of CD-ROM units sold,
gross profit increased by 19.4% from $2,542,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1997 to $3,036,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998. Gross
margin declined from 64.2% to 61.8% over the two periods due to a change in
product mix and increased amortization of software development costs.

     Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by 1.5% from
$1,642,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $1,667,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 1998. As a percentage of net revenues, sales and
marketing expenses decreased from 41.5% to 33.9% over the two periods due to a
decrease in market development expenditures relating to product positioning in
retail stores. In addition, an increasing percentage of the Company's revenues
was generated from online sales, royalties and licenses during the 1998 period,
which have less associated sales and marketing expenses than CD-ROM product
sales.

     Product development. Product development expenses increased by 28.4% from
$859,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $1,103,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 1998. As a percentage of net revenues, product
development expenses increased from 21.7% to 22.5% over the two periods due to
the hiring of additional game designers, artists, programmers and developers.
The increase in product development expenses was partially offset by an
increase in the amount of capitalized product development expenses. The Company
capitalized $255,000


                                       24
<PAGE>

(22.9% of gross product development costs) for the three months ended March 31,
1997 and $583,000 (34.6% of gross product development costs) for the three
months ended March 31, 1998.

     General and administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased
by 24.9% from $598,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $449,000
for the three months ended March 31, 1998. As a percentage of net revenues,
general and administrative expenses decreased from 15.1% to 9.1% over the two
periods primarily because the Company incurred certain one-time expenses during
the 1997 period for new employee recruitment fees and the acquisition of ICI.

     Other expense. Other expense, comprised primarily of interest expense,
increased by 2.7% from $299,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to
$307,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998.

     Income tax (expense) benefit. The Company recorded a $31,000 tax benefit
for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and recorded $128,000 of income tax
expense for the three months ended March 31, 1998. The Company reported a tax
benefit in 1997 due to a refund from a net operating loss carryforward. The
Company recorded income tax expense in the first quarter of 1998 because its
United Kingdom subsidiary generated taxable income during such period. The
Company recorded a valuation allowance of $5,486,000 for the full amount of its
deferred income tax assets as of March 31, 1998 in accordance with SFAS No.
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." This allowance is composed primarily of
domestic net operating loss carryforwards that expire beginning in 2011. Use of
these net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to limitations in the
event of significant changes in stock ownership of the Company.


     Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996

     Net revenues. The Company's net revenues increased by 172.4% from
$6,057,000 in 1996 to $16,502,000 in 1997. The increase was attributable to
increased sales of CD-ROM products, online usage, and revenues from royalties
and licenses paid by third parties. In 1997, the Company released more products
which sold on average a greater number of units per product. Net revenues from
the Company's WARBIRDS online product increased by 120.3% from $733,000 in 1996
to $1,615,000 in 1997, due to an increase in the number of subscribers.
Revenues from licenses to OEMs, international distributors and other third
parties increased by 73.7% from $472,000 in 1996 to $820,000 in 1997, primarily
because the Company granted licenses on more products from its expanded product
library.

     Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues increased by 165.3% from $2,393,000 in
1996 to $6,349,000 in 1997. Cost of products sold increased by 175.4% over the
two periods from $1,349,000 to $3,715,000, due to (i) the costs of
manufacturing, duplicating, assembling, packaging and shipping a greater number
of CD-ROM products and (ii) an increase in the cost of Internet access
resulting from added capacity to handle the greater number of subscribers.
Royalties and amortized software costs increased by 152.3% from $1,044,000 in
1996 to $2,634,000 in 1997 primarily because the Company published more
third-party-developed products in 1997. As a percentage of net revenues, cost
of revenues decreased from 39.5% to 38.5% over the two periods primarily
because of the economies of scale associated with larger production runs
created by higher total unit sales.

     Gross profit. Gross profit increased by 177.1% from $3,664,000 in 1996 to
$10,153,000 in 1997 primarily due to the sale of more CD-ROM products and
increased revenue from the Company's online product and license arrangements in
1997. As a percentage of net revenues, gross profit increased from 60.5% in
1996 to 61.5% in 1997 primarily because the products released by the Company in
1997 achieved higher average unit sales than the products released in 1996 due
to the success of the Company's iF-22 product.

     Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased 35.0% from
$5,008,000 in 1996 to $6,760,000 in 1997 primarily due to the release of more
products and the associated expenses required to market, promote and sell the
products, including additional personnel expenses. As a percentage of net
revenues, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 82.7% to 41.0% over the
two periods because, during a portion of 1996, the Company paid fees to an
independent sales organization based upon the number of units of CD-ROM
products sold while concurrently incurring expenses related to the development
of an internal sales organization. In addition, the Company incurred expenses
in 1996 to establish its international distribution network and sales
operations in the United Kingdom and Germany.

     Product development. Product development expenses increased by 2.4% from
$3,788,000 in 1996 to $3,878,000 in 1997 primarily due to the hiring of
additional game designers, artists, programmers and developers. The Company


                                       25
<PAGE>

capitalized $79,000 (2.0% of gross product development costs) in 1996 and
$849,000 (18.0% of gross product development costs) in 1997. As a percentage of
net revenues, product development expenses decreased from 62.5% to 23.5% over
the two periods.

     General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
by 33.8% from $1,451,000 in 1996 to $1,941,000 in 1997 primarily due to
increases in staff, hiring costs, ICI acquisition expenses and debt financing
expenses. As a percentage of net revenues, general and administrative expenses
decreased from 24.0% to 11.8% primarily due to a higher sales volume.

     Other expense. Other expense, comprised primarily of interest expense,
increased by 214.4% from $606,000 in 1996 to $1,905,000 in 1997 because the
Company incurred $5,161,000 of additional debt during 1997 to fund increases in
inventory and receivables, certain product development, advance royalties and
other infrastructure expenses.

     Income tax (expense) benefit. Income tax expense was $11,000 in 1996, and
the Company recorded a $33,000 tax benefit in 1997. The Company recorded income
tax expense in 1996 despite the Company's consolidated operating loss because
of income taxes paid by the Company's subsidiary in the United Kingdom which
reported taxable income. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of
$5,304,000 for the full amount of its deferred income tax assets as of December
31, 1997 in accordance with SFAS No. 109.


     Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995

     Net revenues. The Company's net revenues increased 47.0% from $4,121,000
in 1995 to $6,057,000 in 1996 due to increased sales of CD-ROM products, sales
of online product and royalties paid by third parties. Revenues from the
Company's online product increased from $6,000 in 1995 to $733,000 in 1996
because 1996 was the first year in which the Company had an online product
available for an entire year. The Company introduced its first online product,
WARBIRDS, in December 1995. Revenues from licenses to OEMs, international
distributors and other third parties increased by 186.1% from $165,000 in 1995
to $472,000 in 1996 primarily because the Company had more products to license.
 

     Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues increased by 43.4% from $1,669,000 in
1995 to $2,393,000 in 1996. Cost of products sold increased by 70.8% from
$790,000 in 1995 to $1,349,000 in 1996 due to an increase in the total number
of units of CD-ROM products sold. Royalties and amortized costs increased by
18.8% from $879,000 in 1995 to $1,044,000 in 1996 because of increases in the
total number of products developed by third parties and published by the
Company in 1996. Also, the Company amortized or wrote off previously
capitalized product development costs of $69,000 in 1995 and $147,000 in 1996.
As a percentage of net revenues, cost of revenues decreased from 40.5% in 1995
to 39.5% in 1996 primarily because the cost of revenues generated by sales of
online products and licenses to OEMs, international distributors and other
third parties is significantly less than the cost of revenues generated by
sales of CD-ROM products. Revenues generated by these sources increased from
4.1% of net revenues in 1995 to 19.9% of net revenues in 1996.

     Gross profit. Gross profit increased by 49.4% from $2,452,000 in 1995 to
$3,664,000 in 1996. As a percentage of net revenues, gross profit increased
from 59.5% to 60.5% primarily because the cost of revenues associated with the
sales of its online product and licenses to OEMs, international distributors
and other third parties is significantly less than the cost of revenues
generated by sales of CD-ROM products, and the revenues generated by those
sources increased from 4.1% of net revenues in 1995 to 19.9% of net revenues in
1996.

     Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by 114.5% from
$2,335,000 in 1995 to $5,008,000 in 1996 primarily due to expenses related to
building an internal sales organization, while concurrently paying an
independent sales organization to sell the Company's products, as well as a
higher number of product releases. Sales and marketing expenses also increased
because the Company incurred expenses in 1996 to establish its international
distribution network, which included the costs associated with establishing
operating subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Germany. As a percentage of
net revenues, sales and marketing expenses increased from 56.7% in 1995 to
82.7% in 1996.

     Product development. Product development expenses increased by 149.5% from
$1,518,000 in 1995 to $3,788,000 in 1996 primarily because the Company hired
additional game designers, artists, programmers and developers with experience
developing technology used in online content delivery, 3D graphics and
artificial intelligence. As a percentage of net revenues, product development
expenses increased from 36.8% in 1995 to 62.5% in 1996.


                                       26
<PAGE>

The Company capitalized $289,000 (16.0% of gross product development costs) in
1995 and $79,000 (2.0% of gross product development costs) in 1996.

     General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
by 75.2% from $828,000 in 1995 to $1,451,000 in 1996 primarily because the
Company incurred professional fees to implement and test an automated
accounting system, added administrative personnel, established the Company's
United Kingdom operations and relocated its headquarters to a larger facility.
As a percentage of net revenues, general and administrative expenses increased
from 20.1% in 1995 to 24.0% in 1996 because the Company was investing in its
infrastructure to handle the anticipated growth in revenues.

     Other expense. Other expense, comprised primarily of interest expense,
increased 246.3% from $175,000 in 1995 to $606,000 in 1996 because the Company
incurred $6,451,000 in additional debt during 1996 to fund certain product
development, advance royalties and other infrastructure expenses.

     Income tax (expense) benefit. Income tax expense was $47,000 in 1995 and
$11,000 in 1996. The Company recorded income tax expense despite the Company's
consolidated operating loss because of income taxes paid by the Company's
subsidiary in the United Kingdom which reported taxable income in each year.
The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $3,472,000 for the full
amount of its deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 1996 in accordance
with SFAS No. 109.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Company's capital requirements have been and will continue to be
significant, and, to date, its cash requirements have exceeded its cash flow
from operations. The Company historically has satisfied cash requirements
through borrowings, the sale of equity securities, customer advances and
capital lease financings.

     Net cash used in operating activities was $2,205,000 for 1995, $6,641,000
for 1996 and $3,773,000 for 1997. The Company had a $799,000 working capital
surplus as of March 31, 1998.

     Net cash used in investing activities for the purchase of property and
equipment and software development costs was $972,000 during 1995. Net cash
used in investing activities for the purchase of property and equipment, other
investments (of which $120,000 was written off in 1997) and software
development costs was $762,000 in 1996. Net cash used in investing activities
for the purchase of property and equipment and software development costs was
$1,231,000 during 1997 and $634,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1998.

     The Company funded its operations during 1997 through the issuance of a
subordinated note to Petra on March 24, 1997 in the amount of $3,000,000,
borrowings of $500,000 from notes payable issued to related parties, borrowings
of $469,000 under its line of credit with BB&T and the issuance of a junior
subordinated debenture to Oberlin on September 29, 1997 in the amount of
$1,200,000. On February 4, 1998, the Company raised $3,500,000 in connection
with the sale of its Series B Preferred Stock.

     The Company has a $2,750,000 revolving line of credit with BB&T which is
secured by the personal guaranty of the Company's principal shareholder. The
principal balance outstanding is payable on demand with interest payable
monthly at prime. At March 31, 1998, the Company had $2,461,000 in borrowings
against this line of credit. The Company also has a $150,000 equipment line of
credit with BB&T which is secured by certain of the Company's property and
equipment and a $250,000 promissory note with BB&T secured by the guaranty of
the Company's principal shareholder. The principal balance outstanding is
payable on demand with interest payable monthly at prime. At March 31, 1998,
the Company had outstanding balances of $96,000 under the $150,000 line of
credit and $250,000 under the promissory note. See "Certain Transactions."

   
     On April 30, 1998, the Company established a one-year $5,000,000 revolving
line of credit with Greyrock. Borrowings under this line of credit accrue
interest at prime plus 2%. Borrowings on the Greyrock line of credit are
limited to the lesser of $5,000,000 or 65% of the Company's outstanding
eligible receivables and are collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory
and intellectual property of the Company (excluding its foreign subsidiaries).
As of July 8, 1998, borrowings on the line were $2,684,000, which amounts were
used by the Company to extinguish certain existing debt and provide additional
working capital.
    

     The Company intends to use proceeds from this offering to repay the
$4,200,000 due to Petra and Oberlin, $1,500,000 of the amount outstanding under
its $2,750,000 revolving line of credit with BB&T, the $870,000 principal
amount, plus $117,175 accrued interest, outstanding under the Company's line of
credit from Laura M.


                                       27
<PAGE>

Stealey, and $371,404 and $111,421 of the interest owed to J.W. Stealey and
Robert L. Pickens, respectively, for accrued interest on prior loans that were
converted by them into capital stock of the Company in 1998. See "Certain
Transactions."

     The Company's future liquidity and capital requirements will depend upon
numerous factors, including the costs and timing of expansion of research and
product development efforts and the success of these efforts, the costs and
timing of expansion of sales and marketing activities, the extent to which the
Company's existing and new products gain market acceptance, competing
technological and market developments, the costs involved in maintaining and
enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights, available
borrowings under line of credit arrangements and other factors. The Company is
dependent upon the proceeds of this offering to complete the development of its
currently proposed products and fund its business strategies. Although the
Company anticipates, based on its currently proposed plans and assumptions
relating to its operations (including assumptions regarding the progress and
timing of its new product development efforts), that the net proceeds of this
offering, together with anticipated revenues from operations, availability
under the Company's bank lines of credit and cash and cash equivalents, will be
sufficient to fund the Company's operations and capital requirements for at
least 12 months following the consummation of this offering, there can be no
assurance that such funds will not be expended prior thereto due to
unanticipated changes in economic conditions or other unforeseen circumstances.
In the event the Company's plans change or its assumptions change or prove to
be inaccurate, the Company could be required to seek additional financing
sooner than currently anticipated. The Company has no current arrangements with
respect to, or potential sources of, any additional financing, and it is not
anticipated that existing shareholders will provide any portion of the
Company's future financing requirements. Consequently, there can be no
assurance that any additional financing will be available to the Company when
needed, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any inability to obtain
additional financing when needed would require the Company to delay or scale
back its product development and marketing programs, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, any additional equity
financing may involve substantial dilution to the interests of the Company's
then existing shareholders.

     The Company's forecast of the period of time through which its financial
resources will be adequate to support its operations is a forward-looking
statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary.
The factors described in the preceding paragraph and in the Risk Factors
section of this document will impact the Company's future capital requirements
and the adequacy of its available funds.

Fluctuations in Operating Results

     The Company's quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in
the past and will likely fluctuate significantly in the future depending on a
variety of factors, several of which are not in the Company's control. Such
factors include the demand for the Company's products and the products of its
competitors, the size and rate of growth of the interactive entertainment
software market, development and promotional expenses related to the
introduction of new products or enhancements, the degree of market acceptance
for the Company's new product introductions and enhancements, the timing of
orders from significant customers, delays in shipment, the level of price
competition, changes in computing platforms, the nature and magnitude of
product returns, order cancellations, software defects and other quality
problems, the length of product life cycles, the percentage of the Company's
sales related to international sales and changes in personnel. Based on the
foregoing, the Company believes that period to period comparisons of operating
results should not be relied upon as indicative of future results.


Income Taxes and Conversion from Subchapter S to Subchapter C Corporation

     From the Company's inception in June 1994 through October 1995, the
Company operated under the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and consequently, was not subject to
federal income tax. On October 31, 1995, the Company terminated its Subchapter
S election and began operation under the provisions of Subchapter C of the
Code.


Impact of Adoption of New Accounting Standards

     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" and SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." In addition, the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position ("SOP")
97-2, "Software


                                       28
<PAGE>

Revenue Recognition, SOP 98-4, Deferral of the Effective Date of a Provision of
SOP 97-2, `Software Revenue Recognition'  and SOP 98-1, "Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." SFAS Nos.
130 and 131 and SOP 97-2 and 98-4 are effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1997. SOP 98-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1998. The Company does not believe that adoption of these
standards will have a material impact on the Company's results of operations.


Year 2000 Issue

     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields
will need to accept entries to distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century
dates. The inability to recognize or properly treat the Year 2000 may cause the
Company's systems and applications to process critical financial and
operational information incorrectly. The Company continues to assess the impact
of the Year 2000 issue on its reporting system and operations. In addition, the
Company is assessing the readiness of its customers and suppliers for the Year
2000 issue; however, there can be no assurance that these third parties will
timely convert their systems or that their systems will not have an adverse
effect on the Company. While uncertainty exists concerning the potential
effects associated with such compliance, the Company does not believe that Year
2000 compliance will result in a material adverse effect on its financial
condition or results of operations.


                                       29
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS
General

     The Company develops, publishes and distributes interactive real-time 3D
entertainment software, focusing on simulation and strategy games for CD-ROM
and online/Internet use. Since inception, the Company has published 26 titles
on CD-ROM that have been distributed through more than 15,000 retail outlets in
over 30 countries. Additionally, the Company's initial online product,
WARBIRDS, a World War II air combat simulation game, has generated sales of
over 1.4 million hours of online game time to players in more than 70
countries. Since its first product offering in August 1995, the Company has
been recognized each year with awards or critical acclaim from industry
associations and publications, including PC Games, PC Today, Computer Gaming
World, Power Play, PC Gamer, Computer Games Strategy Plus and the SPA. Since
such time, the Company's net revenues have also grown to $16,502,000 and
$4,913,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended
March 31, 1998, respectively. The Company seeks to benefit from leveraging its
development, marketing and technological synergy across its dual distribution
channels.


Industry Overview

     Background

     The interactive entertainment software market is composed of software
primarily created for use on PCs and software created for video game consoles,
such as the Sony Playstation and Nintendo 64 entertainment systems. IDSA
reported that retail sales of interactive entertainment software in North
America reached $3.7 billion in 1996 and were projected to increase to $5.3
billion in 1997 and $8 billion in 2000. Worldwide entertainment software sales
were estimated by IDSA to have exceeded $10 billion in 1996, roughly divided
evenly among the United States, Europe and Asia. According to IDSA, market
penetration exceeded 40% of households in the United States in 1997, and PC
owners are increasing their purchases of game software. The Company believes
that the availability of lower-cost high performance multimedia PCs and modems
has contributed to and is expected to contribute to the increase in PC
ownership and thereby expand the use of the Internet and online services for
entertainment purposes.

     Market for PC Simulation and Strategy CD-ROM Products

     PC Data, an industry research firm, estimated that 1997 retail sales of PC
games were approximately $1.3 billion in North America. The simulation and
strategy segments had unit sales increases of 46.7% and 15.7%, respectively,
over 1996 sales. In 1997, simulation and strategy games represented
approximately 34.9% of the North American market for PC games. Simulation and
strategy products require sophisticated 3D graphics capabilities, advanced
artificial intelligence technology and significant research abilities to model
real-life military situations, historical scenarios or other strategy and
simulation subjects. In a simulation game, the player, acting as a pilot,
commander, captain or driver, controls a vehicle such as a plane, submarine,
ship or tank. A strategy game establishes the player as manager of a given set
of resources who must produce maximum results through discriminating use of
limited resources. The Company believes that the simulation and strategy
product market has a loyal domestic and international following of enthusiasts
who generally purchase multiple products throughout the year. According to a
market study conducted on behalf of the publisher of Computer Gaming World, a
leading industry magazine, the typical user of computer games is a male age 30
with an annual household income of $60,000. The Company believes that these
users are also prime candidates to participate in online games, as they tend to
be early adopters of new technology and equipment.

     Market for Online Games

     A 1997 Forrester Research report estimates that more than 6.9 million
consumers in the United States are currently playing games over the Internet,
generating revenues of $127 million in 1997, and projects that 18 million
consumers will generate $1.6 billion in revenues in 2001. These revenues
encompass direct pay-for-play online game play, online CD-ROM sales,
advertising and sponsorships. The emerging popularity of online games is
evidenced by the recent appearance of dedicated game networks, such as Mplayer,
America Online's Game Channel, Microsoft's Internet Gaming Zone, Kesmai's
Gamestorm, Total Entertainment Network and the Company's pay-for-play service,
iMagic Online. While a number of multiplayer games are available over the
Internet, generally only four, eight, or 16 players can play simultaneously
with or against each other. By contrast, large-scale multiplayer games permit a
significantly greater number of simultaneous players (frequently hundreds).


                                       30
<PAGE>

     The Company's Market Position

     The Company believes it is well-positioned to capitalize on the emerging
market for online large-scale multiplayer games by leveraging its experience in
the growing market for high-quality strategy and simulation products on CD-ROM.
To date, five of the Company's titles have been nominated or selected as either
simulation or strategy game of the year by major industry magazines. In April
1997, the Company acquired ICI, which was among the first to introduce a
real-time large-scale multiplayer game on the Internet, permitting hundreds of
players to play simultaneously with or against each other, when it released its
WARBIRDS simulation game in 1995. WARBIRDS has been named best online game for
1996 and 1997 by PC Games magazine.


Strategy

     The Company's objective is to become one of the world's leading providers
of CD-ROM and real-time large-scale multiplayer online simulation and strategy
games. Key elements of the Company's strategy are to:

     Increase online recurring revenue. The Company was among the first to
enter the emerging market for real-time large-scale multiplayer online games.
The Company intends to leverage its experience in online games to strengthen
its position as a leading content provider by developing and delivering
sophisticated real-time large-scale multiplayer simulation games through its
online service on a subscription basis, plus additional fees for hours played
beyond the subscription allocation, and thereby increase the Company's
recurring revenues. In addition, the Company intends to leverage the marketing
resources of third parties and broaden its user base by partnering with
selected Internet service providers, online service providers and foreign
licensees to distribute its online products.

     Focus on simulation and strategy games and expand brand recognition. The
Company focuses primarily on the simulation and strategy markets. The Company
intends to capitalize on management's extensive experience and knowledge of
these particular markets and on the favorable demographic profile of simulation
and strategy enthusiasts. The Company believes the typical user of its products
is a male over age 25 with sufficient disposable income to buy the latest
games. By focusing on delivering highly playable, entertaining games with high
quality graphics, the Company believes it has built strong brand recognition
and consumer loyalty among game enthusiasts. The Company intends to build upon
this loyalty by selectively creating franchise titles through publication of
sequels and add-ons to existing games.

     Manage risk through internal and external product development. The Company
believes that using both internal and external development sources and keeping
the product development pipeline full assists in managing risk, maximizing
creativity and ensuring the consistent release of future products. Toward that
end, the Company currently works with 11 external development teams, which
complement the Company's internal development efforts. External development
teams provide leverage in that full development expenses generally are not
absorbed by the Company, advance royalties are fixed and development cycles
that may result in late delivery of a particular product do not affect the
delivery of other products planned for release. The Company intends to remain a
"value added" publisher of externally developed titles, ensuring product
quality by providing independent developers with access to its technology,
software tools and libraries, software design assistance, product design advice
and other services. In doing so, the Company intends to control the cost of
product development and spread the risk of product development across a number
of titles.

     Expand worldwide distribution network. The Company currently sells its
CD-ROM products through leading software distributors and retailers in North
America and abroad. The Company intends to increase penetration within the
channels that can enhance the distribution of its CD-ROM products to its core
customer base worldwide, including computer and software retailers, consumer
electronics retailers and mass merchandisers. The Company currently distributes
its online products via the Internet through its iMagic Online game service and
intends to expand its distribution through relationships with third-party
providers of online and Internet services, both in the United States and
abroad. Maintaining strong and focused distribution channels enhances the
Company's ability to attract and retain employees and external development
partners.

     Leverage core technologies. The Company maintains a dedicated research and
development staff which focuses on developing core technologies that can be
applied across multiple titles. The Company has filed a patent application with
respect to its MEGAplayer technology, which is a method of and system for
minimizing the effect of time latency in multiplayer electronic games played on
interconnected computers. The Company


                                       31
<PAGE>

has developed graphics engines, game engines and communication technologies
which can be used in a number of different games in a cost-effective manner.
Specifically, the Company has five core technologies which it currently employs
to maximize efficiencies and cost effectiveness across its product line: (1)
MEGAplayer -- an architecture for enhancing Internet game play; (2) DEMON -- 3D
terrain optimization model; (3) TALON -- a dynamic mission generation system;
(4) MEGAvoice -- real-time voice communication technology; and (5) iMOL/SDK --
a software toolkit to provide a common interface among various communication
protocols for online game play. See " -- Technology."

     Expand operations through strategic acquisitions. The Company intends to
expand its operations through strategic acquisitions as potential opportunities
become available. While the Company is not engaged in any acquisition
negotiations at present, potential targets may include other interactive
entertainment software publishers, game developers or distributors,
particularly distributors with international networks.


Products

     General

     The Company's products consist of sophisticated real-time, 3D simulation
and strategy games that are available on CD-ROM or, for its online products,
accessed on iMagic Online, the Company's online game service. To date, the
Company has published 27 products, one of which is a real-time large-scale
multiplayer online game, and has two additional real-time large-scale
multiplayer online games in the pre-release testing stage. Over one quarter of
these products have won awards or achieved other critical acclaim from industry
publications, including PC Games, PC Today, Computer Gaming World, Power Play,
PC Gamer and Computer Games Strategy Plus. The Company intends to expand the
distribution of its online large-scale multiplayer games through third-party
providers of online and Internet services to access a broader market base of
subscribers. Most of the Company's CD-ROM products are designed for play as
both single-player and multiplayer (up to 16 players) games and include various
levels of difficulty, so that both novice and experienced players can enjoy the
Company's games.

     Simulation Products

     A simulation product puts the player in control of a vehicle, such as a
helicopter, tank, or airplane, and allows the player to conduct missions in a
replicated real-world environment. These products are characterized by the
authenticity of the simulated vehicle, reproduction of enhanced performance
criteria and a realistic perspective using real-time rendered 3D graphics,
providing the player with a 360- view of the external environment. For example,
iF-22 utilizes the Company's proprietary DEMON 3D terrain technology, which can
incorporate thousands of square miles of satellite photography for a realistic
depiction of actual terrain. The Company's simulation titles are listed below,
followed by a brief description of several of the Company's most popular
simulation titles.


                              Simulation Products


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Title                      Release Date
- -------------------------   ---------------
<S>                         <C>


     APACHE                 August 1995
- -------------------------------------------
     STAR RANGERS           November 1995
- -------------------------------------------
     WARBIRDS               December 1995
- -------------------------------------------
     HIND                   September 1996
- -------------------------------------------
     AIR WARRIOR II         February 1997
- -------------------------------------------
     iM1A2 ABRAMS           March 1997
- -------------------------------------------
     iF-22                  July 1997
- -------------------------------------------
     iF-16                  September 1997
- -------------------------------------------
     AIR WARRIOR III        December 1997
- -------------------------------------------
     iF-22 PERSIAN GULF     March 1998
- -------------------------------------------
     iPANZER 44             March 1998
- -------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       32
<PAGE>

     WARBIRDS, the Company's first online product offering, recreates World War
II air combat. WARBIRDS, named "Online Game of the Year" for both 1996 and 1997
by PC Games magazine, allows hundreds of players from around the world to
simultaneously fly air combat missions in a single campaign. After logging on
to iMagic Online, players choose to fly for one of four teams, select an
airplane from an array of 50 historically accurate bombers or fighters and
choose a role as a pilot, gunner or bomber. Individual combatants then engage
in dogfights or fly bombing missions over enemy territories, with the outcome
of each individual mission affecting the outcome of the overall campaign. For
example, successfully destroying the air defenses of and landing on an enemy's
airfield results in a country capturing that airfield. Airfields can be lost
and recaptured, providing a strategic as well as a tactical aspect to WARBIRDS.
Game play is broken up into three-week campaigns with a dogfighting and bombing
"ace" named for each campaign. A campaign starts with a limited array of planes
and more advanced planes become available as the campaign progresses to
incorporate the effect of technological advances. 3D rolling terrain graphics,
as well as the incorporation of the Company's MEGAvoice technology, which
provides real-time voice communications with groups of up to four game
participants, add to the realism of WARBIRDS. Through its proprietary
MEGAplayer technology, the Company is able to deliver via the Internet the full
3D graphics and action of WARBIRDS in real time to large numbers of players who
can enter the game 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

     APACHE was the Company's first published product. APACHE is an air-combat
simulation of the AH-64D Apache Longbow Helicopter for players of all
experience levels. APACHE uses 3D visual technology optimized to provide
low-altitude detail and clarity and includes a multiplayer networking feature
to permit up to eight players and two teams to engage in simultaneous combat.
Since its release in August 1995, the Company has sold more than 175,000 copies
of APACHE. APACHE received two Codie Award nominations from the SPA and was
named "Best Simulation of 1995" by both PC Gamer magazine and Strategy Plus
magazine.

     iM1A2 ABRAMS simulates the U.S. Army's main battle tank, the M1A2 Abrams.
The user is able to command a platoon of four tanks, or an entire company,
including other vehicles, artillery helicopters and artillery in a variety of
battles or campaigns of linked battles set in the Persian Gulf, the Balkans and
the former Soviet Ukraine against the latest Russian equipment. iM1A2 ABRAMS
uses advanced 3D graphics technology and contains multiple difficulty levels.
iPANZER 44 is the recently released follow-up to iM1A2 ABRAMS, allowing players
to command World War II Russian, American and German tanks. iPANZER 44 takes
advantage of Microsoft's Direct 3D technology to allow support for many 3D
graphic accelerator cards.

     iF-22 is an internally developed simulation of the U.S. Air Force's newest
air-superiority fighter. The player is able to command a squadron of four F-22
aircraft executing single missions or protracted campaigns. iF-22 incorporates
the Company's DEMON advanced 3D graphics and terrain technology, multiple
difficulty levels, multiple flight models and a multiplayer option. Released in
July 1997, sales of iF-22 have exceeded 150,000 units to date. iF-22 PERSIAN
GULF, the recently released sequel to iF-22, includes the Company's TALON
(Total Air & Land Operations Network) campaign system, which generates new
mission assignments each time the game is played. The iF-22 PERSIAN GULF
release is compatible with computers equipped with Intel's new AGP (Advanced
Graphics Port) technology.

     Strategy Products

     A strategy product requires the player to achieve maximum results through
management of a specific set of resources. The Company produces sophisticated
strategy games that include historical military scenarios, empire building and
tactical strategy products. The Company's existing strategy products generally
are characterized by historically accurate databases and advanced artificial
intelligence. Strategy games generally have lower initial shipment quantities
but generally sustain prices longer and maintain longer shelf-lives than
simulation products. Strategy games also can utilize the same core components
across a number of different products, which facilitates the creation of a
franchise, such as the Company's three-game Great Battles series, GREAT BATTLES
OF ALEXANDER, GREAT BATTLES OF HANNIBAL and GREAT BATTLES OF CAESAR. The
Company's strategy titles are listed below, followed by a brief description of
several of the Company's strategy titles.


                                       33
<PAGE>

                               Strategy Products


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Title                                        Release Date
- -------------------------------------------   ---------------
<S>                                           <C>


     EXPLORATION                              September 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     CAPITALISM                               October 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     AMERICAN CIVIL WAR                       June 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     BRUCE JENNER'S WORLD CLASS DECATHLON     July 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     DESTINY                                  September 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     HARPOON CLASSIC '97                      November 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     FALLEN HAVEN                             March 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     CAPITALISM PLUS                          May 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     GREAT BATTLES OF ALEXANDER               June 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     WAR, INC.                                September 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     SEVEN KINGDOMS                           November 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     GREAT BATTLES OF HANNIBAL                November 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     SEMPER FI                                February 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     GREAT BATTLES OF CAESAR                  March 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     LIBERATION DAY                           March 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------
     INDUSTRY GIANT                           April 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     CAPITALISM, the Company's highly acclaimed business strategy and
simulation product, was a runner-up to APACHE as the "Best Simulation of 1995"
by PC Gamer magazine. CAPITALISM gives the player resources with which to build
a global financial empire. CAPITALISM sold in excess of 100,000 units by the
end of 1997. CAPITALISM PLUS, an update of CAPITALISM, includes a new
interface, improved graphics, maps and a soundtrack. A second sequel to
CAPITALISM is planned for release in 1999.

     AMERICAN CIVIL WAR, the Company's highly acclaimed strategic Civil War
battle simulation, covers the entire Civil War from the opening guns of Bull
Run to the final surrender of the army of Northern Virginia. This strategy
product allows players to command forces from either side, recruit troops,
build ships, form armies, corps and fleets. AMERICAN CIVIL WAR includes an
historically accurate database featuring over 125 Union and Confederate
commanders.

     SEVEN KINGDOMS, one of the Company's newest strategy games, has won
various awards, including "Strategy Game of the Year" by Germany's PC Power
Play magazine. SEVEN KINGDOMS presents players with a special challenge of
real-time action and strategy set in a medieval fantasy world of monsters, gods
and opposing cultures. Two sequels to SEVEN KINGDOMS are planned, with the
first scheduled for release in 1998.

     Future Products

     The Company has 19 products in development for release over the next 18
months, including five internally-developed products and 14 under contract with
external developers. Two of these products, FIGHTER OPS and RAIDER WARS, are
online games which have undergone beta testing on the Company's online service.
There can be no assurance that, if introduced, such products will achieve
market acceptance or generate significant revenues. A significant delay in the
introduction of, or the presence of a defect in, one or more of such titles or
other new products or the failure of such titles to generate significant
revenues could have a material adverse effect on the success of such titles and
on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition. The
Company plans to develop certain of its future products both as CD-ROM games
and large-scale multiplayer online products. The Company believes that a
carefully planned release date on both delivery platforms can increase sales of
the product. ULTRAFIGHTERS and MALKARI, each of which is intended to be
playable both as a CD-ROM product and as a large-scale multiplayer online
product, are scheduled for release in 1998. There can be no assurance that such
products will be released on schedule for either delivery platform or that the
release of such titles on either CD-ROM or online will achieve market
acceptance or generate significant revenues for the Company. In


                                       34
<PAGE>

addition, the Company intends to offer its online products to third-party
providers of online and Internet services and licensees to reach a larger
audience. There can be no assurance that satisfactory arrangements with other
distributors and licensees can be negotiated, or that its online products will
be successful or generate significant revenues for the Company.


Distribution

     The Company uses a dual channel distribution strategy by delivering its
CD-ROM products for retail sale through its worldwide distribution network and
its online games via the Internet.

     Distribution of CD-ROM Products

     The Company's CD-ROM products are distributed in over 30 countries through
more than 15,000 retail outlets. In North America, the Company sells its
products both through distributors and directly to large retailers. The Company
maintains distribution relationships with seven major distributors, including
Navarre, Tech Data, Merisel, Inc., Guillemot, GT Interactive Software
Corporation and Beamscope Canada, Inc. The Company's products are sold by many
of the larger retailers, such as Wal-Mart, Best Buy and CompUSA in North
America and Karstadt, Dixon's and PC World in Europe. Although such retailers
may purchase the Company's products through distributors, the Company believes
that it is important to maintain favorable relationships with the retailers in
order to promote the visibility of its products. The Company's products
constitute a relatively small percentage of a retailer's sales volume, however,
and there can be no assurance that retailers will continue to purchase the
Company's products or provide the Company's products with adequate levels of
shelf space and promotional support. For the year ended December 31, 1997,
sales to the Company's distributors accounted for approximately 65% of the
Company's net revenues. In 1996, Tech Data and Navarre accounted for 27% and
11%, respectively, of the Company's net revenues; in 1997, Tech Data and
Electronics Boutique, Inc. accounted for 19% and 10%, respectively, of the
Company's net revenues; and in the three months ended March 31, 1998, Navarre,
Guillemot, Tech Data and Electronics Boutique, Inc. accounted for 15%, 16%, 12%
and 10%, respectively, of the Company's net revenues.

     Simulation and strategy products have a large international following.
Accordingly, the Company has established wholly-owned subsidiaries in the
United Kingdom and Germany which serve the European market. Approximately
one-third of the Company's sales are generated in the European marketplace. In
addition, the Company contracts with distribution agencies in Japan, Singapore,
South America, Korea, South Africa and Australia. In certain territories
(Spain, Italy and France, for example) the Company may elect to license its
products to a local publisher in exchange for guaranteed volume requirements
and a committed royalty.

     Alternate distribution channels such as direct mail to consumers, direct
ordering through a toll-free phone number and the Company's web site and
OEM/bundling arrangements, account for less than 6% of the Company's net
revenues.

     Distribution of Online Games

     The Company currently delivers its online games via iMagic Online, the
Company's online game service. The Company's host software runs on a UNIX-based
system and to date has been operated on Sun workstations and Pentium-based
systems. Reliability is enhanced by RAID systems for data storage, access to
the Internet via multiple T-1 lines from various providers and software
backups.

     The Company emphasizes sophisticated online games for which users pay a
subscription fee, plus additional hourly fees for time played beyond the
subscription allocation. The Company believes that with the continued
proliferation of Internet usage, providers of online and Internet services will
become an increasingly important channel for global distribution of its
real-time large-scale multiplayer games. The Company presently has one game
available on a pay-for-play basis on its online game service with plans to add
four additional games in the next 12 months. Currently, the Company is
negotiating with several major providers of online and Internet services in
North America, Germany, the United Kingdom, Japan, and Brazil for rights to
distribute certain of the Company's online products. There can be no assurance
that the Company will successfully negotiate relationships with providers of
online and Internet services or, if completed, that such arrangements will
generate significant revenues. The Company could be materially adversely
affected if the cost to the Company of any proposed online distributor
relationship exceeds expectations or if the Company incurs significant costs in
anticipation of the arrangement and the arrangement is delayed or abandoned.


                                       35
<PAGE>

     The Company seeks to leverage its CD-ROM sales by including the front-end
software for its online products (currently WARBIRDS) in its CD-ROM releases.
Customers can download the program from the iMagic Online web site or access it
from the CD-ROM distributed by the Company. To play online, users subscribe for
a fixed number of hours on a monthly basis and may pay to play additional hours
beyond the level included in the subscription agreement. The software can be
played alone offline or head-to-head against another player at no charge. Game
play from WARBIRDS has now exceeded 1.4 million paid hours. The Company has
additional online products in development and intends to continue to update its
existing and future online games in order to continue the flow of recurring
revenue from this distribution channel. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to develop new products or enhancements to existing online
products, or that such products or enhancements will be successful or continue
to produce recurring revenues.


Marketing

     The Company pursues different marketing strategies for its CD-ROM game
sales and online game sales, while seeking to capitalize on the synergy of the
two strategies.

     CD-ROM Game Sales

     The Company believes that marketing and product positioning are critical
factors to the success of its retail games and focuses much of its effort on
the creation of market awareness surrounding its upcoming product releases. The
Company utilizes a wide range of consumer marketing techniques to position its
products. These techniques include online marketing on the Company's web site,
placement of demonstration versions on Internet game sites, print and web
advertising, distribution of demonstration disks and appearances at industry
trade shows.

     The Company supports its retail products through market development funds.
These funds are used primarily for in-store promotions, point-of-purchase
displays and other advertising and promotional techniques coordinated with the
Company's retail partners. The Company maintains a database of existing and
potential customers through reader response cards and buyer registration cards
for use in direct marketing efforts.

     Online Game Sales

     The Company's online marketing focuses on strategies for increasing
recurring revenues from the current customer base while recruiting new
customers. The Company seeks to increase revenues from the current customer
base through community building programs, such as regular e-mail updates to
subscribers, training programs and sponsorship of online events, contests and
conventions attended by subscribers. For example, the Company is promoting the
development of "communities" of regular WARBIRDS flyers who participate in
special promotional events, such as squadron conferences, conventions and
competitions around the world. To date, over 100 of these informal squadrons or
communities exist. In addition, the Company is committed to providing extensive
technical support to its customers. The Company believes that as a result of
these efforts, it has developed significant customer loyalty, encouraging long
term customer game play.

     The Company seeks to attract new customers by increasing its Internet
presence through a targeted marketing plan. This plan includes an Internet
advertising campaign, an Internet-based public relations campaign, and special
promotions with key industry partners, such as web sites and specialized
magazines. In addition, the Company intends to increase its visibility and that
of its products by seeking to establish relationships with third party
providers of Internet and online services.

     Marketing Synergy

     The Company continually seeks to develop the synergy of its retail and
online marketing strategies, a key component of which is building a common
brand awareness. The Company has developed brand awareness through the success
of its award-winning releases, the reputation and visibility of the Company's
Chairman (including his past experience in the interactive entertainment
software industry), its focus on simulation and strategy products, the easily
recognizable color-block design of its product packaging and its distinctive
corporate logo. Other marketing synergy includes cross-promotion of its games
at retail and online. On the retail side, this includes bundling the software
for WARBIRDS and other large-scale multiplayer games on CD-ROMs of retail
product releases. The Company is developing a web-based lobby service to match
up players of its CD-ROM games to participate in multiplayer (up to 16 players)
games. By bringing these players to its web site, the Company intends to use
this opportunity to market its online and other retail games.


                                       36
<PAGE>

     As of March 31, 1998, the Company's marketing and sales staff included 30
employees in four offices located in the Research Triangle Park area, North
Carolina; Grapevine, Texas; Bracknell, United Kingdom; and Guetersloh, Germany.
The Company expects to increase its marketing and sales staff in these
locations and expand its offices geographically where appropriate.


Technology

     The Company focuses on developing technologies that can be applied across
the Company's product line or shared among similar types of products.

     The Company has filed a patent application on its MEGAplayer technology,
which addresses problems inherent in high and variable latency networks such as
the Internet. The Company's online games allow more than 250 simultaneous
Internet users to play in a single arena with less "warping." Warping occurs
when other players appear to jump or "warp" across the computer screen instead
of moving smoothly. The Company believes that its technology allows a player to
enjoy a more realistic experience, which greatly enhances game play. The
Company intends to incorporate MEGAplayer technology in future real-time online
products.

     The Company also has developed its MEGAvoice technology, which allows
groups of up to four players to engage in real-time voice communication over
the Internet while playing the Company's simulations. This technology utilizes
bandwidth efficiently while limiting any impact on simultaneous game play.

     The Company's proprietary 3D graphics engine, DEMON, is a highly
optimized, real-time terrain rendering system for use in the development of
flight simulation and other 3D products. DEMON, utilizing satellite photography
and matching real world elevation data, produces strikingly authentic views
with near-realistic depiction of mountains, rivers, forests, fields, cities,
roads and other terrain features, just as a pilot would see if he or she were
actually flying over that area of the world. DEMON, in conjunction with other
proprietary data processing tools, is capable of handling large amounts of
data, such as the 80,000 square miles of terrain present in a single combat
theater in the iF-22 product. The engine was jointly developed with Numerical
Design Limited ("NDL"). The Company owns the code for DEMON, however, NDL has
retained rights to use the code in non-competitive markets, subject to the
payment of royalties to the Company. The Company intends to continually upgrade
this technology to add new features that will become available as a result of
rapidly changing hardware technology.

     TALON is a dynamic mission generation system that enhances the replay
value of the Company's simulation games. TALON generates new mission
assignments each time the game is played. The Company believes that the TALON
system adds significant value to its products when compared to games with a
limited number of static missions.

     The Company has developed a proprietary software toolkit to provide
interfaces that will allow online game play across different communications
protocols, such as varying local area networks and wide area networks. This
toolkit is intended to facilitate the communications capabilities of games,
freeing the product developers' time to focus on content. The Company intends
to update and supplement this toolkit as technology changes.


Product Development

     General

     The Company seeks to publish high quality content developed by both
internal and external sources. By releasing a variety of products and keeping
the product development pipeline full, the Company seeks to spread its risk and
development costs across a number of products, rather than focusing all of its
development efforts and funds on a single product or a small group of products
in an effort to produce the next blockbuster title. The Company anticipates
that in the next 18 months, approximately one-third of the Company's products
will be internally developed.

     External Development

     The Company typically enters into development agreements with external
software developers around the world. These development agreements generally
include an up-front payment as an advance on future royalties owed as well as
certain milestone payments and bonus or penalty clauses for early and late
product delivery, respectively. The Company generally pays a royalty of 15% to
25% of the Company's net revenues from sales


                                       37
<PAGE>

of the licensed product. Most contracts include exclusive worldwide
distribution rights. The Company currently has 11 strategic relationships with
external developers from around the world.

     The Company is continuously evaluating product proposals submitted by
third-party developers and may enter into contracts with such third parties for
one or more products. For example, in March 1998, the Company signed a
five-year development agreement with Enlight Software, developer of CAPITALISM,
CAPITALISM PLUS, and SEVEN KINGDOMS, the Company's best-selling strategy games.
The agreement calls for the development of at least three major new projects
and four upgrades to existing products. The Company will have exclusive
worldwide distribution rights to games developed under this agreement.

     The Company considers itself to be a "value-added" publisher of products
developed by third parties, as the Company routinely provides developers with
software tools and libraries, software design assistance, product design and
other services to ensure the quality of the licensed products. The Company's
internal development staff closely monitors the progress of external developers
to ensure the quality of the licensed products, including all final testing
prior to a product's release.

     Internal Development

     Internally developed products use a combination of proprietary and
licensed software technology. The Company also supplements its in-house
development capabilities with third-party music composition, technical writing
services and select technical consulting. As of March 31, 1998, the Company's
research and development staff consisted of 79 employees. The Company believes
it has recruited talented employees with significant experience in the computer
game industry and complementary industries. The Company's development team
includes professionals experienced in client-server technology, 3D graphics,
imaging, video and audio technology, large networking systems and U.S.
Department of Defense avionic testing systems.

     The Product Development Process

     The development cycle for new products ranges from six to 24 months and,
for online products, continues for the life of the products. Consequently, the
Company believes that discipline is critical to management of the software
development process and requires both internal and external development efforts
to adhere to a scheduled process. Generally, each new internally developed
product begins as a brief design document proposed by the Company's internal
development staff. Following management approval, the product's designer drafts
a detailed product design specification, programmers develop the software
design and create a schedule based on that design, and artists develop
storyboards and the art production schedule. The Company then develops the
overall project schedule and budget, including a scheduled release date and a
marketing and sales plan. The Company typically reviews externally developed
products in various stages of development, and, once the Company has selected
and contracted for a product, the Company's product development staff then
manages the product development process with the external developer in a manner
similar to the Company's internal development process.

     Throughout the development phase of each product, whether internally or
externally developed, the Company implements a number of quality control
procedures. The software is carefully designed, implemented and tested by the
programmers, followed by frequent testing releases. Each product is played and
critiqued by the Company's in-house playtest staff and other Company employees.
Products are then submitted to groups of up to 50 external playtesters. This
product test process reduces implementation defects and provides design and
playability feedback in a timely manner for incorporation into the finished
product.

     The introduction of new products is subject to the inherent risks of
development delays. Many of the Company's products are in early stages of
development, and the Company will be required to commit considerable time,
effort and resources to complete development of its currently proposed
products. The Company has, in the past, experienced significant delays in the
introduction of certain new products and there will likely be delays in
developing and introducing new products in the future. In addition, because
many of the Company's products are developed for it by third parties, the
Company cannot always control the timing of their introduction. While the
Company maintains production arrangements with its third-party developers,
provides them with certain software toolkits to promote quality control and
monitors their progress, there can be no assurance that delays in the work
performed by third parties or poor quality of such work will not result in
product delays.


                                       38
<PAGE>

Production and Manufacturing

     The Company contracts with independent fulfillment vendors to produce,
ship and manage inventory of the Company's CD-ROM products, including returns.
For each published product, the Company prepares a master software disk,
artwork, camera-ready user manual and collateral materials which are sent to
such fulfillment vendors for duplication, assembly and packaging. The Company
inspects randomly selected copies of finished products prior to authorization
of shipment. Upon Company approval, the fulfillment vendor ships the finished
goods directly to the distribution channels specified by the Company via a
purchase order. The Company maintains relationships with several fulfillment
vendors to ensure access to supply and competitive pricing.


Competition

     The interactive entertainment software market is intensely and
increasingly competitive. The market is characterized by the continual
introduction of new software products and technologies. The ability to compete
successfully depends primarily on the ability to develop and market high
quality products, access to distribution channels, including retail shelf
space, the availability and quality of support services for the products and
price. The Company believes that it competes favorably with respect to each of
these factors. In addition, the Company believes that online games represent an
important emerging segment of the interactive entertainment software market.
While other companies currently offer online games, few companies offer
real-time large-scale multiplayer simulation games via the Internet.

     At present, the Company competes primarily against other companies
offering high-end simulation and strategy products. In particular, the
Company's competitors for its CD-ROM products include NovaLogic, Inc.,
Electronic Arts, Inc., MicroProse, Inc., Interplay Entertainment Corp.,
Activision, Inc. and Cendant Corp. (formerly CUC/Sierra On-Line). The Company
also competes with companies providing online games, including Kesmai
Corporation, VR1 Inc., Simutronics Corporation and NovaLogic, Inc. Many of the
Company's existing and future competitors have greater financial, technical,
marketing, sales and customer support resources, as well as greater name
recognition and better access to consumers, than the Company. There can be no
assurance that the Company will respond effectively to market or technological
changes or compete successfully in the future.


Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights

     The Company holds copyrights on its products, manuals, advertising and
other materials and has received federal trademark protection for the Company
name, the form of the Company logo and the names of certain products published
by the Company. The Company does not acquire the copyrights for works developed
by third parties under license that the Company publishes. The Company has
applied for a patent on its MEGAplayer technology that enables its online
products to function more effectively on the Internet. There can be no
assurance that the patent application for the Company's MEGAplayer technology
will result in the issuance of a patent with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office.

     The Company has received registrations with respect to the following
trademarks: Interactive Magic, I-Magic, the Interactive Magic logo and Star
Rangers, and has applied for trademark registrations with respect to iM1A2
Abrams and Hind. The Company relies on common law to protect its other
trademarks. The Company believes that registered and common law trademarks and
common law copyrights are important, but are less significant to the Company's
success than factors such as the knowledge, ability and experience of the
Company's personnel, research and development, name recognition and product
quality.

     The Company has developed proprietary technologies in the areas of 3D
graphics and client/server architecture. The Company protects its proprietary
technologies through various security practices. Each employee must sign a
confidentiality agreement which includes a provision that grants the Company
ownership of all intellectual property. As an additional protective measure,
only a limited number of development personnel have access to the source code
for the Company's software. While the Company relies on a combination of
trademark, trade secret, copyright and other proprietary rights laws, license
agreements, employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements and other
methods to establish and protect its proprietary rights, there can be no
assurance that the steps taken by the Company will be adequate to prevent
misappropriation of the technology or independent development by others of
software products with features based upon, or otherwise similar to, those of
the Company's products. To license its products to end users, the Company
primarily relies on "shrink wrap" licenses that are not signed by the end-user
and, therefore, may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions.
In addition,


                                       39
<PAGE>

effective copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited
in certain foreign countries, and the global nature of certain wide area
networks, particularly the Internet, makes it virtually impossible to control
the ultimate destination of the Company's products. Despite the Company's
efforts to protect its proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to
copy aspects of the Company's products or to obtain and use information that
the Company regards as proprietary. Unauthorized copying is common within the
software industry, and if a significant amount of unauthorized copying of the
Company's products were to occur, the Company's business, operating results or
financial condition could be adversely affected. As the number of software
products in the industry increases and the functionality of these products
further overlaps, software developers may become increasingly subject to
infringement claims. There can be no assurance that third parties will not
assert infringement claims against the Company in the future with respect to
current or future products. As is common in the industry, from time to time,
the Company receives notices from third parties claiming infringement of
intellectual property rights of such parties. The Company investigates these
claims and responds as it deems appropriate. Litigation may be necessary in the
future to enforce the Company's intellectual property rights, to protect the
Company's trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary
rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity.
Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of
resources and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
operating results or financial condition.


Employees

     As of March 31, 1998, the Company employed 121 people, including 72 on a
full-time basis and 7 on a part-time basis in research and development, 30 on a
full-time basis in sales and marketing and 12 on a full-time basis in finance
and administration. Competition for highly skilled employees with technical,
management, marketing, sales, product development and other specialized
training is intense. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. The Company and its
employees are not parties to any collective bargaining agreements. The Company
believes that its relations with its employees are good.


Properties

     The Company leases 18,452 square feet of office space in the Research
Triangle Park area, North Carolina, which it uses as its principal executive
offices. The Company leases 4,895 square feet of office space in Grapevine,
Texas as a regional development office. The Company also leases 1,520 square
feet of office space in Bracknell, United Kingdom, and 700 square feet of
office space in Guetersloh, Germany, for the Company's foreign operations. The
Company believes that its existing facilities are adequate to meet its current
needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as
needed to accommodate any expansion of operations.


                                       40
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

     The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                      Age                                 Position
- --------------------------------------   -----   ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>     <C>
 J. W. Stealey(2) ....................    50     Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
 Robert L. Pickens ...................    51     President and Chief Operating Officer
 Joseph Rutledge .....................    46     Senior Vice President -- Development
 Raymond Rutledge ....................    56     Vice President -- Licensing
 Joseph R. Mannes ....................    39     Vice President and General Manager, Online Games
 William H. Marks ....................    46     Chief Financial Officer, Vice President -- Finance, Secretary and
                                                 Treasurer
 David H. Kestel(2) ..................    65     Director
 J. Nicholas England(1) ..............    50     Director
 W. Joseph McClelland(1)(2) ..........    52     Director
 Avi Suriel(1) .......................    38     Director
</TABLE>

- ------------
(1) Member of Audit Committee.

(2) Member of Compensation Committee.

     J. W. Stealey has been Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since January 1995. Previously, he was
founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of MicroProse, Inc., a leading
developer and publisher of flight simulation and strategy software titles from
1982 to 1993. Prior to 1982, Mr. Stealey was Group Director of Business
Development of General Instruments. Prior to joining General Instruments
Corporation, Mr. Stealey held management consulting positions with Cresap,
McCormick and Paget and McKinsey & Co. in New York, New York. Mr. Stealey
earned a B.S. degree in Aeronautical Engineering from the United States Air
Force Academy. After graduation from the Academy, Mr. Stealey spent six years
as an operational pilot in the United States Air Force. Mr. Stealey also
received an M.B.A. in finance and strategic management from the Wharton School
of Business of the University of Pennsylvania.

     Robert L. Pickens has been President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company since its incorporation in May 1994. From 1986 to 1994, Mr. Pickens was
President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Aluminum Company, where he
was responsible for the operations and business administration of its five
divisions. From 1970 to 1986, Mr. Pickens held various operations and sales
positions at Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Corporation, including managing
Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Corp.'s Carbon Division. Mr. Pickens earned a B.A.
degree in Psychology from Davidson College. Mr. Pickens has completed extensive
M.B.A. work and is a candidate for a master's degree in Applied Behavioral
Science at Johns Hopkins University.

     Joseph Rutledge has been Senior Vice President of Development for the
Company since September 1994. Mr. Rutledge oversees the Company's internal
software development activities. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Rutledge
founded and operated JR Associates, a private software consulting company which
designed multimedia and "edutainment" products. From 1978 to 1994, Mr. Rutledge
served as a technical systems consultant for Honeywell Inc., McDonnell Douglas
Corp. and other defense technology companies. Mr. Rutledge is a graduate of the
University of Pittsburgh with a B.S. degree in Mathematics. Mr. Rutledge is the
brother of Raymond Rutledge.

     Raymond Rutledge has served as the Company's Vice President of Licensing
since February 1995. Mr. Rutledge oversees product development from external
sources. From 1993 to 1995, Mr. Rutledge served as Vice President of
Development for MicroProse, Inc., where he was responsible for overseeing
development of hit releases such as F-15 Strike Eagle III, F-14 Fleet Defender,
1942 Pacific Air War and Ultimate Football. From 1988 to 1992, Mr. Rutledge
served as Executive Vice President of RJO Enterprises, Inc., a systems
engineering and software company. Mr. Rutledge graduated from the University of
Pittsburgh with a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering. He also earned a
master's degree in Computer Science from Adelphi University. Mr. Rutledge is
the brother of Joseph Rutledge.


                                       41
<PAGE>

     Joseph R. Mannes has served as Vice President and General Manager, Online
Games for the Company since April 1997, when it acquired ICI. From 1996 until
1997, Mr. Mannes served as a Director, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
Treasurer of ICI. From 1987 to 1996, Mr. Mannes was First Vice President in the
Corporate Finance Department of Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc., a Dallas, Texas
investment bank. From 1982 to 1987, he served as an Assistant Vice President at
the First National Bank of Boston, where he worked as a commercial lender in
both the Special Industry Group and the High Technology Group. Mr. Mannes
received an A.B. degree in Philosophy and French from Dartmouth College and
graduated with an M.B.A. degree in Accounting and Finance from the Wharton
School of Business of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Mannes is a Chartered
Financial Analyst.

     William H. Marks was appointed Chief Financial Officer, Vice President --
Finance, Secretary and Treasurer of the Company effective June 1, 1998. Mr.
Marks served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May
1996, and served as Senior Vice President -- Finance and Accounting, from June
1995 to May 1996, of Fleer/SkyBox International, a subsidiary of Marvel
Entertainment Group, Inc. in Mt. Laurel, New Jersey. From 1990 to 1995, Mr.
Marks served as Controller of SkyBox International Inc. (a subsidiary of Brooke
Group Ltd.) in Durham, North Carolina. From 1981 to 1990, Mr. Marks served as
Senior Manager of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. in Richmond, Virginia and Raleigh,
North Carolina. Mr. Marks received a B.S. in Accounting from Virginia
Commonwealth University in 1978 and completed various courses in Masters of
Taxation there in 1984-1985.

     David H. Kestel, CLU, has served as a Director of the Company since
February 1997. Since 1992, Mr. Kestel has served as President of The Kestel
Group, Inc., an estate planning, executive compensation and employee benefits
company based in Potomac, Maryland. From 1978 to 1992, he worked at Blue Cross
and Blue Shield of the National Capital Area, most recently as Senior Vice
President, Marketing, and served as President of two domestic life insurance
companies and two offshore reinsurance companies. Mr. Kestel received a B.B.A.
and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan. Mr. Kestel is a Member,
Chartered Life Underwriter.

     J. Nicholas England has served as a Director of the Company since February
1997. Since 1993, Mr. England has been a Research Professor in the Department
of Computer Science at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. From
1987 to 1993, he worked as Director of Product Development for advanced
graphics, imaging and visualization hardware and software for Sun Microsystems,
Inc. Previously, Mr. England founded two computer graphics companies. Mr.
England is a Director of Numerical Design Limited in Chapel Hill, North
Carolina, a private software company. He received a B.S. in Electrical
Engineering from North Carolina State University.

     W. Joseph McClelland has served as a Director of the Company since
February 1997. Since 1990, Mr. McClelland has been Vice President and a Member
of the Board of GEC-Marconi Defense Systems Inc., an Arlington, Virginia-based
subsidiary of GEC-Marconi Ltd., which produces and sells electronic warfare
equipment to government customers. From 1988 to 1990, he was Director,
Avionics, Armament and Electronic Combat, at the HQ United States Air Force
Systems Command at Andrews Air Force Base in Maryland, where he supervised
headquarters staff and provided corporate oversight of advanced programs. From
1986 to 1988, he was Director, United States Air Force Research and Development
Liaison Office in London, England, where he initiated and managed U.S./U.K.
cooperative research and development programs. Mr. McClelland received a B.S.
in Engineering Mechanics and Mathematics from the United States Air Force
Academy. He received an M.S. in Applied Mechanics from the University of Utah.
Mr. McClelland is a graduate of the United States Air Force Test Pilot School.

     Avi Suriel has served as a Director of the Company since February 1998.
Since 1996, Mr. Suriel has been a Director of Vertical Financial Holdings, a
European-based merchant banking firm focusing primarily on investments in the
high technology industry. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Suriel was a Director in the
Investment Banking Division of Salomon Smith Barney. From 1990 to 1993, he was
a Senior Associate in the Fixed Income Division at Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated. From 1988 to 1990, he was a Research Analyst in the Fixed Income
Division at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith. Mr. Suriel also provides
consulting services as a principal of Suriel Financial Consulting, which he
founded. Mr. Suriel received a B.A. degree in Economics and International
Relations from Hebrew University, Israel, and an M.B.A. in Finance from Fordham
University.

     All directors currently hold office until the next annual meeting of
shareholders or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.
Executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board of
Directors.

     The Company has obtained key man life insurance on the life of Mr. Stealey
in the amount of $4,200,000.

                                       42
<PAGE>

Key Employees

     Douglas Kubel has been Vice President of Engineering and Technology of the
Company since October 1994. Mr. Kubel manages the development of 3D graphics
and audio technology and is responsible for incorporating hardware and software
technologies into the Company's planning processes. From 1987 to 1994, Mr.
Kubel was a Senior Software Manager for imaging, video, audio and visualization
for Sun Microsystems, Inc., where he developed 3D graphics software for
photorealistic rendering and computer-aided design. Mr. Kubel served as a
Software Engineer for General Electric from 1985 to 1987. Mr. Kubel graduated
summa cum laude from North Carolina State University where he earned a B.S.
degree in Electrical Engineering. He later graduated from the Program for
Technology Managers at the Kenan-Flagler School of Business at the University
of North Carolina.

     Dale Addink has been Vice President of Development, Online Games, since
April 1997, when the Company acquired ICI. Mr. Addink serves as the lead
developer of online games. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Addink was President of ICI,
which he co-founded in 1995. Mr. Addink served as Senior Project Engineer at
Rapistan Demag Corp., a manufacturer of software for industrial electrical
controls, from 1994 to 1995. From 1988 to 1994, Mr. Addink operated a
consulting company through which he developed industrial control systems. Mr.
Addink received a B.A. degree in Math and Computer Science from the University
of Northern Iowa.


Committees of the Board of Directors

     The Board of Directors has established two standing committees, the Audit
Committee and the Compensation Committee. The Audit Committee recommends the
appointment of auditors and reviews the results and scope of the audit and
other services provided by the Company's independent auditors. The Compensation
Committee is responsible for the approval of compensation arrangements for the
officers of the Company, the review of the Company's compensation plans and
policies and the administration of the Company's employee benefit plans.


Directors' Compensation

     The Company reimburses each director for out-of-pocket expenses incurred
in connection with the rendering of services as a director. The Company has
granted warrants to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock to each non-officer
director at an exercise price equal to fair market value at the date of grant.
In addition, the Company has granted warrants to purchase an additional 500
shares to each director at an exercise price equal to fair market value at the
date of grant as compensation for each Board meeting attended. In addition,
directors are eligible to participate in the Company's 1998 Stock Plan. See "
- -- Stock Option Plans."


Executive Compensation

     The following tables show annual and long-term compensation paid or
accrued by the Company for services rendered for the year ended December 31,
1997 by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the Company's other executive
officers whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 in the most recent fiscal
year.


                          Summary Compensation Table


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Annual Compensation
                                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                                                 Other Annual        All Other
Name and Principal Position                              Year       Salary       Compensation       Compensation
- -----------------------------------------------------   ------   -----------   ----------------   ---------------
<S>                                                     <C>      <C>           <C>                <C>
 J. W. Stealey ......................................   1997      $160,000        $  25,380(1)       $     --
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 Robert L. Pickens ..................................   1997      $114,000                 (2)       $  3,833(3)
  President and Chief Operating Officer
 William J. Kaluza ..................................   1997      $120,000                 (2)       $     --
  Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary(4)
 
</TABLE>

- ------------
(1) Includes $16,832 in payments for an automobile used by Mr. Stealey and
  $8,548 in club dues.

(2) Perquisites and other personal benefits did not exceed the lesser of
    $50,000 or 10% of salary compensation for the named executive officers.

(3) Represents payments for term life insurance of which certain family members
  of Mr. Pickens are beneficiaries.

(4) Mr. Kaluza resigned from the Company for personal reasons effective May 21,
1998.

                                       43
<PAGE>

                   Aggregated Fiscal Year-End Option Values



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Number of Securities Underlying        Value of Unexercised
                               Unexercised Options at Fiscal             In-The-Money
                                         Year-End               Options at Fiscal Year-End (1)
                              -------------------------------   ------------------------------
Name                           Exercisable     Unexercisable     Exercisable     Unexercisable
- ---------------------------   -------------   ---------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                           <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>
J. W. Stealey .............      206,250         293,750         $1,031,250       $1,468,750
Robert L. Pickens .........       70,813         106,688            354,065          533,440
William J. Kaluza .........       42,188         107,813            168,752          431,252
</TABLE>

- ------------
(1) The value of the options is based upon the difference between the exercise
    price per share and the estimated fair market value per share at December
    31, 1997, as determined by the Board of Directors, multiplied by the
    number of shares subject to the option.

Employment Agreements

     The Company is party to an employment agreement with each of the named
executive officers. The Company entered into employment agreements with J. W.
Stealey, Robert L. Pickens and William J. Kaluza, effective January 3, 1995,
January 3, 1995 and March 25, 1996, respectively. Mr. Kaluza has resigned from
the Company for personal reasons effective May 21, 1998. Each of Mr. Stealey's
and Mr. Pickens' employment agreements has an initial term of three years that
automatically renews for an additional one year term beginning on the second
anniversary of the effective date unless either party provides written notice
of intent not to extend the term for an additional year. During the term of
employment, the parties may terminate the employment for any reason upon
notice.

     If the termination is for any reason other than voluntary termination by
the employee or by the Company for cause, the Company will make the following
payments to the employee: (i) any unpaid base compensation for services
performed prior to the date of termination, (ii) the amount of any accrued
annual vacation pay and other accrued but unpaid benefits and (iii) an amount
as liquidated damages equal to twice the amount of the employee's (A) annual
base salary then in effect; (B) any earned incentive compensation due but
unpaid; and (C) such incentive compensation as would have been earned from
January 1 of the year of termination through the date of termination pursuant
to performance criteria established by the Board of Directors. With respect to
Mr. Pickens, the Company's failure to extend his employment agreement for an
additional year on an anniversary of the effective date will constitute a
termination by the Company without cause.

     If the termination is voluntary by the employee or by the Company for
cause, the Company will pay the employee (i) any unpaid compensation for
services performed prior to the date of termination, (ii) the amount of any
accrued annual vacation pay and (iii) such incentive compensation as would have
been earned from January 1 of the year of termination through the date of
termination pursuant to performance criteria established by the Board of
Directors. Voluntary termination does not include termination by the employee
as a result of (i) a material change in the employee's duties, responsibilities
or authority, including the sale or other disposition of a substantial part of
the business of the Company that would decrease the scope of the employee's
position, (ii) failure to obtain the assumption of the obligation to perform
the agreement by any successor, (iii) breach of the employment agreement by the
Company or (iv) relocation of the employee's office to a location more than
fifty (50) miles from the employee's residence or the Company's principal
offices.

     The employment agreements each include a non-competition provision,
effective during the term of the employment agreement and for a period of one
year (two years for Mr. Stealey) following termination of employment, pursuant
to which the employee cannot compete with the Company within 250 miles of any
location at which the Company maintains its principal administrative
headquarters by becoming interested, directly or indirectly, as a partner,
officer, director, stockholder, advisor, employee or in any other capacity with
any competitive business engaged in the design, manufacture or sale of games
used on personal computers. The employment agreements each prohibit disclosure
of any confidential information about the Company.


Stock Option Plans

1995 Employees' Incentive Stock Option Plans

     Effective January 2, 1995, the Company adopted two employee incentive
stock option plans (the "1995 Plans"). One plan provided for the granting of
options to purchase Class A Common Stock which was voting


                                       44
<PAGE>

stock, and one plan provided for the granting of options to purchase Class B
Common Stock which was non-voting. In connection with the Recapitalization, all
options to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
under the 1995 Plans will be automatically converted into options to purchase
Common Stock. The 1995 Plans are intended as incentives to induce key employees
of the Company to remain in the employ of the Company or of any subsidiary of
the Company, and to encourage such employees to own stock in the Company. This
purpose is carried out by granting options to purchase shares of Common Stock.
The Company may grant incentive stock options ("ISOs") within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code to eligible participants under the 1995 Plans. The
exercise price of an ISO may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of
the underlying shares at the time the ISO is granted. An ISO granted must be
exercised in whole or in part from time to time within 10 years from date of
grant, or such shorter time as specified by the Board of Directors. The
aggregate fair market value of the stock for which a participant may exercise
incentive options during any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. The Company
reserved 2,875,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance upon the exercise of
stock options granted pursuant to the 1995 Plans, which number may be adjusted
to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, share combination or
recapitalization.

     The 1995 Plans are administered by the Board of Directors. The Board has
the authority to administer the 1995 Plans and determine, among other things,
the interpretation of any provisions of the 1995 Plans, the eligible employees
who are to be granted stock options, the number of shares which may be issued
and the option exercise price.

   
     Incentive Stock Options. As of the date of this Prospectus (giving effect
to the Recapitalization), the Company had outstanding incentive options to
purchase 1,194,295 shares of Common Stock of which options to purchase 570,202
shares were currently exercisable, at exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to
$6.00 per share. Incentive stock options vest over time with 20% being first
exercisable during the second year after the date of grant or, if earlier, the
participant's hire date, with an additional 5% vesting each calendar quarter
thereafter. Incentive stock options generally may only be exercised if the
participant has been employed by the Company continuously for at least one year
as of the last day of the first 12-month period following the date of option
grant. The option is only exercisable if the participant is employed by the
Company and for limited periods of time after the participant's termination of
employment. If the participant ceases to be employed on account of termination
by the Company for cause or resignation (other than retirement as defined in
the option agreement), the right to exercise any unexercised portion of the
option terminates. If the participant is terminated by the Company without
cause, the participant shall be entitled to purchase, within three months,
option shares equal to an additional 25% of the participant's option shares
that were not exercisable as of the termination date. The option becomes
immediately and fully exercisable in the event of a change in control. A change
in control shall occur if, during any period of 12 consecutive calendar months,
any individual who, at the beginning of such period, holds a majority of the
Company's issued and outstanding shares of voting stock ceases for any reason
to hold a majority of shares; provided, however, it shall not be deemed to be a
change in control if the individual ceases to hold a majority of shares because
of either the issuance or other transfer of Company voting stock to a director,
officer, employee or previous shareholder of the Company or the issuance of
voting stock in connection with a financing so long as the individual continues
to own at least 20% of the Company's outstanding voting stock and remains an
executive officer or director.
    

     Performance Incentive Stock Options. As of the date of this Prospectus
(giving effect to the Recapitalization), the Company had outstanding
performance incentive stock options to purchase 501,250 shares of Common Stock,
151,938 of which were currently exercisable, at exercise prices ranging from
$1.00 to $2.00 per share. The performance incentive stock options are
exercisable during the period commencing from March 31, 1997 and ending March
31, 2005. Performance options vest upon the earlier of the Company's
achievement of certain performance standards or seven years from the date of
grant. Options are exercisable only in the event the participant is employed by
the Company and for limited periods of time after the participant's termination
of employment. If the participant ceases to be an employee on account of
resignation (other than retirement as defined in the option agreement) or
termination for cause, the right to exercise any unexercised portion of the
option shall terminate. The option becomes immediately and fully exercisable as
of a change in control date. A change in control shall occur if, during any
period of 12 consecutive calendar months, any individual who, at the beginning
of such period, holds a majority of the Company's issued and outstanding shares
of voting stock, ceases for any reason to hold such a majority of outstanding
shares.


                                       45
<PAGE>

     1998 Stock Plan. The Company's 1998 Stock Plan (the "Plan") was adopted by
the Board of Directors and approved by the shareholders of the Company in May
1998. The Company anticipates that no future grants will be made under the 1995
Plans after the effective date of the Plan. A total of 800,000 shares of Common
Stock have been reserved for issuance under the Plan. The Plan provides for
grants to employees of the Company of ISOs. In addition, the Plan provides for
grants of nonqualified stock options and stock purchase rights to employees,
directors and consultants of the Company. The Plan is administered by the Board
of Directors or by a committee appointed by the Board. The administrator
determines the terms of options and stock purchase rights granted, including
the exercise price and the number of shares subject to the option or stock
purchase right. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the
Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common
Stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of options granted under the Plan
is 10 years. As of the date of this Prospectus, there were no outstanding
options under the Plan.

     In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation,
all outstanding options may be assumed or equivalent options substituted by the
successor corporation. If the successor corporation does not assume or
substitute for outstanding options, such options will automatically become
fully vested and exercisable.

     1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The Company's 1998 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") was adopted by the Company's Board of
Directors and approved by the Company's shareholders in May 1998. The Purchase
Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The Company has
reserved 500,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Purchase Plan.
Under the Purchase Plan, an eligible employee may purchase shares of Common
Stock from the Company at the end of a six-month offering period through
payroll deductions of up to 10% of his or her base compensation (excluding
bonuses, overtime and sales commissions) not to exceed $25,000 per year, at a
price per share equal to 85% of the fair market value of a share of the
Company's Common Stock on the last day of the offering period. The maximum
number of shares that an employee may purchase in any offering period is 2,500
shares. Each six-month offering period will commence the first day on which the
national stock exchanges and the Nasdaq National Market are open for trading on
or after May 1 and November 1 of each year, except that the first offering
period will begin on the date of the Company's initial public offering and will
end on October 31, 1998. In the event of a merger or asset sale, the offering
period then in progress will be shortened so that the stock purchases will
occur before the date of the merger or sale. Any employee who is customarily
employed for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar
year and who is employed on or before the commencement date of an offering
period is eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan. As of the date of this
Prospectus, there were no outstanding options under the Purchase Plan.


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

     Since the Company began doing business in June 1994, all matters
concerning executive compensation have been addressed by the entire Board of
Directors. Messrs. Stealey and Pickens are executive officers of the Company
and prior to 1997 constituted the entire Board of Directors. On May 6, 1998,
the Company established a Compensation Committee which is responsible for the
approval of compensation arrangements for the officers of the Company, the
review of the Company's compensation plans and the administration of the
Company's employee benefit plans.


Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

     As permitted by North Carolina law, Article IX of the Company's Articles
of Incorporation provides for the limitation of the personal liability of
directors for monetary damages for breach of duty as a director provided that
the limitation of liability does not apply to (i) acts or omissions not made in
good faith that the director at the time of such breach knew or believed were
in conflict with the best interests of the corporation; (ii) any liability
under the North Carolina Business Corporation Act for unlawful distributions;
(iii) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit or (iv) acts or omissions occurring prior to the date the provision
became effective.

     The North Carolina Business Corporation Act also contains provisions
prescribing the extent to which present or former directors, officers, or
employees of a corporation shall or may be indemnified against liabilities
which they may incur in those capacities. Under those provisions, the
availability or requirement of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is
dependent upon numerous factors, including whether the action is brought by the
 


                                       46
<PAGE>

corporation or by outsiders and the extent to which the potential indemnitee is
successful in his defense. The statute also permits a corporation to purchase
and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against
liabilities which they may incur in their capacities as such, whether or not
the corporation would have the power to indemnify them under other provisions
of the statute.

     As permitted by North Carolina law, Article IX of the Bylaws of the
Company provides for the indemnification of directors and officers, employees
or agents of the Company within the limitations permitted by North Carolina
law. It is the position of the Commission that indemnification for liability
arising out of violations of the federal securities laws is against public
policy and is unenforceable.


                            PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

   
     The following table sets forth as of July 15, 1998 (giving retroactive
effect to the Recapitalization, see "Description of Securities --
Recapitalization"), and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the 2,600,000 shares
offered hereby, certain information known to the Company concerning the
beneficial ownership of the Common Stock by (i) each person known by the
Company to own beneficially more than five percent of the outstanding Common
Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each officer of the Company
named in the Summary Compensation Table and (iv) all directors and executive
officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole voting
and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by such
person.
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Name and Address                   Number of Shares            Percentage of Outstanding
         of Beneficial Owner (1)             Beneficially Owned (2)       Shares Beneficially Owned (2)
- -----------------------------------------   ------------------------   -----------------------------------
                                                                        Before Offering     After Offering
                                                                       -----------------   ---------------
<S>                                         <C>                        <C>                 <C>
J. W. Stealey ...........................        2,700,617 (3)                38.3%              28.0%
Robert L. Pickens .......................          287,401 (4)                 4.2%               3.0%
William J. Kaluza .......................           86,562 (5)                 1.3%                 *
J. Nicholas England .....................           13,500 (6)                   *                  *
David H. Kestel .........................          613,500 (7)                 9.0%               6.5%
W. Joseph McClelland ....................           13,500 (6)                   *                  *
Avi Suriel ..............................        2,058,149 (8)                30.2%              21.9%
Vertical Financial Holdings (9) .........        2,045,649 (10)               30.1%              21.8%
Pampero Limited (11) ....................          460,271 (12)                6.8%               4.9%
Ludwig Ruppert (13) .....................          460,271 (12)                6.8%               4.9%
All directors and executive officers as
a group (10 persons) ....................       6,060,878 (14)                81.1%              60.2%
</TABLE>
    

- ------------
*Less than one percent

(1) The address of each beneficial owner listed is the address of the Company
 unless otherwise provided.

   
(2) Based on 6,793,699 shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to this
    offering and 9,393,699 shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
    after this offering. Pursuant to the rules of the Commission, certain
    shares of the Company's Common Stock that a person has the right to
    acquire within 60 days of the date hereof pursuant to the exercise of
    stock options or warrants are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of
    computing the percentage ownership of such person but are not deemed
    outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any
    other person.

(3) Includes 236,389 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of
    July 15, 1998, and 25,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60
    days of July 15, 1998. Excludes 600,000 shares held in a trust for Mr.
    Stealey's children over which Mr. Kestel is the trustee. Mr. Stealey has
    neither voting power nor dispositive power over the shares held in the
    trust. Mr. Stealey disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held in
    the trust.

(4) Includes 13,845 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of
    July 15, 1998, and 49,813 shares subject to options exercisable within 60
    days of July 15, 1998.

(5) Includes 21,562 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days
 of July 15, 1998.

(6) Includes 13,500 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of
July 15, 1998.
    

                                       47
<PAGE>

   
(7) Includes 13,500 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of
    July 15, 1998. Also includes 600,000 shares held in a trust for Mr.
    Stealey's children over which Mr. Kestel is the trustee. Mr. Kestel has
    sole voting power and dispositive power over the shares held in the trust.
    Mr. Kestel disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held in the trust.
     

(8) Includes 146,117 shares owned by Suriel Financial Consulting, of which Mr.
    Suriel is the founder and a principal. Also includes 12,500 shares subject
    to warrants exercisable within 60 days of July 15, 1998 and 1,899,532
    shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Vertical Financial Holdings.
    Vertical Financial Holdings has voting power over the shares owned by
    Suriel Financial Consulting pursuant to a proxy agreement. Mr. Suriel is a
    Director of Vertical Financial Holdings. Mr. Suriel disclaims beneficial
    ownership of shares beneficially owned by Vertical Financial Holdings.

(9) Vertical Financial Holdings is beneficially owned by Derungs
    Treuhandgesellschaft AG. Jacob Agam serves as Chairman of Vertical
    Financial Holdings, and Bruno Derungs, who is the principal of Derungs
    Treuhandgesellschaft AG, serves as its Managing Director. Mr. Suriel and
    Viscount William Lewisham serve as directors of Vertical Financial
    Holdings. The address of Vertical Financial Holdings is
    Hambrechtikerstrasse 61, CH-8640 Rapperswil, Switzerland.
    

(10) Includes 1,647,478 shares owned by the other investors in the Company's
     Series B Preferred Stock financing over which Vertical Financial Holdings
     has voting power pursuant to a proxy agreement.

(11) Pampero Limited is owned by Margaretha Dewert, and Ullrich Angersbach is
     its sole director. The address of Pampero Limited is c/o Vertical
     Financial Holdings, Hambrechtikerstrasse 61, CH-8640 Rapperswil,
     Switzerland.

(12) Vertical Financial Holdings has voting power over these shares pursuant to
  a proxy agreement.

(13) The address of the beneficial owner is c/o Vertical Financial Holdings,
     Hambrechtikerstrasse 61, CH-8640 Rapperswil, Switzerland.

   
(14) Includes 303,234 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of
     July 15, 1998 and 373,755 shares subject to options exercisable within 60
     days of July 15, 1998.
    


                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     The Company, Mr. Stealey and Mr. Pickens are parties to a January 3, 1995
Stock Purchase and Stockholder Agreement (the "Co-Sale Agreement"). The Co-Sale
Agreement grants Mr. Pickens a co-sale right to participate in any transfer of
shares of Common Stock by Mr. Stealey on the same terms and conditions as
offered to the third party by Mr. Stealey. The co-sale right entitles Mr.
Pickens to participate in such transfer in the same proportion to the number of
shares to be sold by Mr. Stealey that the number of shares of Common Stock
owned by Mr. Pickens prior to the transfer bears to the number of shares of
Common Stock owned by Mr. Stealey prior to the transfer.

     The Company has also entered into a marketing agreement, dated January 3,
1995, with Mr. Stealey, pursuant to which Mr. Stealey makes his T-28 Trojan
aircraft and his services as a pilot available to the Company in consideration
for which the Company pays all of the expenses to store, operate and maintain
such aircraft and to maintain Mr. Stealey's pilot license.

     On March 6, 1995, the Company issued a demand Promissory Note to Mr.
Pickens in the principal amount of $600,000 at an annual interest rate of 12%,
which increased to 14% on June 30, 1996 because the balance thereunder exceeded
$400,000 on that date. In consideration of this loan, the Company issued
warrants to Mr. Pickens to purchase 13,845 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $1.00 per share. In connection with the Company's Series B
Preferred Stock financing, Mr. Pickens, on February 4, 1998, converted the
outstanding principal of $600,000 into 132,744 shares of Series C Preferred
Stock, which shares will be converted into 132,744 shares of Common Stock in
connection with the Recapitalization. Also in connection with the
Recapitalization, Mr. Pickens has forgiven $50,000 of the accrued interest
outstanding in connection with this loan in payment of the $1.00 per share
exercise price of his 50,000 Recapitalization Options. The Company has agreed
to pay Mr. Pickens $111,421 of the remaining $183,864 in accrued interest due
to him under this loan upon the consummation, and out of the proceeds, of this
offering.

     On April 11, 1995, the Company entered into a joint development agreement
with NDL for the development of the Company's DEMON technology. J. Nicholas
England, a director of the Company, is a director of NDL.


                                       48
<PAGE>

To date, the Company has paid $322,500 to NDL for the rights to the technology
which includes amounts paid pursuant to a royalty of 1% of net sales based on
products that incorporate the DEMON technology.

     On December 4, 1995, the Company entered into a leasehold agreement with
Southport Business Park Limited Partnership ("Southport") for the Company's
principal executive offices located at 215 Southport Drive in Morrisville,
North Carolina. The term of the lease is for a period of five years commencing
April 1, 1996 at a monthly rent of $13,962, subject to adjustment in certain
circumstances. J. W. Stealey has executed a personal guarantee in favor of
Southport in connection with the leasehold agreement.

     Since the Company's inception, Mr. Stealey has executed several personal
guaranties and pledges of personal collateral in favor of BB&T, one of the
Company's primary bank creditors, in connection with revolving and term loans
extended by BB&T to the Company. On January 24, 1997, the Company issued a
$2,500,000 Promissory Note to BB&T secured by Mr. Stealey's guarantee and
pledge of collateral. The January 24, 1997 note has been paid in full, and Mr.
Stealey's guarantee and pledge in respect thereof have been extinguished. On
August 25, 1997, the Company issued a $2,750,000 Promissory Note to BB&T
secured by Mr. Stealey's guarantee and pledge of collateral in replacement of
the January 24, 1997 note. On November 25, 1997, the Company issued a $250,000
Promissory Note to BB&T secured by Mr. Stealey's guarantee and pledge of
collateral. The November 25, 1997 note has been paid in full, and Mr. Stealey's
guarantee and pledge in respect thereof have been extinguished. On March 27,
1998, the Company issued a $250,000 Promissory Note to BB&T secured by Mr.
Stealey's guarantee and pledge of collateral. In connection with his guaranties
to BB&T, the Company is obligated to pay Mr. Stealey a fee equal to 6% per
annum of the indebtedness borrowed. As of March 31, 1998, the Company owed Mr.
Stealey an aggregate of $210,284 in consideration of his guaranties to BB&T.

     On May 20, 1996, the Company issued a Promissory Note to Mr. Stealey in
the principal amount of $1,000,000, payable on November 17, 1996, with interest
at the annual rate of 15%, increasing to 17% if the Company did not repay Mr.
Stealey by November 17, 1996. In connection with this loan, the Company issued
warrants to Mr. Stealey to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of
$2.00 per share. Under the original terms of the note, if the note was not
repaid by November 17, 1996, the Company was obligated to issue additional
warrants to Mr. Stealey to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock per 180 days
prorated over the time until repayment occurred. On March 20, 1997, in
connection with a loan to the Company made by Petra, Mr. Stealey waived his
right under the note to accrue additional warrants after November 16, 1997. On
February 4, 1998, in connection with the Company's Series B Preferred Stock
financing, Mr. Stealey converted the $1,000,000 principal outstanding under the
May 20, 1996 note into 221,239 shares of Common Stock. In connection with the
Recapitalization, Mr. Stealey has forgiven $268,750 of the accrued interest
outstanding under this note in payment of the $1.00 per share exercise price of
his 268,750 Recapitalization Options. The Company remains obligated to pay Mr.
Stealey approximately $3,451 in interest that accrued under this note through
February 4, 1998.

     On July 10, 1996, the Company issued a Promissory Note to Mr. Stealey in
the principal amount of $1,000,000, payable on January 6, 1997, with interest
at the annual rate of 15%, increasing to 17% if the Company did not repay Mr.
Stealey by January 6, 1997. In connection with this loan, the Company issued
warrants to Mr. Stealey to purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of
$6.00 per share. Under the original terms of the note, if the note was not
repaid by January 6, 1997, the Company was obligated to issue additional
warrants to Mr. Stealey to purchase 250,000 shares of Common Stock per 180 days
prorated over the time until repayment occurred. On March 20, 1997, in
connection with a loan to the Company by Petra, Mr. Stealey waived his right
under the note to accrue additional warrants after January 6, 1998. On February
4, 1998, in connection with the Company's Series B Preferred Stock financing,
Mr. Stealey converted the $1,000,000 principal outstanding under the July 10,
1996 note into 221,239 shares of Common Stock. The Company remains obligated to
pay Mr. Stealey approximately $234,729 in interest that accrued under this note
through February 4, 1998.

     The Company has agreed to pay Mr. Stealey $371,404 of the remaining
$448,464 in accrued interest due to him as of March 31, 1998 in connection with
his loans and guaranties upon the consummation, and out of the proceeds, of
this offering.

     The Company has borrowed approximately $870,000 from Laura M. Stealey, the
former wife of Mr. Stealey, under a $1,000,000 credit line established by Ms.
Stealey in favor of the Company, which is guaranteed by Mr. Stealey, pursuant
to a Letter Agreement dated October 31, 1996. In consideration of the credit
line, the Company granted to Ms. Stealey a warrant exercisable for 14,948
shares of Common Stock at a purchase price


                                       49
<PAGE>

of $5.82 per share. On March 24, 1997, in connection with a loan to the Company
by Petra, Ms. Stealey waived her right to convert debt under the credit line
into shares of the Company's Common Stock. The Company has agreed to repay the
entire principal amount, plus the $117,175 in accrued interest thereon through
March 31, 1998, of this credit line upon the consummation, and out of the
proceeds, of this offering.

     On February 4, 1998, Vertical Financial Holdings, Suriel Financial
Consulting and several other investors purchased an aggregate of 778,746 shares
of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock for $3,500,000. Mr. Suriel, a
director of the Company, is a Director of Vertical Financial Holdings and
founder and a principal of Suriel Financial Consulting. All of the Series B
Preferred Stock investors have signed a proxy agreement with Vertical Financial
Holdings granting Vertical Financial Holdings voting rights with respect to
their shares. In connection with the Recapitalization, the 778,746 shares of
Series B Preferred Stock will convert into 2,045,649 shares of Common Stock.

     The Company and General Capital, an affiliate of Vertical Financial
Holdings, have also signed a Marketing Agreement dated February 4, 1998,
pursuant to which the Company is obligated to pay $400,000 to General Capital
for marketing services when the Company's shareholders' equity equals or
exceeds $5,000,000. The Company will satisfy such obligation upon the
consummation, and out of the proceeds, of this offering.


                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Recapitalization

     On May 26, 1998, the shareholders of the Company approved the
reincorporation of the Company, a Maryland corporation, in North Carolina by
adopting and approving an agreement and plan of merger pursuant to which the
Company merged with and into a wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in North
Carolina to effect the reincorporation on July 1, 1998.

     In addition, the shareholders of the Company have agreed to the
effectuation of the following Recapitalization of the Company on or prior to
the consummation of this offering:

          (i) Oberlin and Petra have agreed to exercise their warrants (the
       "Recapitalization Warrants") for the purchase of 208,946 and 307,823
       shares of Class A Common Stock, respectively, for cash proceeds to the
       Company of $10,335;

          (ii) Messrs. Stealey, Pickens and Kaluza have exercised certain of
       their stock options (the "Recapitalization Options") for the purchase of
       268,750 shares of Class A Common Stock, 50,000 shares of Class B Common
       Stock and 45,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, respectively, through
       the forgiveness of $268,750 of accrued interest expense, the forgiveness
       of $50,000 of accrued interest expense and a cash payment of $90,000,
       respectively; and

          (iii) all 3,931,215 shares of Class A Common Stock (voting) and
       601,457 shares of Class B Common Stock (non-voting) of the Company,
       including the shares issued in connection with (i) and (ii) above, will
       be exchanged for 4,532,672 shares of Common Stock, all 82,634 shares of
       Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted into 82,634
       shares of Common Stock, all 778,746 shares of Series B Convertible
       Preferred Stock will be converted into 2,045,649 shares of Common Stock
       and all 132,744 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock will be
       converted into 132,744 shares of Common Stock.

     Once converted, all shares of Preferred Stock will be cancelled and will
return to the status of authorized but unissued shares of the Company's
Preferred Stock. Shares of authorized but unissued, or previously issued and
subsequently cancelled, Preferred Stock may be issued without shareholder
approval for any general corporate purpose, including acquisitions.


Common Stock
   
     As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has authorized 50,000,000
shares of Common Stock, $.10 par value per share. As of the date of this
Prospectus (giving effect to the Recapitalization), 6,793,699 shares of Common
Stock were issued and outstanding and held of record by 105 shareholders.
Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on matters
which are submitted to a vote of shareholders and are not entitled to
cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to any preferential
rights of holders of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock are entitled to
receive dividends, if any, as declared from time to


                                       50
<PAGE>

time by the Board of Directors out of assets legally available for such
purpose. On liquidation, holders of Common Stock are entitled to a pro rata
portion of all assets available for distribution after payment of creditors and
the liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.
Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe
for additional shares. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the
shares offered hereby will be, upon issuance, validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable.
    


Preferred Stock

     As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has authorized 25,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock, $.10 par value per share, and (giving effect to the
Recapitalization) there are no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. The
Company may issue shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series as may be
determined by the Company's Board of Directors, who may establish, from time to
time, the number of shares to be included in each series, may fix the
designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series
and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and may increase
or decrease the number of shares of any such series without any further vote or
action by the shareholders. Any Preferred Stock so issued by the Board of
Directors may rank senior to the Common Stock with respect to the payment of
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or
both. In addition, any such shares of Preferred Stock may have class or series
voting rights. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of Preferred Stock or
the existence of the unissued Preferred Stock may tend to discourage or render
more difficult a merger or other change in control of the Company.


Warrants

     As of the date of this Prospectus (giving effect to the Recapitalization)
the Company has outstanding warrants to purchase: (a) 73,845 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $1.00, which expire on March 6, 2001; (b) 77,646
shares at exercise prices which vary in accordance with formulas set forth in
the applicable warrant agreements (ranging from $0.49 to $3.91 per share, as of
the date of this Prospectus and giving effect to the Recapitalization), each of
which expire on March 6, 2001; (c) 75,694 shares at an exercise price of $2.00
per share, which expire on May 20, 2003; (d) 100,695 shares at an exercise
price of $6.00 per share, which expire on July 10, 2003; (e) 22,058 shares at
an exercise price of $4.53 per share, which expire on July 15, 1999; (f) 14,949
shares at an exercise price of $5.82 per share, which expire on December 31,
2003; (g) 53,000 shares at an exercise price of $6.00 per share, which expire
on December 31, 2004; (h) 16,667 shares at an exercise price of $6.00 per
share, which expire on February 4, 2005; and (i) 15,000 shares at an exercise
price of $8.00 per share, which expire on March 20, 2003.


Certain Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws Provisions Having Potential
Anti-Takeover Effects


     General

     A number of provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation and
Bylaws address matters of corporate governance and the rights of shareholders.
The following summary of such provisions is not intended to be complete and is
qualified in all respects by the Company's Articles of Incorporation and
Bylaws. Certain of these provisions, as well as the ability of the Board of
Directors to issue shares of Preferred Stock and to set the voting rights,
preferences and other terms thereof, may delay or prevent takeover attempts not
first approved by the Board of Directors (including takeovers which certain
shareholders may deem to be in their best interests). These provisions also
could delay or frustrate the removal of incumbent directors or the assumption
of control by shareholders.


     Classification of Board of Directors

     The Board of Directors currently consists of five members. The Articles of
Incorporation provide that if the size of the Board increases to nine or more
members, the Board of Directors of the Company will be divided into three
classes as nearly equal in number as possible. The directors of each class will
serve a term of three years. As a result of a classification of the Board of
Directors, approximately one-third of the members of the Board of Directors
will be elected each year, and two annual meetings will be required for the
Company's shareholders to change a majority of the members constituting the
Board of Directors.


     Nomination and Removal of Directors; Filling Vacancies

     The Company's Bylaws provide that nominations to the Board of Directors
may only be made by the Board of Directors, a nominating committee of the Board
or by any shareholder entitled to vote in elections of directors


                                       51
<PAGE>

who complies with certain notice procedures. In addition, the Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws provide that a director may be removed by the
shareholders only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the
voting power of all shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors, and the Bylaws specify that vacancies on the Board of
Directors may be filled only by the Board of Directors. The purpose of these
provisions is to prevent a majority shareholder from circumventing the
classified board system by removing directors and filling the vacancies with
new individuals selected by that shareholder. Accordingly, these provisions may
have the effect of impeding efforts to gain control of the Board by anyone who
obtains a controlling interest in the Company's Common Stock.


     Amendment of Articles of Incorporation

   
     The Articles of Incorporation of the Company provide that amendments to
the Articles of Incorporation may be adopted only upon the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all shares of capital
stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon. However, if such amendment has
received the prior approval by an affirmative vote of a majority of
Disinterested Directors, as defined below, then the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all shares of capital
stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, or such greater percentage
approval as required by North Carolina law, is sufficient to adopt such
amendment. A Disinterested Director is defined as any member of the Board of
Directors who is unaffiliated with, and not a nominee of, a Control Person, as
defined below, and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time a
Control Person became such, and any successor of a Disinterested Director who
is unaffiliated with, and not a nominee of, a Control Person, who is
recommended to succeed a Disinterested Director by a majority of Disinterested
Directors then on the Board of Directors. A Control Person is defined as any
corporation, person, group, or other entity, which together with its
affiliates, prior to a Business Combination, as defined below, beneficially
owns 10% or more of the shares of any class of equity or convertible securities
of the Company, and any affiliate of any such corporation, person, group, or
other entity; provided, however, any corporation, person, group or other entity
which, together with its affiliates, prior to July 2, 1998 beneficially owned
10% or more of the shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of
the Company, and any affiliate of any such party is not considered to be a
Control Person.
    


     Amendment of Bylaws

     Subject to certain restrictions described below, either the Board of
Directors or the shareholders of the Company may amend the Company's Bylaws.
The Board of Directors may amend the Bylaws and adopt new Bylaws except that:
(i) a bylaw adopted or amended by the shareholders may not be readopted,
amended, or repealed by the Board of Directors if neither the Articles of
Incorporation nor a bylaw adopted by the shareholders authorizes the Board of
Directors to adopt, amend, or repeal that particular bylaw or the Bylaws
generally; (ii) a bylaw that fixes a greater quorum or voting requirement for
the Board of Directors may not be adopted by the Board of Directors by a vote
of less than a majority of the directors then in office and may not itself be
amended by a quorum or vote of directors less than the quorum or vote therein
prescribed or prescribed by a bylaw adopted or amended by the shareholders; and
(iii) if a bylaw fixing a greater quorum or voting requirement for the Board of
Directors is originally adopted by the shareholders, it may be amended or
repealed only by the shareholders, unless the Bylaws permit amendment or repeal
by the Board of Directors. The shareholders of the Company generally may adopt,
amend, or repeal the Bylaws upon the affirmative vote of the holders of
two-thirds of the voting power of all shares of capital stock entitled to vote
thereon.


     Supermajority Vote Requirement

     The Articles of Incorporation of the Company provide that, unless
otherwise more restrictively required by applicable law, any Business
Combination, as defined below, must be approved by a majority of a quorum of
the Board of Directors and must receive the level of shareholder approval, if
any, as follows: (i) to the extent shareholder approval is otherwise required
by law, by an affirmative vote of the shareholders holding at least a majority
of the shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon,
provided that such Business Combination has been approved by an affirmative
vote of at least two-thirds of the full Board of Directors before such Business
Combination is submitted for approval to the shareholders or (ii) by an
affirmative vote of the shareholders holding at least two-thirds of the shares
of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon provided that such
Business Combination has been approved by an affirmative vote of at least a
majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors (but less than two-thirds of the
full Board of Directors). In addition, if the


                                       52
<PAGE>

Business Combination is approved by the affirmative vote of the shareholders
holding at least two-thirds of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote and
by a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors but less than two-thirds of
the full Board of Directors, the Business Combination must grant to
shareholders not voting to approve the Business Combination certain "fair
price" rights.

     The Company's Articles of Incorporation define a Business Combination as
(i) any merger or consolidation of the Company into any other corporation,
person, group, or other entity where the Company is not the surviving or
resulting entity; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into
any Control Person or with any corporation, person, group or other entity where
the merger or consolidation is proposed by or on behalf of a Control Person;
(iii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company; (iv) any sale, lease, exchange, or other
disposition of more than 10% of the total assets of the Company to a Control
Person; (v) the issuance of any securities of the Company to a Control Person;
(vi) the acquisition by the Company of any securities of a Control Person
unless such acquisition begins prior to the person becoming a Control Person or
is an attempt to prevent the Control Person from obtaining greater control of
the Company; (vii) the acquisition by the Company of all or substantially all
of the assets of any Control Person or any entity where the acquisition is
proposed by or on behalf of a Control Person; (viii) the adoption of any plan
or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company which is proposed
by or on behalf of a Control Person; (ix) any reclassification of securities or
recapitalization of the Company which has the effect of increasing the
proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or
convertible securities of the Company which is beneficially owned or controlled
by a Control Person; (x) any of the above transactions which are between the
Company and any of its subsidiaries and which are proposed by or on behalf of
any Control Person; or (xi) any agreement, plan, contract, or other arrangement
providing for any of the above transactions.

     The requirement of a supermajority vote of shareholders to approve certain
business transactions, as described above, may discourage a change in control
of the Company by allowing shareholders holding less than a majority of the
shares of Common Stock to prevent a transaction favored by shareholders holding
a majority of such shares. Also, in some circumstances, the Board of Directors
could cause a two-thirds vote to be required to approve a transaction thereby
enabling management to retain control over the affairs of the Company and their
positions with the Company.


     Fair Price Provision

     The "fair price" provision of the Company's Articles of Incorporation
applies to Business Combinations that have not received the approval of
two-thirds of the full Board of Directors and only to shareholders who vote
against such Business Combinations and who elect to sell their shares to the
Company for cash at their fair price. This "fair price" provision requires that
the consideration for such shares be paid in cash by the Company and that the
price per share be at least equal to the greater of the following:

   (i) The highest price per share paid for the Company's Common Stock during
    the four years immediately preceding the Business Combination vote by any
    shareholder who beneficially owned five percent or more of the Company's
    Common Stock and who votes in favor of the Business Combination;

   (ii) The cash value of the highest price per share previously offered
     pursuant to a tender offer to the shareholders of the Company within the
     four years immediately preceding the Business Combination vote; or

   (iii) The highest price per share, including commissions and fees, paid by
      a Control Person in acquiring any of its holdings of the Company's Common
      Stock.

     The fair price provision is intended to prevent some of the potential
inequities of two-step takeover attempts by encouraging negotiations with the
Company. However, some shareholders may find the fair price provision
disadvantageous to the extent it discourages changes in control in which
shareholders might receive for at least some of their shares a substantial
premium above the market price at the time an acquisition transaction is made.

     The Company is not aware of any pending or threatened effort to acquire
control of the Company or to change management. The Board of Directors does not
presently intend to propose any additional anti-takeover provisions.


                                       53
<PAGE>

 Constituencies

     The Company's Articles of Incorporation expressly authorize the Board of
Directors of the Company, any committee of the Board of Directors, or any
individual director in determining what is in the best interest of the Company
and its shareholders, to consider, in addition to the long-term and short-term
interests of the shareholders, the social and economic effects of the matter to
be considered on the Company and its subsidiaries, their employees, clients,
creditors, and the communities in which the Company and its subsidiaries
operate or are located. When evaluating a business combination or a proposal by
another person to make a business combination or a tender offer or any other
proposal relating to a potential change in control of the Company, the Board of
Directors may consider such matters as (i) the business and financial condition
and earnings prospects of the acquiring person, and the possible effect of such
condition upon the Company and its subsidiaries and the communities in which
the Company and its subsidiaries operate, (ii) the competence, experience, and
integrity of the acquiring person and its management and (iii) the prospects
for successful conclusion of the business combination, offer or proposal. The
consideration of any of the above factors is completely discretionary with the
Company's Board of Directors. The constituency provision of the Company's
Articles of Incorporation may discourage or make more difficult certain
acquisition proposals or business combinations and therefore, may adversely
affect the ability of shareholders to benefit from certain transactions opposed
by the Company's Board of Directors.


     Special Meetings of Shareholders

     The Company's Bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may be
called only by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President
or holders of 20% or more of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the
Company. As a result, this provision would prevent shareholders owning less
than 20% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock from compelling
shareholder consideration of any proposal (such as a proposal for a Business
Combination) over the opposition of the Company's Board of Directors.


     Shareholder Proposals

     The Company's Bylaws provide that shareholders who desire to bring any
business before a meeting of shareholders must follow specified procedures,
including advance written notice to the Company. The shareholder proposal
provision may make it more difficult for shareholder proposals to be considered
at shareholder meetings.


Transfer Agent

     The Company's transfer agent and registrar for its Common Stock is
Wachovia Bank and Trust Company, 301 North Church Street, 2nd Floor,
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27102.


                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   
     Upon consummation of this offering, the Company will have 9,393,699 shares
of Common Stock outstanding (9,783,699 shares if the Representatives'
over-allotment option is exercised in full), of which the 2,600,000 shares
offered hereby will be freely tradable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by
"affiliates" of the Company, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, which will be subject to the resale limitations imposed by Rule
144, as described below. The remaining 6,793,699 shares of Common Stock
outstanding will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144.
Approximately 3,606,955 shares of the restricted securities will be eligible
for sale in the public market in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the
Securities Act beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus; 2,323,504
of these shares are subject to the lock-up agreements described below (the
"Lock-Up Agreements"). The remaining 3,186,744 restricted securities will not
be eligible for resale under Rule 144 until after the expiration of a one-year
holding period (or for such shorter period as any amendments to Rule 144 shall
provide) from the date such restricted securities were acquired from the
Company or an affiliate, and may be resold in the public market only in
compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or pursuant
to a valid exemption therefrom.
    

     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are required to be aggregated), including a person who may be
deemed an "affiliate" of the Company, who has beneficially owned restricted
securities for at least one year may sell a number of shares within any
three-month period which does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then
outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock (approximately


                                       54
<PAGE>

   
93,936 shares after this offering) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in
the Company's Common Stock in the four calendar weeks immediately preceding
such sale. Sales under Rule 144 also are subject to certain requirements as to
the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information
about the Company. A person who is not an affiliate of the issuer, has not been
an affiliate within three months prior to the sale and has owned the restricted
securities for at least two years is entitled to sell such shares under Rule
144(k) without regard to any of the limitations described above.
    

     Beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, certain shares issued
or issuable upon the exercise of options granted by the Company or acquired
pursuant to the 1995 Plans prior to the date of this Prospectus also will be
eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 701 under the
Securities Act. In general, Rule 701 permits resales of shares issued pursuant
to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts commencing 90 days after
the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in
reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions of
Rule 144, including the holding period requirements. The Company has granted
options under the 1995 Plans covering 1,695,545 shares of Common Stock which
have not been exercised and which become exercisable at various times in the
future; 994,124 shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of certain of
these options will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 701 provided that the
conditions of Rule 701 have been satisfied.

     In addition to shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of outstanding
options, the Company has reserved additional shares for issuance under the
Plan, the Purchase Plan and outstanding warrants. When issued, these shares may
only be sold within the limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to registration
under the Securities Act. The Company intends to file a registration statement
covering shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of
options granted under the Plan, the Purchase Plan and the 1995 Plans, however,
the Company has agreed not to file any registration statement for a period of
nine months after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent
of BlueStone. Once such a registration statement becomes effective, persons
acquiring shares pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Plan,
the Purchase Plan and the 1995 Plans, including affiliates, will be able to
sell the shares in the public market without regard to the one-year holding
period of Rule 144.

     The executive officers, directors and substantially all of the 1% or
greater shareholders of the Company have agreed, pursuant to the Lock-Up
Agreements, that they will not, without the prior written consent of BlueStone,
offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common
Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock, for a period of nine months after the date of this Prospectus.
See "Underwriting."


Registration Rights

     The Company has granted piggyback registration rights with respect to an
aggregate of 3,241,304 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the closing of
this offering or purchasable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to the
following investors: the former Series B Preferred Stock shareholders, Oberlin,
Petra, the former shareholders of ICI, High Point Capital, LLC, Ostrander,
Burch & Company, Inc. and Venture Lending (a division of Cupertino National
Bank and Trust) (collectively, the "Rights Holders"). In general, if the
Company proposes to register shares of Common Stock on a registration form
suitable for secondary offerings, the Company must at its cost and expense use
its best efforts to include in the registration statement certain shares of the
Rights Holders. However, in an underwritten offering, if a greater number of
shares is offered for participation than, in the opinion of the underwriters,
is compatible with the success of the offering, the number of shares shall be
reduced in accordance with the priorities established in the various agreements
between the Company and the Rights Holders. Securities to be offered by the
Company on its own behalf are entitled to first priority.

     The Company also granted demand registration rights to (i) the former
Series B Preferred Stock shareholders, who, for up to five years following the
consummation of this offering, are entitled to a maximum of two demand
registrations (excluding registrations on Form S-3) beginning 180 days after
the effectiveness of this offering and a maximum of two demand registrations on
Form S-3 in any 12-month period, and (ii) Petra, which is entitled to two
demand registrations beginning 180 days after this offering. In the event that
either the former Series B Preferred Stock shareholders or Petra exercises
demand registration rights, the Company is obligated at its cost and expense to
use its best efforts to file a registration statement registering the shares of
Common Stock covered by such demand registration rights. All of the foregoing
registration rights holders have agreed to waive such


                                       55
<PAGE>

rights, and the Company has agreed not to file any registration statement, for
a period of nine months after the date of this Prospectus without the prior
written consent of BlueStone.

   
     In addition, the Company will provide the Representatives with a one-time
demand registration right and unlimited piggyback registration rights with
respect to the 260,000 shares of Common Stock underlying the Representatives'
Warrants. See "Underwriting."
    


                                 UNDERWRITING

   
     The underwriters named below (collectively, the "Underwriters"), for which
BlueStone Capital Partners, L.P. ("BlueStone") and Royce Investment Group, Inc.
are acting as representatives (the "Representatives"), have agreed severally,
not jointly, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement between the Company and the Underwriters (the "Underwriting
Agreement"), to purchase from the Company, and the Company has agreed to sell to
the several Underwriters, the 2,600,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
The number of shares of Common Stock that each Underwriter has agreed to
purchase is set forth opposite its name below:
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Underwriter                    Number of Shares
- --------------------------------------------   -----------------
<S>                                            <C>
 BlueStone Capital Partners, L.P. ..........
 Royce Investment Group, Inc. ..............
 
                                                   ---------
    Total ..................................       2,600,000
                                                   =========
</TABLE>
    

     The Underwriters are committed on a "firm commitment" basis to purchase
and pay for all of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (other than shares
offered pursuant to the over-allotment option) if any shares are purchased. The
shares of Common Stock are being offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior
sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject
to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other
conditions.

     Through the Representatives, the several Underwriters have advised the
Company that they propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public at
the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The
Underwriters may allow to certain dealers who are members of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") concessions, not in excess of
$    per share, of which not in excess of $    per share may be reallowed to
other dealers who are members of the NASD.

   
     The Company has granted the Representatives an option, exercisable for 45
days following the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 390,000
additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The Representatives may exercise this option in whole or, from time to time, in
part, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in
connection with the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
    
   

     The Company has agreed to reimburse BlueStone for up to $350,000 of the 
costs, fees and expenses customarily incurred by an underwriter during the
registration process, including legal fees and all costs associated with
marketing and selling the offering. The Company has also agreed to pay all
expenses in connection with qualifying the shares of Common Stock offered hereby
for sale under the laws of such states as the Representatives may designate,
including expenses of counsel retained for such purpose by the Representatives.
    

   
     The Company has agreed to issue to the Representatives and their
designees, for an aggregate of $260, the Representatives' Warrants to purchase
up to 260,000 shares of Common Stock, at an exercise price of $    per share
(120% of the public offering price per share). The Representatives' Warrants
may not be transferred
    


                                       56
<PAGE>

for one year following the date of this Prospectus, except to the officers and
partners of the Representatives or the Underwriters or members of the selling
group, and are exercisable at any time, and from time to time, during the
four-year period commencing one year following the date of this Prospectus (the
"Warrant Exercise Term"). During the Warrant Exercise Term, the holders of the
Representatives' Warrants are given, at nominal cost, the opportunity to profit
from a rise in the market price of the Common Stock. To the extent that the
Representatives' Warrants are exercised or exchanged, dilution to the interests
of the Company's shareholders will occur. Further, the terms upon which the
Company will be able to obtain additional equity capital may be adversely
affected since the holders of the Representatives' Warrants can be expected to
exercise them at a time when the Company would, in all likelihood, be able to
obtain any needed capital on terms more favorable to thfe Company than those
provided in the Representatives' Warrants. Any profit realized by the
Representatives on the sale of the Representatives' Warrants or the underlying
shares of Common Stock may be deemed additional underwriting compensation.
Subject to certain limitations and exclusions, the Company has agreed to
register, at the request of the holders of a majority of the Representatives'
Warrants and at the Company's expense, the Representatives' Warrants and the
shares of Common Stock underlying the Representatives' Warrants under the
Securities Act on one occasion during the Warrant Exercise Term and to include
such Representatives' Warrants and such underlying shares in any appropriate
registration statement that is filed by the Company during the seven years
following the date of this Prospectus.

     All of the Company's officers, directors and certain shareholders
beneficially owning 1% or more of the Common Stock have agreed that, for the
nine-month period following the date of this Prospectus, they will not, without
the prior written consent of BlueStone, directly or indirectly, sell, offer for
sale, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of, any securities of the Company
or exercise any registration rights relating to any securities of the Company.

     The Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales in excess of 3% of the number of shares of Common Stock
offered hereby to discretionary accounts.

     The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain civil
liabilities in connection with the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price of the shares of Common
Stock has been determined by negotiation between the Company and the
Representatives and is not necessarily related to the Company's asset value,
net worth or other established criteria of value. Among the factors considered
in determining the offering price are the Company's financial condition and
prospects, management, market prices of similar securities of comparable
publicly-traded companies, certain financial and operating information of
companies engaged in activities similar to those of the Company and the general
condition of the securities market.

     In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell
the Common Stock in the open market. These transactions may include
over-allotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate
short positions created by the Underwriters in connection with the offering.
Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose
of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Stock;
and syndicate short positions created by the Underwriters involve the sale by
the Underwriters of a greater number of securities than they are required to
purchase from the Company in the offering. The Underwriters also may impose a
penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other
broker-dealers in respect of the securities sold in the offering for their
account may be reclaimed by the syndicate Underwriters if such shares of Common
Stock are repurchased by the syndicate Underwriters in stabilizing or covering
transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
market price of the Common Stock, which may be higher than the price that might
otherwise prevail in the open market; and these activities, if commenced, may
be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq, the
over-the-counter market or otherwise.

     The Underwriters may also place bids or purchase shares to reduce a short
position created in connection with the offering. Short positions are created
by persons who sell shares which they do not own in anticipation of purchasing
shares at a lower price in the market to deliver in connection with the earlier
sale. Short positions tend to place downward pressure on the market price of a
stock.


                                       57
<PAGE>

     The Representatives and/or the Underwriters may impose a penalty bid by
reclaiming the selling concession to be paid to an Underwriter or selected
dealer when the securities sold by the Underwriter or selected dealer are
purchased to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering.

     BlueStone was organized and registered as a broker-dealer with the
Commission and the NASD in March 1996. Although, since its organization,
BlueStone has engaged in the investment banking business and its principals
have had significant experience in the underwriting of securities in their
capacities with other broker-dealers, this offering will constitute one of the
first public offerings for which BlueStone has acted as lead manager.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon
for the Company by Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan,
L.L.P., Raleigh, North Carolina. Certain legal matters in connection with this
offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Tenzer Greenblatt LLP, New
York, New York.


                                    EXPERTS

     The consolidated financial statements of the Company at December 31, 1996
and 1997, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997
appearing in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited
by Ernst & Young LLP independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included
in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.


                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration
Statement, omits certain information contained in the Registration Statement,
and reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto for further information with respect to the Company and the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby. Statements contained herein concerning
the provisions of any documents are not necessarily complete; and in each
instance reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by
such reference. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company will become
subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder, and in accordance therewith, will file reports, proxy
and information statements, and other information with the Commission. The
Registration Statement, including exhibits and schedules filed therewith, and
the Company's reports, proxy and information statements and, other information
filed by the Company with the Commission, may be inspected without charge at
the Public Reference Room of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room
1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, or at its Regional Offices located at 7 World
Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511, and copies of all or any part of the
Registration Statement can be obtained from such offices at prescribed rates.
The Commission maintains an Internet web site at http://www.sec.gov that will
contain reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding the Company.


                                       58
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.


                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                 Years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997


                                   Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Auditors ...........................   F-2
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets ..............................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations ....................   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit .........   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ....................   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............   F-7
</TABLE>

 

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS
INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Interactive Magic, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of Interactive Magic, Inc. at December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the consolidated
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.






                                                       Ernst & Young LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
May 6, 1998


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (In thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   Pro Forma
                                                                                                                    Balance
                                                                                                                     Sheet
                                                                                 December 31,                      (Note 3)
                                                                            -----------------------   March 31,    March 31,
                                                                               1996        1997         1998         1998
                                                                            ---------- ------------ ------------ ------------
                                                                                                           (unaudited)
                                   ASSETS
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ................................................  $    292   $     384    $     116    $     216
 Trade receivables, net of allowances of $2,700, $3,650 and $2,707,
   respectively ...........................................................     1,168       2,920        4,618        4,618
 Inventories ..............................................................       410         637          765          765
 Advance royalties ........................................................       815       1,989        1,622        1,622
 Software development costs ...............................................       152         425          758          758
 Prepaid expenses and other ...............................................        65         109          114          114
                                                                             --------   ---------    ---------    ---------
Total current assets ......................................................     2,902       6,464        7,993        8,093
Property and equipment, net ...............................................     1,229       1,196        1,158        1,158
Other noncurrent assets:
 Advance royalties, less current portion ..................................       263          --           --           --
 Other ....................................................................       170          87           60           60
                                                                             --------   ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                                  433          87           60           60
                                                                             --------   ---------    ---------    ---------
Total assets ..............................................................  $  4,564   $   7,747    $   9,211    $   9,311
                                                                             ========   =========    =========    =========
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses ....................................  $  1,576   $   2,776    $   2,942    $   2,942
 Royalties and commissions payable ........................................       484         858          935          935
 Lines of credit ..........................................................     3,514       3,983        2,557        2,557
 Current portion of long-term debt ........................................        --         745          725          725
 Current portion of capital lease obligations .............................        61          35           35           35
                                                                             --------   ---------    ---------    ---------
Total current liabilities .................................................     5,635       8,397        7,194        7,194
Noncurrent liabilities:
 Accrued interest payable to related parties ..............................       334         982        1,089          770
 Long-term debt, less current portion .....................................       493       3,759        3,791        3,791
 Capital lease obligations ................................................        80          38           26           26
 Notes payable to related parties .........................................     2,970       3,470          870          870
                                                                             --------   ---------    ---------    ---------
Total noncurrent liabilities ..............................................     3,877       8,249        5,776        5,457
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value;
 132,744 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 1998 ......        --          --          600           --
Stockholders' deficit:
 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value; 82,634 shares
   authorized, shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996 and
   1997 and March 31, 1998 ................................................         8           8            8           --
 Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value; 778,746 shares
   authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 1998 ...................        --          --           78           --
 Class A Common Stock, $.10 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized;
   3,145,178, 3,145,696, and 3,145,696 shares issued and outstanding at
   December 31, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively ............       314         314          314           --
 Class B Common Stock, $.10 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized;
   6,750, 7,875 and 457,853 shares issued and outstanding at December
   31, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively .....................         1           1           46           --
 Common Stock, $.10 par value; 50,000,000 authorized, 6,793,699
   shares issued and outstanding pro forma ................................        --          --           --          679
 Additional paid-in capital ...............................................     4,703       5,047       10,102       10,888
 Cumulative currency translation adjustment ...............................       (62)        (59)         (79)         (79)
 Accumulated deficit ......................................................    (9,912)    (14,210)     (14,828)     (14,828)
                                                                             --------   ---------    ---------    ---------
Total stockholders' deficit ...............................................    (4,948)     (8,899)      (4,359)   $  (3,340)
                                                                             --------   ---------    ---------    =========
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit ...............................  $  4,564   $   7,747    $   9,211    $   9,311
                                                                             ========   =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.


                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                (In thousands, except share and per share data)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Year ended December 31,             Three months ended March 31,
                                                     ----------------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                         1995          1996          1997             1997             1998
                                                     -----------   -----------   ------------   ---------------   -------------
                                                                                                          (unaudited)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>
Net revenues:
  CD-ROM product sales ...........................    $  3,950      $  4,852     $  14,067         $   3,399       $    4,057
  Online sales ...................................           6           733         1,615               357              358
  Royalties and licenses .........................         165           472           820               201              498
                                                      --------      --------     ---------         ---------       ----------
Total net revenues ...............................       4,121         6,057        16,502             3,957            4,913
Cost of revenues:
  Cost of products sold ..........................         790         1,349         3,715               766              968
  Royalties and amortized software costs .........         879         1,044         2,634               649              909
                                                      --------      --------     ---------         ---------       ----------
Total cost of revenues ...........................       1,669         2,393         6,349             1,415            1,877
                                                      --------      --------     ---------         ---------       ----------
Gross profit .....................................       2,452         3,664        10,153             2,542            3,036
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing ............................       2,335         5,008         6,760             1,642            1,667
  Product development ............................       1,518         3,788         3,878               859            1,103
  General and administrative .....................         828         1,451         1,941               598              449
                                                      --------      --------     ---------         ---------       ----------
Total operating expenses .........................       4,681        10,247        12,579             3,099            3,219
                                                      --------      --------     ---------         ---------       ----------
Operating loss ...................................      (2,229)       (6,583)       (2,426)             (557)            (183)
Other expense:
  Interest expense -- third parties ..............          48           204           622               146              200
  Interest expense -- related parties ............         127           402         1,053               154              107
  Other ..........................................          --            --           230                (1)              --
                                                      --------      --------     ---------         ---------       ----------
Total other expense ..............................         175           606         1,905               299              307
                                                      --------      --------     ---------         ---------       ----------
Loss before income taxes .........................      (2,404)       (7,189)       (4,331)             (856)            (490)
Income tax (expense) benefit .....................         (47)          (11)           33                31             (128)
                                                      --------      --------     ---------         ----------      ----------
Net loss .........................................    $ (2,451)     $ (7,200)    $  (4,298)        $    (825)      $     (618)
                                                      ========      ========     =========         ==========      ==========
Pro forma net loss per share (Note 3) ............                               $   (0.68)                        $    (0.09)
                                                                                 =========                         ==========
Number of shares used in computing pro
  forma net loss per share (Note 3) ..............                               6,343,080                          6,619,708
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.


                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

                       (In thousands, except share data)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Series A           Series B
                                               Convertible        Convertible
                                             Preferred Stock    Preferred Stock   Class A Common Stock
                                            ----------------- ------------------- ---------------------
                                             Shares   Amount    Shares    Amount     Shares     Amount
                                            -------- -------- ---------- -------- ------------ --------
<S>                                         <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>
 
 Balance at December 31, 1994 .............     --      $--        --      $ --      60,000     $   6
 Issuance of common stock .................     --       --        --        --   2,158,898       216
 Currency translation adjustments .........     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Net loss .................................     --       --        --        --          --        --
                                            ------      ---    ------      ----   ---------     -----
 Balance at December 31, 1995 .............     --       --        --        --   2,218,898       222
 Issuance of common stock in lieu
  of compensation .........................     --       --        --        --     164,000        16
 Issuance of common stock .................     --       --        --        --      62,280         6
 Exercise of stock options ................     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Issuance of warrants .....................     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Conversion of note payable into
  preferred stock ......................... 82,634        8        --        --          --        --
 Conversion of note payable into
  common stock ............................     --       --        --        --     700,000        70
 Currency translation adjustments .........     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Net loss .................................     --       --        --        --          --        --
                                            ------      ---    ------      ----   ---------     -----
 Balance at December 31, 1996 ............. 82,634        8        --        --   3,145,178       314
 Issuance of common stock .................     --       --        --        --         518        --
 Issuance of warrants .....................     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Exercise of stock options ................     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Currency translation adjustments .........     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Net loss .................................     --       --        --        --          --        --
                                            ------      ---    ------      ----   ---------     -----
 Balance at December 31, 1997 ............. 82,634        8        --        --   3,145,696       314
 Exercise of stock options ................     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Issuance of preferred stock ..............     --       --   778,746        78          --        --
 Conversion of note payable into
  common stock ............................     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Currency translation adjustments .........     --       --        --        --          --        --
 Net loss .................................     --       --        --        --          --        --
                                            ------      ---   -------      ----   ---------     -----
 Balance at March 31, 1998
  (Unaudited) ............................. 82,634      $ 8   778,746      $ 78   3,145,696     $ 314
                                            ======      ===   =======      ====   =========     =====



<CAPTION>
                                              Class B Common
                                                   Stock         Additional    Cumulative
                                            -------------------    Paid-In    Translation   Accumulated
                                              Shares    Amount     Capital     Adjustment     Deficit        Total
                                            ---------- -------- ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>

 Balance at December 31, 1994 .............      --      $ --    $    (6)        $ --      $   (261)       $  (261)
 Issuance of common stock .................      --        --      2,275           --            --          2,491
 Currency translation adjustments .........      --        --         --           (2)           --            (2)
 Net loss .................................      --        --         --           --        (2,451)        (2,451)
                                              -----      ----    -------         ------    --------        ---------
 Balance at December 31, 1995 .............      --        --    $ 2,269         $ (2)     $ (2,712)       $  (223)
 Issuance of common stock in lieu
  of compensation .........................      --        --        182           --            --            198
 Issuance of common stock .................      --        --        999           --            --          1,005
 Exercise of stock options ................   6,750         1          5           --            --              6
 Issuance of warrants .....................      --        --        122           --            --            122
 Conversion of note payable into
  preferred stock .........................      --        --        496           --            --            504
 Conversion of note payable into
  common stock ............................      --        --        630           --            --            700
 Currency translation adjustments .........      --        --         --          (60)           --            (60)
 Net loss .................................                --         --           --        (7,200)        (7,200)
                                              -----      ----    -------        ------     --------       --------
 Balance at December 31, 1996 .............   6,750         1      4,703          (62)       (9,912)        (4,948)
 Issuance of common stock .................      --        --         15           --            --             15
 Issuance of warrants .....................      --        --        328           --            --            328
 Exercise of stock options ................   1,125        --          1           --            --              1
 Currency translation adjustments .........      --        --         --            3            --              3
 Net loss .................................      --        --         --           --        (4,298)        (4,298)
                                              -----      ----    -------       ------      --------       --------
 Balance at December 31, 1997 .............   7,875         1      5,047          (59)      (14,210)        (8,899)
 Exercise of stock options ................   7,500         1          8           --            --              9
 Issuance of preferred stock ..............      --        --      3,091           --            --          3,169
 Conversion of note payable into
  common stock ............................ 442,478        44      1,956           --            --          2,000
 Currency translation adjustments .........      --        --         --          (20)           --            (20)
 Net loss .................................      --        --         --           --          (618)          (618)
                                            -------      ----    -------       ------      --------        -------
 Balance at March 31, 1998
  (Unaudited) ............................. 457,853      $ 46    $10,102         $(79)     $(14,828)       $(4,359)
                                            =======      ====    =======       ======      ========        =======
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.


                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                (In thousands)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Three months ended
                                                                 Year ended December 31,                March 31,
                                                         ---------------------------------------- ---------------------
                                                              1995          1996         1997        1997       1998
                                                         -------------- ------------ ------------ ---------- ----------
                                                                                                       (unaudited)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Operating activities
Net loss ...............................................    $(2,451)      $ (7,200)    $ (4,298)   $   (825)  $   (618)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
 in operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization .........................         94            230          422          81         89
 Amortization of capitalized software
   development costs ...................................         69            147          576          37        250
 Issuance of common stock in lieu of
   compensation ........................................         --            198           --          --         --
 Issuance of common stock for services .................         20             12           15          15         --
 Noncash interest expense ..............................         --            122          147          32         33
 Write-off of investment ...............................         --             --          120          --         --
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Trade receivables ...................................       (784)          (334)      (1,752)     (1,209)    (1,698)
   Inventories .........................................       (269)          (141)        (227)       (120)      (128)
   Advance royalties ...................................       (266)          (587)        (911)         92        367
   Prepaid expenses and other ..........................        (79)           (21)         (87)       (307)        22
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...............      1,109            433        1,084         534        254
   Royalties and commissions payable ...................        266            218          374         (10)        77
   Accrued interest ....................................         86            282          764         170         18
                                                            -------       --------     --------    --------   --------
Net cash used in operating activities ..................     (2,205)        (6,641)      (3,773)     (1,510)    (1,334)
Investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment .....................       (683)          (563)        (382)        (64)       (51)
Purchase of investment .................................         --           (120)          --          --         --
Software development costs .............................       (289)           (79)        (849)       (255)      (583)
                                                            -------       --------     --------    --------   --------
Net cash used in investing activities ..................       (972)          (762)      (1,231)       (319)      (634)
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock .................      2,401            999           --          --          9
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock ..............         --             --           --          --      3,169
Proceeds from long-term debt ...........................         --            993        4,192       3,000         --
Payments on long-term debt .............................         --             --           --          --        (20)
Proceeds from notes payable to related parties .........        700          2,370          500         200         --
Net borrowings from (payments on)
lines-of-credit ........................................        426          3,088          469      (1,510)    (1,426)
Payments on capital lease obligations ..................        (22)           (47)         (68)        (14)       (12)
                                                            -------       --------     --------    --------   --------
Net cash provided by financing activities ..............      3,505          7,403        5,093       1,676      1,720
Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash
 and cash equivalents ..................................         (2)           (60)           3          16        (20)
                                                            -------       --------     --------    --------   --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents ...........................................        326            (60)          92        (137)      (268)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                 26            352          292         292        384
                                                            -------       --------     --------    --------   --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period .............    $   352       $    292     $    384    $    155   $    116
                                                            =======       ========     ========    ========   ========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
 information
Cash paid for interest .................................    $    87       $    233     $    760    $     95   $    276
                                                            -------       --------     --------    --------   --------
Cash paid for income taxes .............................    $    --       $     47     $      8    $     --   $     --
                                                            =======       ========     ========    ========   ========
Noncash investing and financing activities
Acquisition of equipment under capital leases ..........    $   155       $     55     $     --    $     --   $     --
Issuance of common stock for receivable ................    $    50       $     --     $     --    $     --   $     --
Issuance of common stock for equipment .................    $    20       $     --     $     --    $     --   $     --
Conversion of notes payable into stock .................    $    --       $  1,204     $     --    $     --   $     --
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.


                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                               December 31, 1997


1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Interactive Magic, Inc. (the "Company") develops, publishes, and
distributes 3-D interactive, simulation and strategy entertainment software to
customers around the world via (1) retail distribution through international
and domestic software outlets and (2) proprietary, pay-for-play online service
on the Internet. The Company has agreements with various software licensors to
manufacture, market, sell and distribute software in the United States. Through
its wholly owned subsidiaries located in the United Kingdom and Germany, and
through its online service, the Company also distributes its products
internationally.


2. BUSINESS COMBINATION

     On April 23, 1997, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital
stock of Interactive Creations, Inc. ("ICI") in exchange for 655,696 shares of
the Company's Class A Common Stock (the "Merger"). Subsequent to the Merger,
ICI's name was changed to iMagic Online Corporation. The Merger constituted a
tax-free reorganization and was accounted for under the pooling of interests
method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
16.

     The results of operations for the separate companies and the combined
amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements follow (in
thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Three months
                                                 Year ended December 31,
                                               ---------------------------    ended March 31,
                                                   1995           1996             1997
                                               ------------   ------------   ----------------
                                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
        Net Sales
         Interactive Magic, Inc. ...........     $  4,115       $  5,235          $3,602
         iMagic Online Corporation .........            6            822             355
                                                 --------       --------          ------
         Combined ..........................     $  4,121       $  6,057          $3,957
                                                 ========       ========          ======
        Net loss
         Interactive Magic, Inc ............     $ (2,167)      $ (6,236)         $ (688)
         iMagic Online Corporation .........         (284)          (964)           (137)
                                                 --------       --------          ------
         Combined ..........................     $ (2,451)      $ (7,200)         $ (825)
                                                 ========       ========          ======
</TABLE>

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the operations
of the combined entities for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997
and for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998.


3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND OTHER MATTERS


Consolidation

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiaries, iMagicOnline Corporation, Interactive Magic
Ltd. and Interactive Magic GmbH. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


March 31, 1997 and 1998 Interim Financial Information (Unaudited)

     The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the
three-month periods ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 and the consolidated balance
sheet at March 31, 1998 are unaudited and reflect all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management,
necessary for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations
and cash flows. All information related to the three-month periods ended March
31, 1997 and 1998 is unaudited.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND OTHER MATTERS -- (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company includes amounts in demand deposit accounts in cash and cash
equivalents.


Inventories

     Inventories consist of pre-packaged CD-ROM software packages and related
materials and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Costs are determined
using the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") cost flow assumption.

     Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31,
                                        --------------------     March 31,
                                           1996       1997         1998
                                        ---------   --------   ------------
                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                     <C>         <C>        <C>
Finished goods ......................    $  417      $ 645        $  774
Components ..........................        96         79           138
                                         ------      -----        ------
                                            513        724           912
Inventory valuation reserve .........      (103)       (87)         (147)
                                         ------      -----        ------
                                         $  410      $ 637        $  765
                                         ======      =====        ======
</TABLE>

Advance Royalties

     Advance royalties represent prepayments made to independent software
developers under development agreements. Advance royalties are expensed as part
of royalties and amortized software costs at the contractual royalty rate based
on actual net product sales. Management continuously evaluates the future
realization of advance royalties, and charges to cost of revenues any amount
that management deems unlikely to be amortized at the contractual royalty rate
through product sales. Advance royalties are classified as current and
noncurrent assets based upon estimated product release dates of the related
software products.


Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation for equipment,
furniture and fixtures and software is computed using the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from five to seven
years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the
term of the estimated useful life of the asset or the remaining lease term,
whichever is less. Depreciation expense, including amortization of equipment
leased under capital leases, was $91,000, $215,000 and $415,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, and $75,000 and $89,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

     Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               December 31,
                                                           ---------------------     March 31,
                                                              1996        1997         1998
                                                           ---------   ---------   ------------
                                                                                    (unaudited)
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Equipment ..............................................    $1,083      $1,287        $1,345
Furniture and fixtures .................................       160         167           167
Software ...............................................       278         425           430
Leasehold improvements .................................        33          54            54
                                                            ------      ------        ------
                                                             1,554       1,933         1,996
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization .........      (325)       (737)         (838)
                                                            ------      ------        ------
                                                            $1,229      $1,196        $1,158
                                                            ======      ======        ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND OTHER MATTERS -- (Continued)

Capitalized Software Development Costs

     Costs incurred in the development of software for sale to customers are
capitalized after a product's technological feasibility has been established.
Capitalization of such costs is discontinued when a product is available for
general release to customers. Capitalized software development costs are
capitalized at the lower of cost or net realizable value and amortized using
the greater of the revenue curve method or the straight-line method over the
estimated economic life of the related product. Amortization begins when a
product is ready for general release to customers. Amortization of capitalized
software development costs is included in royalties and amortized software
costs in the consolidated statement of operations and was $69,000, $147,000,
and $576,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, and $37,000
and $250,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

     Information related to net capitalized software development costs is as
follows (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               December 31,
                                           ---------------------     March 31,
                                              1996        1997         1998
                                           ---------   ---------   ------------
                                                                    (unaudited)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance at beginning of period .........    $  220      $  152        $  425
Capitalized ............................        79         849           583
Amortized ..............................      (147)       (576)         (250)
                                            ------      ------        ------
Balance at end of period ...............    $  152      $  425        $  758
                                            ======      ======        ======
</TABLE>

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables,
accounts payable and notes payable approximates the fair value.


Revenue Recognition

     Revenue from CD-ROM product sales is recognized at the time of product
shipment. Revenue from online sales is recognized at the time the game is
played and is based upon actual usage by the customer on an hourly basis.
Revenue from royalties and licenses is recognized when earned under the terms
of the relevant agreements with OEMs, international distributors and other
third parties. With respect to license agreements that provide customers the
right to multiple copies in exchange for guaranteed amounts, net revenue is
recognized upon delivery of the product master or the first copy. Per copy
royalties on sales that exceed the guarantee are recognized as earned. The
Company accepts product returns and provides price protection on certain unsold
merchandise. Revenue is recorded net of an allowance for estimated future
returns, markdowns, price protection and warranty costs. Such reserves are
based upon management's evaluation of historical experience, current industry
trends and estimated costs.

     The accounts receivable allowance consists primarily of reserves for
product returns, markdowns, price protection and warranty costs. The allowance
also includes a reserve for doubtful accounts, which management records based
on historical experience and current evaluation of potential collectibility
issues. Although the Company does not require collateral for unpaid balances,
credit losses have consistently been within management's expectations.


Product Development

     Product development expenses (excluding capitalized software development
costs) are charged to operations in the period incurred and consist primarily
of payroll and payroll related costs.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND OTHER MATTERS -- (Continued)

Advertising

     The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense
was approximately $695,000, $1,661,000 and $2,529,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, and $527,000 and $638,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.


Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Significant estimates include provisions for doubtful
accounts, sales returns and allowances, and estimates regarding the
recoverability of prepaid royalty advances and inventory. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.


Foreign Currency Translation

     The Company follows the principles of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board ("FASB") Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 52,
"Foreign Currency Translation," using the local currency of its operating
subsidiaries as the functional currency. Accordingly, all assets and
liabilities outside the United States are translated into U.S. dollars at the
rate of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items
are translated at the weighted average exchange rate prevailing during the
period. Adjustments resulting from translation of financial statements are
reflected as a separate component of stockholders' equity.


Warrants

     Stock purchase warrants issued in connection with debt instruments are
recorded at their estimated fair value and credited to additional paid-in
capital. The resulting debt discount is amortized to interest expense over the
term of the related debt.


Employee Stock Compensation

     The Company has elected to continue to follow Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB No. 25") and
related interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options as
permitted by SFAS No. 123 and make the required pro forma disclosures required
by SFAS No. 123 (see Note 8). Under APB No. 25, because the exercise price of
the Company's employee stock options is not less than the estimated fair value
of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is
recognized.


Net Loss Per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

     The Company accounts for net loss per share in accordance with SFAS No.
128 "Earnings Per Share." In accordance with SFAS No. 128, net loss per share
is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding during the period.

     Pro forma net loss per share as presented in the consolidated statements
of operations has been computed as described above and also gives effect to the
conversion of the Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and the
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and the exercise of options and
warrants that will occur in contemplation of completing the Company's planned
initial public offering (using the as-if converted method).


                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND OTHER MATTERS -- (Continued)

     A reconciliation of shares used in the calculation of net loss per share
and pro forma net loss per share follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year ended December 31,              Three months ended March 31,
                                            ---------------------------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                 1995            1996            1997            1997            1998
                                            -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                                     (unaudited)
<S>                                         <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Net loss ................................    $   (2,451)     $   (7,200)     $   (4,298)     $     (825)     $     (618)
                                             ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========
Weighted average shares of common
  stock outstanding (shares used in
  computing net loss per share) .........     1,709,320       3,006,715       3,152,930       3,152,106       3,429,558
Net loss per share ......................    $    (1.43)     $    (2.39)     $    (1.36)     $    (0.26)     $    (0.18)
                                             ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========
Shares used in computing net loss per
  share .................................                                     3,152,930                       3,429,558
Adjustment to reflect the effect of the
  assumed conversion of the Series A
  and Series B Convertible Preferred
  Stock .................................                                     2,128,283                       2,128,283
Adjustment to reflect the effect of the
  assumed conversion of the Series C
  Redeemable Convertible Preferred
  Stock .................................                                       132,744                         132,744
Adjustment to reflect the exercise of
  certain options, assumed exercise of
  certain warrants and assumed
  issuance of shares of common stock
  in connection with the
  recapitalization ......................                                       929,123                         929,123
                                                                             ----------                      ----------
Shares used in computing pro forma
  net loss per share ....................                                     6,343,080                       6,619,708
                                                                             ==========                      ==========
Pro forma net loss per share ............                                    $    (0.68)                     $    (0.09)
                                                                             ==========                      ==========
</TABLE>

     Had the Company been in a net income position, diluted earnings per share
would have been presented and would have included the shares used in the
computation of pro forma net loss per share as well as additional potential
common shares related to outstanding options and warrants. The diluted earnings
per share computation is not included, as the inclusion of all potential common
shares is antidilutive.


Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

     The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of March 31, 1998,
reflects the conversion of the existing shares of convertible preferred stock,
redeemable convertible preferred stock, and Class A and Class B Common Stock
into equivalent shares of common stock, which conversion is contingent upon the
closing of the offering. In addition, the pro forma information reflects the
cash proceeds and payment of accrued interest used in connection with the
exercise of options and warrants, as well as the issuance of shares of common
stock, in contemplation of the Company's initial public offering.

     The pro forma balance sheet information gives effect to the Company's
proposed Recapitalization and reflects the following transactions and pro forma
adjustments:

   (A) Receipt of $90,000 in cash proceeds and issuance of 45,000 shares of
      Class B Common Stock in connection with the exercise of incentive stock
      options.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND OTHER MATTERS -- (Continued)

   (B) Receipt of $10,335 in cash proceeds and issuance of 516,769 shares of
       Class A Common Stock in connection with the exercise of warrants.

   (C) Reduction of accrued interest payable to related parties and issuance of
       268,750 shares of Class A Common Stock resulting from the exercise of
       incentive stock options. Accrued interest of $268,750 was applied as
       consideration to effect the exercise of the stock options.

   (D) Reduction of accrued interest payable to related parties and issuance of
       50,000 shares of Class B Common Stock resulting from the exercise of
       incentive stock options. Accrued interest of $50,000 was applied as
       consideration to effect the exercise of the stock options.

   (E) Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 82,634 shares of
       common stock.

   (F) Conversion of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock into 2,045,649 shares
       of common stock.

   (G) Conversion of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock into
       132,744 shares of common stock.

   (H) Exchange of Class A Common Stock to 3,931,215 shares of common stock.

   (I) Exchange of Class B Common Stock to 601,457 shares of common stock,
       which includes 48,604 shares issued subsequent to March 31, 1998 for
       consideration already received.


Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income" and SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information." In addition, the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants issued Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, "Software Revenue
Recognition", SOP 98-4, "Deferral of the Effective Date of a Provision of SOP
97-2, `Software Revenue Recognition'" and SOP 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." SFAS Nos. 130 and
131 and SOP 97-2 and SOP 98-4 are effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997 and SOP 98-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1998. The Company does not believe that adoption of these
standards will have a material impact on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.


4. LINES OF CREDIT

     The Company maintains a revolving line of credit arrangement with a bank
for up to $2,750,000. The principal balance outstanding at any point in time is
payable on demand with interest payable monthly at the current prime rate (8.5%
at December 31, 1997). The weighted-average interest rate on the line of credit
was 7.8% and 8.1% for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, and 8.2% and
8.4% for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The
balance outstanding as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 was $1,908,000 and
$2,439,000, respectively, and $2,461,000 as of March 31, 1998. Advances on the
line of credit are collateralized by a personal guarantee of the Company's
majority shareholder.

     The Company also entered into a line of credit agreement with the same
bank to borrow up to $150,000. The line of credit is collateralized by the
Company's net property and equipment. The principal balance outstanding at any
point in time is payable on demand with interest payable monthly at the current
prime rate. The weighted-average interest rate on the line of credit was 7.8%
and 8.1% for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, and 8.2% and 8.4% for
the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The balance
outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1997 was $106,000 and $44,000,
respectively and $96,000 as of March 31, 1998.

     During 1996, the Company also executed a line of credit agreement with
another bank, the terms of which stipulate that the Company may borrow up to
75% of its eligible domestic accounts receivable up to a maximum of $1,500,000.
The agreement entitles the bank to a perfected first lien security interest in
all of the Company's assets. Borrowings under this credit agreement were
$1,500,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1997. Interest is


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

4. LINES OF CREDIT -- (Continued)

payable monthly at prime (8.5% at December 31, 1997) + 2.0%. The
weighted-average interest rate on the line of credit was 10.1% and 10.4% for
the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, and 10.5% and 10.6% for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Also, monthly fees of an
additional .5% are paid on outstanding advances under the line with a $15,000
minimum per quarter. The line of credit agreement expired and the related
outstanding borrowings were repaid in full in February 1998.


5. NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES

     Notes payable to related parties consist of the following (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  December 31,
                                                                               -------------------     March 31,
                                                                                 1996       1997         1998
                                                                               --------   --------   ------------
                                                                                                      (unaudited)
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Note payable to a stockholder, due on demand after January 1, 1999, interest
  at 14% per annum .........................................................    $  600     $  600        $ --
Note payable to a stockholder, principal and interest due on demand after
  January 1, 1999, stated interest at 15% per annum until November 17,
  1996, 17% thereafter .....................................................     1,000      1,000          --
Note payable to a stockholder, principal and interest due on demand after
  January 1, 1999, stated interest at 15% per annum until January 6, 1997,
  17% thereafter ...........................................................     1,000      1,000          --
Note payable to related party, principal and interest due January 1, 1999,
  interest at 10% per annum ................................................       370        870         870
                                                                                ------     ------        ----
                                                                                $2,970     $3,470        $870
                                                                                ======     ======        ====
</TABLE>

     On February 4, 1998, the $600,000 and the two $1 million notes payable to
shareholders were converted into 132,744 shares of Series C Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and 442,478 shares of Class B Common Stock,
respectively. The Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is
mandatorily redeemable in cash upon a public offering of the Company's common
stock or convertible into 132,744 shares of common stock at the election of the
holder. Unpaid accrued interest of $702,000 and $740,000 relating to these
notes was not converted and is included in accrued interest at December 31,
1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

6. LONG-TERM DEBT
     Long-term debt, other than to related parties, consists of the following
(in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      December 31,
                                                                                   -------------------     March 31,
                                                                                    1996       1997          1998
                                                                                   ------   ----------   ------------
                                                                                                          (unaudited)
<S>                                                                                <C>      <C>          <C>
Note payable due January 31, 1998, stated interest at prime plus 2% until an
  additional round of equity investment is received by the Company at which
  time the interest will be prime plus 4%, collateralized by property and
  equipment (net of unamortized discount of $7,000 and $5,000 at December
  31, 1996 and 1997, respectively) .............................................    $493      $  495        $  475
Subordinated note payable due March 24, 2002, stated interest at 13.5% per
  annum, collateralized by property, equipment and inventory (net of
  unamortized discount of $276,000 at December 31, 1997)........................      --       2,724         2,747
Note payable due January 9, 1998, stated interest rate at prime (8.5% at
  December 31, 1997) , collateralized by a personal guarantee of the
  Company's majority shareholder. ..............................................      --         250           250
Junior subordinated note payable, due August 30, 2002, interest payable in
  arrears every six months, at stated interest rate of 11% per annum for the
  first twelve months, 12.0% per annum for next twelve months, and 12.5%
  thereafter until maturity, collateralized by the assets of the Company (net of
  unamortized discount of $165,000 at December 31, 1997)........................      --       1,035         1,044
                                                                                    ----      ------        ------
                                                                                     493       4,504         4,516
Current portion ................................................................      --        (745)         (725)
                                                                                    ----      ------        ------
Long-term debt, less current portion ...........................................    $493      $3,759        $3,791
                                                                                    ====      ======        ======
</TABLE>

     The aggregate principal maturities at December 31, 1997 consist of
$745,000 due in 1998, with the remaining balance of long-term debt becoming due
in 2002.

     The Company estimates that the fair value of notes payable approximates
the carrying value based upon its effective current borrowing rate for debt
with similar terms and remaining maturities. Disclosure about fair value of
financial instruments is based upon information available to management as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998. Although management is not aware
of any factors that would significantly affect the fair value of amounts, such
amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial
statements since that date.


7. LEASES

     The Company rents its facilities and certain office equipment under
noncancellable operating leases through 2001. The monthly rent under certain
facility leases are periodically adjusted based on changes in the Consumer
Price Index.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

7. LEASES -- (Continued)

     Property and equipment includes the following amounts for capital leases
(in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               December 31,
                                            -------------------     March 31,
                                              1996       1997         1998
                                            --------   --------   ------------
                                                                   (unaudited)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
  Leased equipment ......................    $ 157      $ 157        $ 157
  Leased furniture and fixtures .........       53         53           53
                                             -----      -----        -----
                                               210        210          210
  Less accumulated amortization .........      (44)       (85)         (95)
                                             -----      -----        -----
                                             $ 166      $ 125        $ 115
                                             =====      =====        =====
</TABLE>

     The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for capital
and operating leases for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Capital     Operating
                                                             Leases      Leases
                                                           ---------   ----------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>
1998 ...................................................     $  43        $309
1999 ...................................................        24         235
2000 ...................................................        19         204
2001 ...................................................        --          20
                                                             -----        ----
Total future minimum lease payments ....................        86        $768
                                                                          ====
Less: amount representing interest .....................       (13)
                                                             -----
Present value of future minimum lease payments .........        73
Less: current portion ..................................       (35)
                                                             -----
                                                             $  38
                                                             =====
</TABLE>

     Total rent expense incurred was approximately $84,000, $261,000 and
$309,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively and
$94,000 and $99,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.


8. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT


Common Stock

     The Company has two classes of common stock, Class A (voting) and Class B
(nonvoting). Common stockholder rights are subordinate to those of preferred
stockholders. Holders of the Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per
share of common stock held. Holders of Class B Common Stock do not receive any
voting privileges.

     During 1995, 1996 and 1997, the Company issued 77,757, 2,418 and 1,037
shares of its Class A Common Stock for services rendered. During 1996, the
Company issued 164,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock in lieu of
compensation. These transactions were valued based on the estimated fair value
of the common stock at the time the related services were performed.


Convertible Preferred Stock

     The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred") is
automatically convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock upon the closing
of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and
sale of Class A Common Stock of the Company to the public with an aggregate
gross offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and a per share price of not
less than $6.10. Each share of outstanding Series A Preferred is currently
convertible into one share


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT -- (Continued)

of Class A Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in the Amended
Articles of Incorporation of the Company. The Company has reserved 82,634
shares of common stock for issuance upon conversion.

     The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on all
matters with votes equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into
which the Preferred Stock is convertible. The Series A Preferred stockholders
are entitled to receive annual cumulative dividends of 8% only if, and when,
such dividends are declared by the Company's Board of Directors out of funds
legally available therefor. The approval of the majority of the then
outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock is required in order to
declare dividends to the holders of common stock. As of December 31, 1997 and
March 31, 1998, no dividends had been declared with respect to the Series A
Preferred Stock.

     The outstanding subordinated and junior subordinated notes payable
prohibit the declaration or payment of any dividends during the terms of the
notes without the written consent of the holders of such notes.

     On February 4, 1998, the Company issued 778,746 shares of its Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $3,500,000. The
holders of the Series B Preferred stock are entitled to vote on all matters
with votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the Series
B Preferred Stock is convertible. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock are
entitled to convert their preferred shares into 2,045,649 shares of the
Company's common stock in the event the Company consummates an initial public
offering or enters into a sale agreement. In addition, the Company is required
to obtain the consent of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock in the
event that it (i) contemplates issuance of convertible securities if the
cumulative number of shares issuable during the two years following an initial
public offering exceeds five percent of the outstanding shares of common stock
on a fully diluted basis, excluding the convertible securities and (ii) pays
any dividends other than required dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock.

     The liquidation preference for the Series A, Series B and Series C
Preferred Stock is equal to the respective Series' issue price plus any accrued
and unpaid dividends.


Stock Options

     Effective January 2, 1995, the Company adopted two employee incentive
stock option plans (the "1995 Plans"). One plan provided for the granting of
options to purchase Class A Common Stock which was voting stock, and one plan
provided for the granting of options to purchase Class B Common Stock which was
non-voting. The 1995 Plans are intended as incentives to induce key employees
of the Company to remain in the employ of the Company or of any subsidiary of
the Company and to encourage such employees to own stock in the Company. This
purpose is carried out by granting options to purchase shares of Common Stock.
The Company may grant incentive stock options ("ISOs") within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") to
eligible participants under the 1995 Plans. The exercise price of an ISO may
not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares at the
time the ISO is granted.

     The 1995 Plans are administered by the Board of Directors. The Board has
the authority to administer the 1995 Plans and determine, among other things,
the interpretation of any provisions of the 1995 Plans, the eligible employees
who are to be granted stock options, the number of shares which may be issued
and the option exercise price.

     The Company's incentive stock options vest over time with 20% vesting
during the second year after the date of grant with an additional 5% vesting
each calendar quarter thereafter. Incentive stock options generally may only be
exercised if the participant has been employed by the Company continuously for
at least one year as of the last day of the first 12-month period following the
date of option grant. The option is only exercisable if the participant is
employed by the Company and for limited periods of time after the participant's
termination of employment. If the participant ceases to be employed on account
of termination by the Company for cause or resignation (other than retirement
as defined in the option agreement), the right to exercise any unexercised
portion of the option terminates. If the participant is terminated by the
Company without cause, the participant


                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT -- (Continued)

shall be entitled to purchase, within three months, option shares equal to an
additional 25% of the participant's option shares that were not exercisable as
of the termination date. The option becomes immediately and fully vested and
exercisable in the event of a change in control as defined in the option
agreement.

     The performance incentive stock options ("PSOs") are exercisable during
the period commencing from March 31, 1997 and ending March 31, 2005.
Performance options vest upon the earlier of the Company's achievement of
certain performance standards or seven years from the date of grant. The number
and exercise price of the options are fixed at the date of grant. Options are
exercisable only in the event the participant is employed by the Company and
for limited periods of time after the participant's termination of employment.
If the participant ceases to be an employee on account of resignation (other
than retirement as defined in the option agreement) or termination for cause,
the right to exercise any unexercised portion of the option shall terminate.
The option becomes immediately and fully vested and exercisable as of a change
in control date.

     As the exercise price of the options was not less than the estimated fair
value of the stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense was recorded
related to these options.

     The following table summarizes the ISO and PSO activity under the
Company's 1995 Plans:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Class A           Class B
                                                Voting          Non-Voting                      Weighted-Average
                                                Shares            Shares                            Exercise
                                            Available for     Available for       Options          Price Per
                                                Grant             Grant         Outstanding          Share          Exercisable
                                           ---------------   ---------------   -------------   -----------------   ------------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>               <C>             <C>                 <C>
  Options authorized for grant .........        750,000          1,500,000              --           $  --                 --
  Options granted ......................       (500,000)        (1,010,000)      1,510,000            1.00                 --
                                               --------         ----------       ---------           -----                 --
Balances at December 31, 1995 ..........        250,000            490,000       1,510,000            1.00            148,750
  Options authorized for grant .........             --            625,000              --              --                 --
  Options granted ......................        (85,076)          (318,294)        403,370            3.83                 --
  Options exercised ....................             --                 --          (6,750)           1.00                 --
  Options canceled .....................             --             43,250         (43,250)           1.00                 --
                                               --------         ----------       ---------           -----            -------
Balances at December 31, 1996 ..........        164,924            839,956       1,863,370            1.78             54,644
  Options authorized for grant .........        250,000            357,500              --              --                 --
  Options granted ......................       (111,360)          (218,956)        330,316            5.63                 --
  Options exercised ....................             --                 --          (1,125)           1.00                 --
  Options canceled .....................        127,933             71,580        (199,513)           4.90                 --
                                               --------         ----------       ---------           -----            -------
Balances at December 31, 1997 ..........        431,497          1,050,080       1,993,048            2.14          1,007,328
  Options granted ......................             --            (11,250)         11,250            6.00                 --
  Options exercised ....................             --                 --          (7,500)           0.60                 --
  Options canceled .....................             --            120,188        (120,188)           1.86                 --
                                               --------         ----------       ---------           -----          ---------
  Balances at March 31, 1998
   (Unaudited) .........................        431,497          1,159,018       1,876,610          $ 1.99          1,435,665
                                               ========         ==========       =========          ======          =========
</TABLE>

     The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS 123. The
fair value for each ISO and PSO option was estimated at the date of grant using
a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions:


                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT -- (Continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Three months
                                                         Year ended                ended
                                                        December 31,            March 31,
                                                  ------------------------   ----------------
                                                   1995     1996     1997     1997      1998
                                                  ------   ------   ------   ------   -------
                                                                               (unaudited)
<S>                                               <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Expected dividend yield .......................      0%       0%       0%       0%        0%
Risk-free interest rate .......................      6%       6%       6%       6%        6%
Expected volatility ...........................     59%      59%      59%      59%       59%
Expected life (in years from vesting) .........    5.4      3.4      1.9      2.2       4.9
</TABLE>

     For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair values of the
stock options are amortized to expense over the vesting period. The grant date
Black-Scholes weighted-average value was $0.32, $0.54 and $0.95 per share for
1995, 1996 and 1997 and $1.04 and $1.69 per share for the three-month periods
ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. As of December 31, 1997, 422,970
Class A options and 584,358 Class B options were exercisable with a
weighted-average remaining contractual life of seven years.

     The following table shows pro forma net loss and net loss per share as if
the fair value accounting method prescribed by SFAS 123 had been used to
account for stock based compensation (in thousands, except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Three months ended March
                                                               Year ended December 31,                       31,
                                                      ------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                                          1995           1996           1997          1997         1998
                                                      ------------   ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                                         (unaudited)
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Net loss as reported ..............................     $ (2,451)      $ (7,200)      $ (4,298)     $  (825)     $  (618)
Pro forma compensation expense ....................         (119)          (198)          (484)        (104)         (62)
                                                        --------       --------       --------      -------      -------
Pro forma net loss (for SFAS 123 disclosure
  purposes) .......................................     $ (2,570)      $ (7,398)      $ (4,782)     $  (929)     $  (680)
                                                        ========       ========       ========      =======      =======
Net loss per share:
  Historical (as disclosed in Note 3) .............     $  (1.43)      $  (2.39)      $  (1.36)     $ (0.26)     $ (0.19)
  Pro forma (for SFAS 123 disclosure purposes).....     $  (1.50)      $  (2.46)      $  (1.52)     $ (0.29)     $ (0.21)
</TABLE>

Stock Warrants

     Warrants issued in connection with notes payable are recorded at their
estimated fair value and credited to additional paid in capital. The resulting
debt discount is amortized to interest expense over the term of the related
debt. Warrants issued to members of the Board of Directors are recorded at
their estimated fair value and the related general and administrative expense
is charged when the warrants are issued. The fair value of warrants issued to
the placement agent in connection with the issuance of preferred stock in
February 1998 was recorded as a stock issuance cost.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT -- (Continued)

     The following table summarizes all warrants issued to purchase the
Company's Class A and Class B Common Stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Shares of
                                                                        Stock
                                                                     Purchasable
                                                                        Under            Exercise          Date of
                           Description                                 Warrant            Price           Expiration
- -----------------------------------------------------------------   ------------   -------------------   -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>                   <C>
Issued to shareholders in connection with notes payable or as
 consideration for providing loan collateral ....................       60,000     $ 1.00                  3/06/01
                                                                        ------
Outstanding at December 31, 1995 ................................       60,000
Expiration of warrants at date of note conversion ...............      (16,155)
Issued to shareholders in connection with notes payable or as
 consideration for providing loan collateral ....................      117,608     30,000 @ $1.00          3/06/01
                                                                                   31,250 @  2.00          5/20/03
                                                                                   50,000 @  6.00          7/10/03
                                                                                   6,358  @  5.82         12/31/03
Issued to lenders in connection with notes payable ..............       99,704     77,646    $  *          3/06/01
                                                                       -------
                                                                                   22,058 @  4.53          7/15/99
Outstanding at December 31, 1996 ................................      261,157
Issued to lenders in connection with notes payable ..............      345,501    249,886 @ $0.02          3/24/08
                                                                                   95,615 @  0.02          8/30/03
Issued to shareholders in connection with notes payable .........      102,896     44,444 @ $2.00          5/20/03
                                                                                   49,861 @  6.00          7/10/03
                                                                                    8,591 @  5.82          12/31/03
Issued to members of Board of Directors .........................       40,500     $ 6.00                 12/31/04
                                                                       -------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997 ................................      750,054
Issued to placement agent in connection with private placement
 of preferred stock .............................................       16,667     $ 6.00                  2/04/05
Additional warrants issued to lender in connection with
 March 24, 1997 note payable ....................................       57,937     $ 0.02                  3/24/08
Issued to shareholder in connection with notes payable ..........          834     $ 6.00                  7/10/03
Issued to a member of Board of Directors ........................       12,500     $ 6.00                 12/31/04
                                                                       -------
Outstanding at March 31, 1998 (unaudited) .......................      837,992
                                                                       =======
</TABLE>

- ------------
* Exercise price is calculated as defined in the warrant agreement.

     In connection with the note payable maturing on August 30, 2002, the
Company granted to the lender and warrant holder an option (the "Put Option")
to sell to the Company its warrant shares. The Put Option becomes effective
beginning on September 29, 2002. As defined in the loan and security agreement,
the price of the Put Option (the "Put Price") is calculated as the higher of
the following: (i) the product of five times the Company's per share earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the most recent
twelve-month period before exercise of the Put Option less the debt per share
of the Company's outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis for the same
twelve month period, plus cash per share of the Company's outstanding common
stock on a fully diluted basis all multiplied by the number of Put Shares or
(ii) the Company's book value per share at the end of the most recently
completed month before exercise of the Put Option multiplied by the number of
Put Shares. Based upon the calculated Put Price, the Company determined the Put
Option had negligible value at December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998.

     In connection with the conversion of a note payable, the Company has an
additional commitment to issue 48,604 shares of its Class B common stock to the
former holder of the note. As of December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998, the
Company had not yet issued the aforementioned shares.


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

8. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT -- (Continued)

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

     The Company has reserved authorized shares of Common Stock for future
issuance as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                December 31, 1997,
                                                             ------------------------
                                                              Class A       Class B
                                                             ---------   ------------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock .....................     82,634            --
Outstanding incentive stock options ......................    514,938       870,610
Outstanding performance based stock options ..............    250,000       357,500
Possible future issuance under stock option plan .........    431,497     1,050,080
Stock purchase warrants ..................................    750,054            --
</TABLE>

9. INCOME TAXES

     At March 31, 1998, the Company has a cumulative domestic federal net
operating loss carryforward available to offset future taxable income of
approximately $11 million which begins to expire in the year 2011. State tax
losses of approximately $11 million will begin to expire in 2001. The Company
also has $78,000 of research credits to carry forward for use against future
domestic federal income taxes. U.S. tax laws impose limitations on the use of
net operating losses and credits following certain changes in ownership. If
such a change occurs, the limitations could reduce the amount of these benefits
that would be available to offset future taxable income each year, starting
with the year of ownership change.

     From the Company's inception, June 16, 1994, through October 1995, the
Company operated under the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue
Code, and consequently was not subject to federal income tax. On October 31,
1995, the Company terminated its Subchapter S election and now operates under
the provisions of Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company
currently reports on a calendar year end for tax purposes.

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components
of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following
at (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               December 31,
                                                           ---------------------     March 31,
                                                              1996        1997         1998
                                                           ---------   ---------   ------------
                                                                                    (unaudited)
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
 Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards .....................    $2,455      $3,669        $4,304
  Sales and accounts receivable reserves ...............       828       1,048           578
  Accrued salaries .....................................        --          10            10
  Other reserves .......................................        42         191           190
  Accrued interest to related party ....................       131         397           408
  Research and development credit carryforward .........        78          78            78
                                                            ------      ------        ------
 Total deferred tax assets .............................     3,534       5,393         5,568
 Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation .........................................        13          17            17
  Accounting method change .............................        49          72            65
                                                            ------      ------        ------
 Total deferred tax liabilities ........................        62          89            82
 Less:
  Valuation allowance ..................................     3,472       5,304         5,486
                                                            ------      ------        ------
 Total net deferred taxes ..............................    $   --      $   --        $   --
                                                            ======      ======        ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

9. INCOME TAXES -- (Continued)

     For financial reporting purposes, income before income taxes includes the
                                                                 following
                                                                 components (in
                                                                 thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             December 31,     December 31,      March 31,
                                 1996             1997            1998
                            --------------   --------------   ------------
                                                               (unaudited)
<S>                         <C>              <C>              <C>
Pretax Income:
  United States .........      $ (6,529)        $ (4,873)        $ (916)
  Foreign ...............          (660)             542            426
                               --------         --------         ------
                               $ (7,189)        $ (4,331)        $ (490)
                               ========         ========         ======
</TABLE>

     Significant components of the provision for income taxes attributable to
continuing operations are as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                December 31,
                            --------------------     March 31,
                             1996        1997          1998
                            ------   -----------   ------------
                                                    (unaudited)
<S>                         <C>      <C>           <C>
 Current:
  Federal ...............    $ --       $(41)          $ --
  Foreign ...............       8         15            128
  State .................       3         (7)            --
                             ----       ------         ----
  Total current .........    $ 11       $(33)          $128
                             ====       ======         ====
</TABLE>

     The Company has recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount of its
deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998,
based on management's evaluation of the criteria set forth in SFAS No. 109.


10. RETIREMENT PLAN

     The Company has a qualified 401(k) Retirement Plan. The Plan covers
substantially all of the Company's full-time employees. Effective November 20,
1996, the Plan requires six months of full-time service for an employee to be
eligible to participate. Participants may contribute up to 15% of their
compensation to the Plan, subject to the yearly maximums established by the
Internal Revenue Service. Employer matching contributions are at the discretion
of the Company's Board of Directors. There were no discretionary employer
contributions made during the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and
for the three-month periods ended March 31, 1997 and 1998.


11. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

     Revenues from significant customers, those representing 10% or more of net
revenues for the respective periods, are summarized as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Three months
                       Year ended December 31,    ended March 31,
                       ------------------------   ---------------
                        1995     1996     1997     1997     1998
                       ------   ------   ------   ------   -----
                                                   (unaudited)
<S>                    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Customer 1 .........     --       --       --       --      16%
Customer 2 .........    12%      11%       --       --      15%
Customer 3 .........     --      27%      19%      25%      12%
Customer 4 .........     --       --      10%       --      10%
Customer 5 .........     --       --       --      11%       --
Customer 6 .........    36%       --       --       --       --
Customer 7 .........    11%       --       --       --       --
</TABLE>

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

11. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS -- (Continued)

     Additionally, two customers comprised 43% of accounts receivable at
December 31, 1996, three customers comprised 40% of accounts receivable at
December 31, 1997, and three customers comprised 35% of accounts receivable at
March 31, 1998.


12. OPERATIONS

     In addition to domestic sales, the Company sells its products through its
subsidiaries to international customers. These sales amounted to 13%, 23% and
37% of net revenues during the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and
37% and 56% of net revenues during the three months ended March 31, 1997 and
1998, respectively.

     The following table presents the Company's operations by geographic
location (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Year ended December 31,             Three months ended March 31,
                                 ------------------------------------------   ----------------------------
                                     1995           1996           1997           1997           1998
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                      (unaudited)
<S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Identifiable assets:
 United States ...............     $  2,410       $  3,725       $  5,082       $  5,527       $  8,123
 Europe ......................          686            839          2,665            645          1,088
                                   --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
                                   $  3,096       $  4,564       $  7,747       $  6,172       $  9,211
                                   ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
Net revenue:
 United States ...............     $  3,458       $  4,978       $ 11,090       $  2,108       $  3,037
 Europe ......................          663          1,079          5,412          1,849          1,876
                                   --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
                                   $  4,121       $  6,057       $ 16,502       $  3,957       $  4,913
                                   ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
Income (loss) from operations:
 United States ...............     $ (2,387)      $ (5,919)      $ (2,971)      $ (1,526)      $ (1,118)
 Europe ......................          158           (664)           545            969            935
                                   --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
                                   $ (2,229)      $ (6,583)      $ (2,426)      $   (557)      $   (183)
                                   ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On April 30, 1998, the Company closed on a $5 million line of credit
bearing an interest rate of the bank's prime (8.5% on May 1, 1998) plus 2%.
Borrowings on the line of credit are limited to the lesser of $5 million or 65%
of the Company's outstanding eligible domestic receivables. Borrowings on the
line of credit are collateralized by the Company's accounts receivable,
inventory, and intellectual property, and proceeds will be used to extinguish
certain existing debt and provide additional working capital. The line of
credit expires on April 30, 1999. On May 1, 1998, borrowings on the line were
$1.3 million.

     Management believes the financing transactions entered into subsequent to
December 31, 1997 will allow the Company to meet its short-term cash needs in
1998. However, should cash constraints arise, management plans to obtain
additional debt or equity financing or, if such financing is not available on
acceptable terms, reduce expected increases in operating expenses.

     On July 1, 1998 the Company effected a one-for-two reverse stock split of
the Company's capital stock in connection with the Company's reincorporation in
North Carolina. All references in the financial statements with regard to
number of shares of each class of stock have been restated to reflect the
reverse stock split for all periods presented.

     The Company's 1998 Stock Plan (the "Plan") was adopted by the Board of
Directors and approved by the shareholders of the Company in May 1998. The
Company anticipates that no future grants will be made under the 1995 Plans
after the effective date of the Plan. A total of 800,000 shares of Common Stock
have been reserved for issuance under the Plan. The Plan provides for grants to
employees of the Company of ISOs. In addition,


                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  -- (Continued)

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS -- (Continued)

the Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options and stock purchase
rights to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. The Plan is
administered by the Board of Directors or by a Committee appointed by the
Board. The administrator determines the terms of options and stock purchase
rights granted, including the exercise price and the number of shares subject
to the option or stock purchase right. The exercise price of incentive stock
options granted under the Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value
of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of options
granted under the Plan is 10 years.

     The Company's 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") was
adopted by the Company's Board of Directors and approved by the Company's
shareholders in May 1998. The Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under
Section 423 of the Code. The Company has reserved 500,000 shares of Common
Stock for issuance under the Purchase Plan. Under the Purchase Plan, an
eligible employee may purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company through
payroll deductions of up to 10% of his or her base compensation, not to exceed
$25,000 per year, at a price per share equal to 85% of the fair market value of
a share of the Company's Common Stock on the last day of the offering period.
The maximum number of shares that an employee may purchase in any offering
period is 2,500 shares. Any employee who is customarily employed for at least
20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year and who is
employed on or before the commencement date of an offering period is eligible
to participate in the Purchase Plan.


14. RECAPITALIZATION (UNAUDITED)

     The Company anticipates that the following recapitalization through the
exchange of securities will be deemed to be effective as of the closing date of
the Company's initial public offering, with the exception of the exercise of
options and warrants which may occur at an earlier date, in contemplation of
the offering.

   Incentive Stock Options: Options were exercised to purchase 268,750 shares
   of Class A Common Stock and 95,000 shares of Class B Common Stock in
   exchange for cash and forgiveness of accrued interest.

   Stock Warrants: Warrants were exercised to purchase 516,769 shares of Class
   A Common Stock in exchange for cash.

   Class A Common Stock: Exchanged for an aggregate of 3,931,215 shares of
   common stock

   Class B Common Stock: Exchanged for an aggregate of 601,457 shares of
   common stock, which includes 48,604 shares issued after March 31, 1998

   Series A Convertible Preferred Stock: Converted into an aggregate of 82,634
   shares of common stock

   Series B Convertible Preferred Stock: Converted into an aggregate of
   2,045,649 shares of common stock

   Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock: Converted into an
   aggregate of 132,744 shares of common stock

     Upon consummation of the offering, the Company will have authorized
capital of 50,000,000 shares of $.10 par value common stock and 25,000,000
shares of $.10 par value preferred stock.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>


(inside back cover of Prospectus)

                            [INTERACTIVE MAGIC logo]

WARBIRDS           "Online Game of the Year 1996" - PC Games Magazine
                   "Online Game of the Year 1997" - PC Games Magazine
                   "Finalist - Best Flight Simulation Game" (1997) - Computer
                    Gaming World
                   "Finalist - Best Online Game" (1997) - Computer Game
                    Developers Association

SEVEN KINGDOMS     "Strategy Game of the Year" (1997) - Power Play (Germany)
                   "Editor's Choice" (1998) - PC Gamer
                   "A-List" (1998) - PC Games

iF22               Nominated as "Best Simulation at Electronic
                   Entertainment Expo" (1997) - Game Pen

WAR INC.           "A-List" - PC Games

HIND               "Editor's Choice" (1996) - PC Gamer
                   "Finalist - Best Flight Simulation Game"(1997) - Computer
                    Gaming World
                   "Simulation of the Year" (1996) - PC Today Magazine



APACHE             "Best Simulation of 1995" - PC Gamer
                   "Best Simulation of 1995" - Strategy Plus
                   "Editor's Choice" (1995) - PC Gamer

CAPITALISM         "Best Simulation Game - Finalist" (1996) - PC Gamer
                   "Editor's Choice" (1995) - PC Gamer
                   "Special Achievement in Tutorial Design" (1996) - PC Gamer

             [Award logos from PC Games, PC Gamer, Computer Gaming World]

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No dealer, sales representative, or other person has been authorized to give
any information or to make any representation in connection with this offering
not contained in this Prospectus, and if given or made, such information or
representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company
or any Underwriter. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities
offered by this Prospectus, or an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer
to buy any securities by anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer or
solicitation is not authorized or would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of
this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances,
create any implication that information herein is correct as of any time
subsequent to the date hereof.



                      -----------------------------------
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
    



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Page
                                                   ---------
<S>                                                <C>
 Prospectus Summary ............................        3
 Risk Factors ..................................        7
 Use of Proceeds ...............................       17
 Dividend Policy ...............................       18
 Dilution ......................................       18
 Capitalization ................................       20
 Selected Consolidated Financial Data ..........       21
 Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations .................................       23
 Business ......................................       30
 Management ....................................       41
 Principal Shareholders ........................       47
 Certain Transactions ..........................       48
 Description of Securities .....................       50
 Shares Eligible for Future Sale ...............       54
 Underwriting ..................................       56
 Legal Matters .................................       58
 Experts .......................................       58
 Additional Information ........................       58
 Index to Financial Statements .................      F-1
</TABLE>

Until        , 1998, (25 days after the date of this Prospectus) all dealers
effecting transactions in the Common Stock, whether or not participating in
this distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition
to the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

   
                                2,600,000 Shares
    









                                     [LOGO]


                             
 
                                  Common Stock


                     ------------------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                     ------------------------------------
                        BlueStone Capital Partners, L.P.




   
                         Royce Investment Group, Inc.
    








                                          , 1998

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                    PART II
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Sections 55-8-50 through 55-8-58 of the North Carolina Business
Corporation Act permit a corporation to indemnify its directors, officers,
employees or agents under either or both a statutory or non-statutory scheme of
indemnification. Under the statutory scheme, a corporation may, with certain
exceptions, indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation
who was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or
completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative, because of the fact that such person was a
director, officer, agent or employee of the corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation or enterprise. This indemnity may include the obligation to
pay any judgment, settlement, penalty, fine (including an excise tax assessed
with respect to an employee benefit plan) and reasonable expenses incurred in
connection with a proceeding (including counsel fees), but no such
indemnification may be granted unless such director, officer, agent or employee
(i) conducted himself in good faith, (ii) reasonably believed (1) that any
action taken in his official capacity with the corporation was in the best
interest of the corporation or (2) that in all other cases his conduct at least
was not opposed to the corporation's best interest, and (iii) in the case of
any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful. Whether a director has met the requisite standard of conduct for the
type of indemnification set forth above is determined by the board of
directors, a committee of directors, special legal counsel or the shareholders
in accordance with Section 55-8-55. A corporation may not indemnify a director
under the statutory scheme in connection with a proceeding by or in the right
of the corporation in which the director was adjudged liable to the corporation
or in connection with a proceeding in which a director was adjudged liable on
the basis of having received an improper personal benefit.

     In addition to, and separate and apart from the indemnification described
above under the statutory scheme, Section 55-8-57 of the North Carolina
Business Corporation Act permits a corporation to indemnify or agree to
indemnify any of its directors, officers, employees or agents against liability
and expenses (including attorney's fees) in any proceeding (including
proceedings brought by or on behalf of the corporation) arising out of their
status as such or their activities in such capacities, except for any
liabilities or expenses incurred on account of activities that were, at the
time taken, known or believed by the person to be clearly in conflict with the
best interests of the corporation. The Company's Bylaws provide for
indemnification to the fullest extent permitted under the North Carolina
Business Corporation Act, provided, however, that the Company will indemnify
any person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by
such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of
the Company. Accordingly, the Company may indemnify its directors, officers and
employees in accordance with either the statutory or the non-statutory
standard.

     Sections 55-8-52 and 55-8-56 of the North Carolina Business Corporation
Act require a corporation, unless its articles of incorporation provide
otherwise, to indemnify a director or officer who has been wholly successful,
on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which such
director or officer was a party. Unless prohibited by the articles of
incorporation, a director or officer also may make application and obtain
court-ordered indemnification if the court determines that such director or
officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification as provided
in Sections 55-8-54 and 55-8-56.

     Finally, Section 55-8-57 of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act
provides that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an
individual who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation against certain liabilities incurred by such persons, whether or
not the corporation is otherwise authorized by the North Carolina Business
Corporation Act to indemnify such party. It is anticipated that the Company's
directors and officers will be covered under directors' and officers' insurance
policies maintained by the Company prior to this offering.

     As permitted by North Carolina law, Article IX of the Company's Articles
of Incorporation limits the personal liability of directors for monetary
damages for breaches of duty as a director, provided that such limitation will
not apply to (i) acts or omissions that the director at the time of the breach
knew or believed were clearly in conflict with the best interests of the
Company, (ii) any liability for unlawful distributions under Section 55-8-33,
(iii) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit, or (iv) acts or omissions occurring prior to the date the provision
became effective.


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

     The form of the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.01 hereto also
contains certain provisions pursuant to which certain officers, directors and
controlling persons of the Company may be entitled to be indemnified by the
underwriters named therein.


Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The estimated expenses of the Company payable in connection with the
issuance and distribution of the Common Stock being registered hereby,
excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, are as follows:


   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
           SEC Registration Fee ...................................    $   9,499
           NASD Filing Fee ........................................        3,720
           NASDAQ Fee .............................................       75,625
           Printing and Engraving Expenses ........................       75,000*
           Legal Fees and Expenses ................................      220,000*
           Accounting Fees and Expenses ...........................      115,000*
           Blue Sky Expenses ......................................       10,000*
           Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses .........        5,000*
           Insurance Premium ......................................       75,000*
           Miscellaneous Expenses .................................       11,156*
           Underwriters' Expenses .................................      300,000*
                                                                       ---------
           Total ..................................................    $ 900,000
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>
    

- ------------
* To be provided by amendment.


Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement,
the Company issued the following securities, which were not registered pursuant
to the Securities Act:

     From May 1, 1995 to May 21, 1998, the Company issued an aggregate of
2,026,795 incentive and performance incentive stock options to purchase Common
Stock pursuant to the 1995 Plans to officers and employees of the Company, as
described in the Prospectus, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.30 per
share. (1)

     On June 25, 1995, the Company sold 66,000 shares of Common Stock for an
aggregate purchase price of $66,000 to three employees. (2)

     On August 31, 1995, the Company issued a warrant currently exercisable for
30,000 shares of Common Stock to J.W. Stealey in consideration of a personal
guarantee and pledge of collateral made by Mr. Stealey in favor of a creditor
of the Company. (2)

     On August 31, 1995, the Company issued a warrant currently exercisable for
13,845 shares of Common Stock to Robert L. Pickens in consideration of a
$600,000 loan made by Mr. Pickens to the Company. (2)

     On January 2, 1996, the Company issued 144,000 shares of Common Stock to
J. W. Stealey in consideration of the deferral of Mr. Stealey's 1995 salary in
the amount of $144,000. (2)

     On March 6, 1996, the Company issued a warrant currently exercisable for
25,882 shares of Common Stock to Venture Lending (a division of Cupertino
National Bank and Trust) in consideration of a $500,000 loan made by Venture
Lending. (2)

     On March 6, 1996, the Company issued two warrants, each of which is
currently exercisable for 25,882 shares of Common Stock, to High Point Capital,
LLC in consideration of a $500,000 loan made by High Point Capital, LLC. (2)

     On March 29, 1996, the Company issued a warrant exercisable for 10,000
shares of Common Stock in connection with a $500,000 loan made by Southeast
Interactive Technology Fund I, L.L.C. (2)

     On March 31, 1996, the Company issued 700,000 shares of Common Stock to
J.W. Stealey in consideration for the conversion of outstanding indebtedness in
the principal amount of $700,000 owed by the Company to


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

Mr. Stealey. The Company also issued a warrant to purchase 30,000 shares of
Common Stock to Mr. Stealey in consideration of such conversion. (2)

     Between April 23, 1996 and June 18, 1996, the Company sold 6,750 shares of
Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $6,750 to three former
employees who exercised incentive stock options upon departing the Company. (3)
 

     On May 1, 1996, the Company granted William J. Kaluza 20,000 shares of
Common Stock upon his acceptance of employment with the Company. (1)

     On May 20, 1996, the Company issued a warrant currently exercisable for
75,694 shares of Common Stock to J.W. Stealey in consideration of a $1,000,000
loan made by Mr. Stealey to the Company. (2)

     On July 10, 1996, the Company issued a warrant currently exercisable for
100,695 shares of Common Stock to J.W. Stealey in consideration of a $1,000,000
loan made by Mr. Stealey to the Company. (2)

     On July 15, 1996, the Company issued 82,634 shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock to Southeast Interactive Technology Fund I upon conversion of
indebtedness owed to Southeast Interactive Technology Fund I, in the principal
amount of $500,000 plus accrued interest. (2)

     On July 15, 1996, the Company issued a warrant currently exercisable for
22,058 shares of Common Stock to Southeast Interactive Technology Fund I,
L.L.C. in exchange for the March 29, 1996 warrant issued to Southeast
Interactive Technology Fund I, L.L.C. by the Company. (2)

     On December 31, 1996, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 6,358
shares of Common Stock to Laura M. Stealey in consideration of amounts
outstanding under the $1,000,000 credit line established by Ms. Stealey in
favor of the Company. (2)

     On February 11, 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase 13,500
shares of Common Stock to each of J. Nicholas England, David H. Kestel and W.
Joseph McClelland. (2)

     On March 24, 1997, the Company issued a warrant that will be exercisable
for 307,823 shares of Common Stock upon the consummation of this offering to
Petra in consideration of a $3,000,000 loan made by Petra. (2)

     On April 23, 1997, in connection with the Company's acquisition of
Interactive Creations Incorporated, the Company issued an aggregate of 655,696
shares of Common Stock to former shareholders of Interactive Creations
Incorporated and options exercisable for 98,218 shares of Common Stock. (1)(2)

     On April 23, 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase 15,000 shares
of Common Stock to Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (2)

     On September 29, 1997, the Company issued a warrant that will be
exercisable for 208,946 shares of Common Stock upon the consummation of this
offering to Oberlin in consideration of a $1,200,000 loan made by Oberlin. (2)

     Between December 1, 1997 and January 30, 1998, the Company sold 8,625
shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options for
$10,125. (3)

     On December 31, 1997, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 8,591
shares of Common Stock to Laura M. Stealey in consideration of amounts
outstanding under the $1,000,000 credit line established by Ms. Stealey in
favor of the Company. (2)

     On February 4, 1998, the Company issued warrants to purchase 16,667 shares
of Common Stock to Marion Bass, Inc. (2)

     On February 4, 1998, the Company issued 778,746 shares of Series B
Preferred Stock to several investors for $3,500,000, which shares of Series B
Preferred Stock will be converted into 2,045,649 shares of Common Stock upon
the closing of this offering. (2)

     On February 4, 1998, the Company issued 132,744 shares of Series C
Preferred Stock to Robert L. Pickens upon the conversion of $600,000 of the
Company's debt held by Mr. Pickens, which shares will be converted into 132,744
shares of Common Stock upon the closing of this Offering. (2)


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

     On February 4, 1998, the Company issued 442,478 shares of Common Stock to
J. W. Stealey upon the conversion of $2,000,000 of the Company's debt held by
Mr. Stealey. (2)

     On February 4, 1998, the Company issued warrants to purchase 12,500 shares
of Common Stock to Avi Suriel. (2)

     On March 12, 1998, the Company issued options to purchase 12,500 shares of
Common Stock to Jeff Stealey, an employee of the Company. (1)

     On April 30, 1998, the Company issued 45,000 shares of Common Stock to
William Kaluza upon the exercise of outstanding options held by Mr. Kaluza. (3)
 

     On May 12, 1998, the Company issued 48,604 shares of Common Stock to
Southeast Interactive Technology Fund I, L.L.C. pursuant to certain
anti-dilution rights contained in an agreement between the Company and
Southeast Interactive Technology Fund I, L.L.C. (2)

     On May 21, 1998, the Company issued 268,750 shares of Common Stock to J.W.
Stealey upon the exercise of outstanding options held by Mr. Stealey. (2)

     On May 21, 1998, the Company issued 50,000 shares of Common Stock to
Robert L. Pickens upon the exercise of outstanding options held by Mr. Pickens.
(2)

     No underwriter was engaged in connection with the foregoing sales of
securities.
- ------------
(1) In the view of the Company, the options granted pursuant to the 1995 Plans
    and the options exchanged in the ICI transaction were issued but not sold
    and, therefore, registration thereof was not required.

(2) Sales of Common Stock and the issuance of warrants were made in reliance
    upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated
    thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. Each of the
    purchasers were sophisticated investors.

(3) Sales of Common Stock were made in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under
    the Securities Act as transactions not involving a public offering.


Item 27. Exhibits

     The following documents (unless indicated) are filed herewith and made a
part of this Registration Statement.



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number       Description of Exhibit
- ----------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
 1.01        -Form of Underwriting Agreement
 2.01*       -Plan and Agreement of Merger by and between I-Magic Mergeco, Inc. and Interactive
             Magic, Inc.
 3.01        -Articles of Incorporation
 3.02*       -Bylaws
 3.03*       -Articles of Merger of Interactive Magic, Inc.
 4.01        -Specimen Common Stock Certificate
 4.02        -Articles of Incorporation (see Exhibit 3.01)
 4.03*       -Bylaws (see Exhibit 3.02)
 4.04        -Form of Representatives' Warrant Agreement, including Form of Warrant Certificate
 5.01        -Opinion of Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan, L.L.P.
10.01*       -Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 4, 1998, by and between the Company and
             Vertical Financial Holdings
10.02*       -Investor's Rights Agreement, dated February 4, 1998, by and between the Company and
             Vertical Financial Holdings
10.03*       -Marketing Agreement, dated February 4, 1998, between the Company and General Capital
10.04*       -Merger Agreement, dated as of March 24, 1997, as amended April 2, 1997, by and among
             the Company, Interactive Creations Acquisition Corp., certain shareholders of Interactive
             Creations Incorporated and Interactive Creations Incorporated
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-4
<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number        Description of Exhibit
- -----------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
10.05*        -Form of Shareholder Agreement between the Company and each shareholder of Interactive
              Creations Incorporated
10.06*        -Form of Stock Purchase Warrant issued to each of J. W. Stealey, Robert L. Pickens, Laura
              Stealey, David H. Kestel, J. Nicholas England, W. Joseph McClelland, Avi Suriel, Marion
              Bass and Oppenheimer
10.07*        -Corporate Airplane Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between J.W. Stealey and the
              Company
10.08*        -Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 24, 1997, as amended April 1, 1997 (See
              Exhibit 10.10 below), by and between the Company and Petra Capital LLC
10.09*        -Stock Purchase Warrant, dated March 24, 1997, as amended April 1, 1997 (See Exhibit
              10.10 below), and January 31, 1998, as amended, issued by the Company to Petra Capital
              LLC
10.10*        - First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Stock Purchase Warrant dated April
              1, 1997 by and between the Company and Petra Capital LLC
10.11*        -Promissory Note, dated August 25, 1997, issued by the Company to Branch Banking &
              Trust Company
10.12*        -Guaranty Agreement, dated August 25, 1997, between J. W. Stealey and Branch Banking &
              Trust Company
10.13*        -Loan and Security Agreement, dated September 29, 1997, among the Company, iMagic
              Online Corporation and Oberlin Capital, L.P.
10.14*        -Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 30, 1997, between Greyrock Business Credit, a
              Division of NationsCredit Commercial Corporation, and the Company
10.15*        -Lease Agreement, dated December 4, 1995, as amended February 7, 1996, by and between
              Southport Business Park Limited Partnership and the Company
10.16*        -Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between the Company and J.W. Stealey, as
              amended
10.17*        -Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between the Company and Robert L.
              Pickens, as amended
10.18*        -Employment Agreement, dated March 25, 1996, between the Company and William J.
              Kaluza
10.19*        -Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between the Company and Joseph
              Rutledge, and form of amendment thereto
10.20*        -Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 1995, between the Company and Raymond
              Rutledge, and form of amendment thereto
10.21*        -Form of Class A Incentive Stock Option Plan
10.22*        -Form of Class B Incentive Stock Option Plan
10.23*        -Form of ICI Stock Option Plan
10.24*        -Form of 1998 Stock Plan
10.25*        -Form of 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.26*        -Letter Agreement, dated as of May 27, 1998, by and among the Company and the holders
              of the Company's outstanding Series B Preferred Stock
21.01*        -List of subsidiaries
23.01         -Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.02         -Consent of Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan, L.L.P. (included in
              Exhibit 5.01 hereto.
24.01*        -Powers of Attorney
27.01*        -Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    

- ------------
     * Previously filed

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

Item 28. Undertakings

1. The small business issuer hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

2. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the small business issuer of the expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the small business issuer in
the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

3. The small business issuer hereby undertakes that: (a) for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted
from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the
small business issuer pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the
Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of
the time it is declared effective; and (b) for the purpose of determining any
liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains
a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   
In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this Amendment
No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Morrisville, State of
North Carolina on July 16, 1998.
    



                                     INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.



                                     By: /s/  J.W. STEALEY
                                         ---- ------------------------------
                                          J. W. Stealey
                                          Chairman of the Board of Directors
                                          and Chief Executive Officer

   
In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on July 16, 1998.
    



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Signature                                     Title
- --------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>
/s/   J.W. STEALEY                       Chairman of the Board of Directors
- -------------------------------------
              J.W. Stealey               and Chief Executive Officer
/s/  WILLIAM H. MARKS                    Chief Financial Officer
- -------------------------------------
            William H. Marks             (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/  *
- -------------------------------------
           J. Nicholas England           Director
/s/  *
- -------------------------------------
             David H. Kestel             Director
/s/  *
- -------------------------------------
          W. Joseph McClelland           Director
/s/  *
- -------------------------------------
               Avi Suriel                Director
</TABLE>

*By: /s/  J.W. STEALEY
     ----------------------------------
                       J. W. Stealey as Attorney-in-Fact


                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number       Description of Exhibit
- ----------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
 1.01        -Form of Underwriting Agreement
 2.01*       -Plan and Agreement of Merger by and between I-Magic Mergeco, Inc. and Interactive
              Magic, Inc.
 3.01        -Articles of Incorporation
 3.02*       -Bylaws
 3.03*       -Articles of Merger of Interactive Magic, Inc.
 4.01        -Specimen Common Stock Certificate
 4.02        -Articles of Incorporation (see Exhibit 3.01)
 4.03*       -Bylaws (see Exhibit 3.02)
 4.04        -Form of Representatives' Warrant Agreement, including Form of Warrant Certificate
 5.01        -Opinion of Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan, L.L.P.
10.01*       -Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 4, 1998, by and between the Company and
              Vertical Financial Holdings
10.02*       -Investor's Rights Agreement, dated February 4, 1998, by and between the Company and
              Vertical Financial Holdings
10.03*       -Marketing Agreement, dated February 4, 1998, between the Company and General Capital
10.04*       -Merger Agreement, dated as of March 24, 1997, as amended April 2, 1997, by and among
              the Company, Interactive Creations Acquisition Corp., certain shareholders of Interactive
              Creations Incorporated and Interactive Creations Incorporated
10.05*       -Form of Shareholder Agreement between the Company and each shareholder of Interactive
              Creations Incorporated
10.06*       -Form of Stock Purchase Warrant issued to each of J. W. Stealey, Robert L. Pickens, Laura
              Stealey, David H. Kestel, J. Nicholas England, W. Joseph McClelland, Avi Suriel, Marion
              Bass and Oppenheimer
10.07*       -Corporate Airplane Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between J.W. Stealey and the
              Company
10.08*       -Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 24, 1997, as amended April 1, 1997 (See
              Exhibit 10.10 below), by and between the Company and Petra Capital LLC
10.09*       -Stock Purchase Warrant, dated March 24, 1997, as amended April 1, 1997 (See Exhibit
              10.10 below), and January 31, 1998, as amended, issued by the Company to Petra Capital
              LLC
10.10*       -First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Stock Purchase Warrant dated April
              1, 1997 by and between the Company and Petra Capital LLC
10.11*       -Promissory Note, dated August 25, 1997, issued by the Company to Branch Banking &
              Trust Company
10.12*       -Guaranty Agreement, dated August 25, 1997, between J. W. Stealey and Branch Banking &
              Trust Company
10.13*       -Loan and Security Agreement, dated September 29, 1997, among the Company, iMagic
              Online Corporation and Oberlin Capital, L.P.
10.14*       -Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 30, 1997, between Greyrock Business Credit, a
              Division of NationsCredit Commercial Corporation, and the Company
10.15*       -Lease Agreement, dated December 4, 1995, as amended February 7, 1996, by and between
              Southport Business Park Limited Partnership and the Company
10.16*       -Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between the Company and J.W. Stealey, as
              amended
10.17*       -Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between the Company and Robert L.
              Pickens, as amended
10.18*       -Employment Agreement, dated March 25, 1996, between the Company and William J.
              Kaluza
10.19*       -Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 1995, between the Company and Joseph
              Rutledge, and form of amendment thereto
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number        Description of Exhibit
- -----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
10.20*        -Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 1995, between the Company and Raymond
               Rutledge, and form of amendment thereto
10.21*        -Form of Class A Incentive Stock Option Plan
10.22*        -Form of Class B Incentive Stock Option Plan
10.23*        -Form of ICI Stock Option Plan
10.24*        -Form of 1998 Stock Plan
10.25*        -Form of 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.26*        -Letter Agreement, dated as of May 27, 1998, by and among the Company and the holders
               of the Company's outstanding Series B Preferred Stock
21.01*        -List of subsidiaries
23.01         -Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.02         -Consent of Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan, L.L.P. (included in
               Exhibit 5.01 hereto.
24.01*        -Powers of Attorney
27.01*        -Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    

- ------------
     * Previously filed




                            INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.

                        2,600,000 Shares of Common Stock

                           (Par Value $.10 per share)

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                             New York, New York
                                  July __, 1998


Blue Stone Capital Partners, L.P.
Royce Investment Group, Inc.
  as Representatives of the
  Several Underwriters named
  in Schedule A hereto

c/o BlueStone Capital Partners, L.P.
575 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10017

Dear Sirs:

          Interactive Magic, Inc., a North Carolina corporation (the "Company"),
proposes to issue and sell to the  underwriters  (the  "Underwriters")  named in
Schedule A to this Underwriting Agreement (the "Agreement"),  for whom BlueStone
Capital Partners, L.P. ("BlueStone") and Royce Investment Group, Inc. are acting
as   representatives   (hereinafter   sometimes  referred  to  together  as  the
"Representatives"),  two  million  six hundred  thousand  (2,600,000)  shares of
common  stock,  par value $.10 per share (the "Offered  Shares"),  which Offered
Shares are presently  authorized  but unissued  shares of the common stock,  par
value $.10 per share (individually a "Common Share" and collectively the "Common
Shares"),  of the Company. In addition,  the Representatives,  in order to cover
over-allotments  in the  sale of the  Offered  Shares,  may  purchase  from  the
Company,  for their own  accounts,  up to an aggregate of three  hundred  ninety
thousand (390,000) Common Shares (the "Optional Shares";  the Offered Shares and
the Optional Shares are hereinafter  sometimes  collectively  referred to as the
"Shares").  The Shares are described in the Registration  Statement,  as defined
below.  The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the  Representatives  for
their own accounts and/or the accounts of their designees,  warrants to purchase
an aggregate of two hundred sixty thousand (260,000) Common Shares (the "Warrant
Shares") at an exercise price of $_____ per Warrant Share (the "Representatives'
Warrants"), which sale will be consummated in accordance with the



<PAGE>



terms and conditions of the form of Representatives'  Warrant Agreement filed as
an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

         The  Representatives  hereby warrant to the Company that they have been
authorized by each of the Underwriters to enter into this Underwriting Agreement
on their behalf and to act for them in the manner herein  provided.  The Company
hereby confirms its respective  agreements with the  Representatives and each of
the  Underwriters,   on  whose  behalf  the  Representatives  are  signing  this
Agreement, as follows:

         1.  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Offered  Shares.   On  the  basis  of  the
representations  and warranties herein  contained,  but subject to the terms and
conditions  herein set forth,  the  Company  hereby  agrees to sell the  Offered
Shares to the Underwriters, severally, and each Underwriter agrees severally and
not jointly,  to purchase from the Company,  at a purchase  price of $______ per
share,  the  number  of  Offered  Shares  set  forth  opposite  the name of such
Underwriter in Schedule A attached  hereto,  plus any additional  Offered Shares
which  such  Underwriter  may  become  obligated  to  purchase  pursuant  to the
provisions  of Section 10 hereof.  The  Underwriters  plan to offer the  Offered
Shares to the public at a public offering price of $_____ per share.

         2.   Payment and Delivery.

              (a) Payment for the Offered  Shares will be made to the Company by
wire  transfer of same day funds against  delivery of the Offered  Shares to the
Representatives.  Such payment and delivery  will be made at 10:00 A.M. New York
City  time,  on  the  third  business  day  following  the  Effective  Date  (as
hereinafter  defined) (the fourth  business day following the Effective  Date in
the event that trading of the Offered Shares  commences on the day following the
Effective  Date),  the date and time of such payment and  delivery  being herein
called the "Closing Date." The  certificates  representing the Offered Shares to
be delivered will be in such  denominations  and registered in such names as the
Representatives  may request not less than two full  business  days prior to the
Closing Date, and will be made available to the  Representatives for inspection,
checking and  packaging  at the offices of Wachovia  Bank & Trust  Company,  the
Company's transfer agent, at 301 North Church Street, 2nd Floor,  Winston Salem,
North Carolina, not less than one full business day prior to the Closing Date.

              (b)  On  the   Closing   Date,   the   Company   will   sell   the
Representatives'  Warrants to the Representatives or to their designees (limited
to  officers  and  partners  of  the  Representatives  and  Underwriters).   The
Representatives'  Warrants will be in the form of, and in accordance  with,  the
provisions of the

                          -2-



<PAGE>



Representatives'  Warrant  Agreement  attached as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement,  with such  changes  as the  Representatives  and the  Company  shall
approve. The aggregate purchase price for the Representatives' Warrants is $260.
The Representatives' Warrants will be restricted from sale, transfer, assignment
or  hypothecation  for a period of one year from the Effective  Date,  except to
officers or partners of the  Representatives and Underwriters and members of the
selling   group   and/or   their   officers   or   partners.   Payment  for  the
Representatives' Warrants will be made to the Company by check or checks payable
to  its  order  on  the  Closing  Date  against  delivery  of  the  certificates
representing the Representatives'  Warrants.  The certificates  representing the
Representatives'  Warrants will be in such  denominations  and such names as the
Representatives may request prior to the Closing Date.

         3.   Option to Purchase Optional Shares.

              (a) For the purposes of covering any  overallotments in connection
with the  distribution  and sale of the Offered  Shares as  contemplated  by the
Prospectus as defined below, the Representatives are hereby granted an option to
purchase for their own accounts, and not as representatives of the Underwriters,
all or any part of the Optional  Shares from the Company.  The purchase price to
be paid for the Optional Shares will be the same price per Optional Share as the
price per Offered Share set forth in Section 1 hereof. The option granted hereby
may be  exercised by the  Representatives  as to all or any part of the Optional
Shares at any time within 45 days after the Effective Date. The  Representatives
will not be under any  obligation  to purchase any Optional  Shares prior to the
exercise of such option.

              (b)  The  option   granted   hereby  may  be   exercised   by  the
Representatives by giving oral notice to the Company, which must be confirmed by
a letter,  telex or telegraph  setting forth the number of Optional Shares to be
purchased, the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Optional Shares
to be purchased and stating that the Optional  Shares referred to therein are to
be used for the  purpose of  covering  over-allotments  in  connection  with the
distribution  and sale of the Offered Shares.  If such confirmed notice is given
prior to the Closing  Date,  the date set forth  therein for such  delivery  and
payment will not be earlier than either two full business days thereafter or the
Closing Date,  whichever  occurs later. If such confirmed  notice is given on or
after the Closing Date, the date set forth therein for such delivery and payment
will not be earlier than two (2) full business days thereafter. In either event,
the date so set forth will not be more than 15 full business days after the date
of such confirmed  notice.  The date and time set forth in such confirmed notice
is herein called the "Option  Closing  Date." Upon exercise of such option,  the
Company will become obligated to convey to the

                          -3-



<PAGE>



Representatives,  and,  subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section
3(d) hereof, the Representatives  will become obligated to purchase,  the number
of Optional Shares specified in such confirmed notice.

              (c) Payment for any Optional Shares  purchased will be made to the
Company by wire transfer  against  delivery of the Optional Shares  purchased to
the  Representatives.  The  certificates  representing the Optional Shares to be
delivered  will be in such  denominations  and  registered  in such names as the
Representatives request not less than two full business days prior to the Option
Closing Date, and will be made available to the  Representatives for inspection,
checking and packaging at the aforesaid  office of the Company's  transfer agent
or correspondent not less than one full business day prior to the Option Closing
Date.

              (d) The obligation of the  Representatives to purchase and pay for
any of the Optional  Shares is subject to the accuracy and  completeness  (as of
the date  hereof and as of the Option  Closing  Date) of and  compliance  in all
material respects with the representations and warranties of the Company herein,
to the  accuracy  and  completeness  of the  statements  of the  Company  or its
officers  made in any  certificate  or other  document  to be  delivered  by the
Company pursuant to this Agreement,  to the performance in all material respects
by the Company of its obligations hereunder,  to the satisfaction by the Company
of the conditions,  as of the date hereof and as of the Option Closing Date, set
forth in Section 3(b)  hereof,  and to the  delivery to the  Representatives  of
opinions,  certificates and letters dated the Option Closing Date  substantially
similar in scope to those  specified  in Sections 5 and 6(b),  (c),  (d) and (e)
hereof,  but with each  reference to "Offered  Shares" and "Closing Date" to be,
respectively, to the Optional Shares and the Option Closing Date.

          4.   Representations  and  Warranties  of  the  Company.  The  Company
represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

              (a) The  Company  is a  corporation  duly  organized  and  validly
existing  under the laws of the  State of North  Carolina,  with full  power and
authority, corporate and other, to own or lease, as the case may be, and operate
its  properties  and to conduct its business as  described  in the  Registration
Statement  and  to  execute,   deliver  and  perform  this   Agreement  and  the
Representatives'   Warrant   Agreement  and  to  consummate   the   transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company is duly qualified to do business as
a  foreign  corporation  in all  jurisdictions  wherein  such  qualification  is
necessary  except where failure so to qualify would not have a material  adverse
effect on the financial condition, results of operations, business or properties

                          -4-



<PAGE>



of the Company. Other than iMagicOnline  Corporation  ("iMagic"),  a corporation
duly  organized  and  validly  existing  under  the  laws of the  State of North
Carolina and a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company,  Interactive  Magic Ltd.
("IML"), a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the
United Kingdom and a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company,  and  Interactive
Magic Gmbh ("IM Gmbh"),  a corporation duly organized and validly existing under
the laws of Germany and a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of IML  (collectively,  the
"Subsidiaries"),  the Company has no subsidiaries  and the Company has no equity
interest  in any  entities  other than the  Subsidiaries  and a 15%  interest in
Charybdis Enterprises, Inc.
("CEI").

              (b)  Each  of the  Subsidiaries  has  full  power  and  authority,
corporate and other,  necessary to own or lease, as the case may be, and operate
its  properties  and to conduct its business as  described  in the  Registration
Statement.  Each of the  Subsidiaries is also duly qualified to do business as a
foreign   corporation  in  all  jurisdictions   wherein  such  qualification  is
necessary,  except where failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse
effect on the financial condition, results of operations, business or properties
of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Except as set forth in the
Prospectus, the Company owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital
stock of iMagic and IML and its 15% equity  interest  in CEI and IML owns all of
the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock of IM Gmbh,  free and clear of any
security interests,  liens,  encumbrances,  claims and charges,  and all of such
shares  have been duly  authorized  and  validly  issued  and are fully paid and
non-assessable.  There are no options or warrants  for the purchase of, or other
rights to purchase, or outstanding  securities  convertible into or exchangeable
for, any capital stock or other securities of any Subsidiary.

              (c) This  Agreement  has been duly  executed and  delivered by the
Company and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company, and the
Representatives'  Warrant Agreement,  when executed and delivered by the Company
on the Closing  Date,  will be the valid and binding  obligation of the Company,
enforceable  against  the Company in  accordance  with their  respective  terms,
except (i) as such  enforceability  may be limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
fraudulent  conveyance,  reorganization  or similar  laws  affecting  creditors'
rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification provision may be
limited under the federal and state securities laws and (iii) that the remedy of
specific  performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable  relief may be
subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding  therefor may
be brought.  The execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement and the
Representatives' Warrant Agreement by the Company, the consummation

                          -5-




<PAGE>



by the  Company of the  transactions  herein and  therein  contemplated  and the
compliance   by  the  Company  with  the  terms  of  this   Agreement   and  the
Representatives'  Warrant  Agreement have been duly  authorized by all necessary
corporate  action and do not and will not,  with or without the giving of notice
or the lapse of time,  or both,  (i) result in any violation of the Company's or
of any  Subsidiary's  Articles  of  Incorporation,  Memorandum  or  Articles  of
Association or By-Laws (or similar charter  documents);  (ii) result in a breach
of or conflict with any of the terms or  provisions  of, or constitute a default
under,  or  result  in the  modification  or  termination  of,  or result in the
creation or imposition of any lien,  security  interest,  charge or  encumbrance
upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any  Subsidiary  pursuant
to any indenture,  mortgage,  note,  contract,  commitment or other agreement or
instrument  to which the  Company or any  Subsidiary  is a party or by which the
Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective  properties or assets is or
may be bound or affected,  in any case,  that is material to the Company and the
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule,
regulation,  judgment,  order or  decree  of any  governmental  agency or court,
domestic or foreign,  having  jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary or
any of their respective  properties or business which would materially adversely
affect the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole;  or (iv) have any
effect on any permit,  certification,  registration,  approval,  consent, order,
license,  franchise  or  other  authorization   (collectively,   the  "Permits")
necessary  for the Company or any  Subsidiary  to own or lease and operate their
respective  properties or conduct their respective  businesses or the ability of
the Company to make use thereof,  which would  materially  adversely  affect the
Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

              (d) No Permits of any court or governmental  agency or body, other
than under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  the  Regulations
(as  hereinafter  defined) and applicable  state  securities  laws or "Blue Sky"
laws, are required (i) for the valid authorization,  issuance, sale and delivery
of the Shares to the  Underwriters,  and (ii) the consummation by the Company of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Representatives' Warrant
Agreement.

              (e) The  conditions  for use of a  registration  statement on Form
SB-2 set forth in the General Instructions to Form SB-2 have been satisfied with
respect  to  the  Company,  the  transactions  contemplated  herein  and  in the
Registration  Statement.  The Company has prepared in conformity in all material
respects with the  requirements  of the Act and the rules and  regulations  (the
"Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") and
filed with the Commission a registration  statement (File No. 333-53755) on Form
SB-2 and has filed one or

                          -6-




<PAGE>



more amendments thereto,  covering the registration of the Shares under the Act,
including the related preliminary  prospectus or preliminary  prospectuses (each
thereof being herein called a  "Preliminary  Prospectus")  and a proposed  final
prospectus. Each Preliminary Prospectus was endorsed with the legend required by
Item 501(a)(5) of Regulation  S-B of the  Regulations  and, if applicable,  Rule
430A of the Regulations.  Such  registration  statement  including any documents
incorporated  by  reference  therein and all  financial  schedules  and exhibits
thereto,  as amended at the time it becomes effective,  and the final prospectus
included therein are herein,  respectively,  called the "Registration Statement"
and the  "Prospectus,"  except that, (i) if the prospectus  filed by the Company
pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Regulations differs from the Prospectus, the term
"Prospectus"  shall mean the prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b),  and (ii)
if the  Registration  Statement is amended or such  Prospectus  is  supplemented
after  the  date  the  Registration  Statement  is  declared  effective  by  the
Commission  (the  "Effective  Date") and prior to the Option  Closing Date,  the
terms  "Registration  Statement" and "Prospectus" shall include the Registration
Statement as amended or supplemented.

              (f)  Neither  the  Commission  nor,  to the best of the  Company's
knowledge,  any state  regulatory  authority has issued any order  preventing or
suspending  the use of any  Preliminary  Prospectus or has instituted or, to the
best of the Company's  knowledge,  threatened to institute any proceedings  with
respect to such an order.

              (g) The  Registration  Statement  when it becomes  effective,  the
Prospectus  (and any amendment or supplement  thereto) when it is filed with the
Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b),  and both  documents as of the Closing Date
and the Option Closing Date referred to below, will contain all statements which
are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations
and will in all material respects conform to the requirements of the Act and the
Regulations,  and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, nor any
amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  on such  dates,  will  contain  any  untrue
statement of a material  fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be
stated  therein or necessary  to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the
circumstances  under  which they were made,  not  misleading,  except  that this
representation  and warranty does not apply to  statements or omissions  made in
reliance upon and in  conformity  with  information  furnished in writing to the
Company in  connection  with the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  or any
amendment or supplement  thereto by the  Representatives,  or by any Underwriter
through the Representatives, expressly for use therein.


                          -7-




<PAGE>



              (h)  The  Company  had at  the  date  or  dates  indicated  in the
Prospectus a duly authorized and outstanding  capitalization as set forth in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  The Company will have on the Closing
Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in
the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus,  on the Effective Date and on the
Closing Date, there will be no options to purchase,  warrants or other rights to
subscribe  for,  or any  securities  or  obligations  convertible  into,  or any
contracts or commitments to issue or sell shares of the Company's  capital stock
or any such warrants,  convertible  securities or obligations which are material
in the aggregate or represent  more than an aggregate  total of 15,000 shares of
Common Stock. Except as set forth in the Prospectus,  no other securities of the
Company  have any  rights,  "demand,"  "piggyback"  or  otherwise,  to have such
securities registered under the Act.

              (i)  The  descriptions  in  the  Registration  Statement  and  the
Prospectus of contracts and other documents  described  therein are accurate and
present  fairly  the  information  required  to be  disclosed,  and there are no
contracts  or other  documents  required  to be  described  in the  Registration
Statement or Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement
under the Act or the  Regulations  which have not been so  described or filed as
required.

              (j) Ernst & Young LLP, the accountants who have certified  certain
of the  consolidated  financial  statements  filed  and  to be  filed  with  the
Commission  as part of the  Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus,  have
informed the Company that they are  independent  public  accountants  within the
meaning of the Act and Regulations.  The consolidated  financial  statements and
schedules and the notes thereto filed as part of the Registration  Statement and
included  in the  Prospectus  are  complete,  correct  and  present  fairly  the
financial  position of the Company as of the dates  thereof,  and the results of
operations  and  changes in  financial  position  of the Company for the periods
indicated  therein,   all  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved except
as  otherwise  stated in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus.  The
selected  financial  data  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the
Prospectus  present fairly the information  shown therein and have been compiled
on a  basis  consistent  with  that  of  the  audited  and  unaudited  financial
statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

              (k) The  Company  and  each  Subsidiary  has each  filed  with the
appropriate federal,  state and local governmental agencies, and all appropriate
foreign countries and political

                          -8-




<PAGE>



subdivisions  thereof, all tax returns,  including franchise tax returns,  which
are required to be filed or has duly obtained  extensions of time for the filing
thereof,  other than those tax  returns  the  failure of which to file would not
have a material adverse effect on the Company and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a
whole and has paid all taxes shown on such returns and all assessments  received
by it to the extent  that the same have  become  due other than those  taxes the
failure of which to pay would not have a material  adverse effect on the Company
and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole;  and the  provisions  for income taxes
payable, if any, shown on the consolidated financial statements filed with or as
part of the  Registration  Statement are  sufficient  for all accrued and unpaid
foreign and domestic taxes, whether or not disputed,  and for all periods to and
including  the  dates  of such  consolidated  financial  statements.  Except  as
disclosed  in  writing  to the  Representatives,  neither  the  Company  nor any
Subsidiary has executed or filed with any taxing authority, foreign or domestic,
any agreement  extending  the period for  assessment or collection of any income
taxes and is not a party to any pending  action or  proceeding by any foreign or
domestic  governmental  agency for  assessment or  collection  of taxes;  and no
claims for  assessment or  collection  of taxes have been  asserted  against the
Company  or any  Subsidiary,  that  would be  material  to the  Company  and the
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

              (l) The  outstanding  Common  Shares and  outstanding  options and
warrants to purchase Common Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued.
The outstanding Common Shares are fully paid and nonassessable.  The outstanding
options and warrants to purchase Common Shares  constitute the valid and binding
obligations of the Company,  enforceable in accordance with their terms. None of
the  outstanding  Common Shares or options or warrants to purchase Common Shares
has been issued in violation of the preemptive  rights of any shareholder of the
Company.  None of the  holders of the  outstanding  Common  Shares is subject to
personal liability solely by reason of being such a holder. The offers and sales
of the  outstanding  Common  Shares and  outstanding  options  and  warrants  to
purchase  Common Shares were at all relevant times either  registered  under the
Act and the  applicable  state  securities  or Blue Sky laws or exempt from such
registration requirements.  The authorized Common Shares and outstanding options
and warrants to purchase  Common Shares conform in all material  respects to the
descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

              (m) No  securities  of the  Company  have been sold by the Company
within the three  years prior to the date  hereof,  except as  disclosed  in the
Registration Statement.


                          -9-




<PAGE>



              (n) The  issuance  and sale of the Shares and the  Warrant  Shares
have been duly  authorized and, when the Shares and the Warrant Shares have been
issued and duly  delivered  against  payment  therefor as  contemplated  by this
Agreement and the Representatives' Warrant Agreement,  respectively,  the Shares
and the Warrant Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and
the holders thereof will not be subject to personal  liability  solely by reason
of being such holders. Neither the Shares nor the Warrant Shares will be subject
to preemptive rights of any shareholder of the Company.

              (o) The issuance and sale of the  Representatives'  Warrants  have
been duly authorized and, when issued, paid for and delivered as contemplated by
the  Representatives'  Warrant  Agreement,  the  Representatives'  Warrants will
constitute valid and binding  obligations of the Company,  enforceable as to the
Company in accordance with their terms. The  Representatives'  Warrants will not
be subject to preemptive  rights of any shareholder of the Company.  The Warrant
Shares   have  been  duly   reserved   for   issuance   upon   exercise  of  the
Representatives'   Warrants   in   accordance   with  the   provisions   of  the
Representatives' Warrant Agreement. The Representatives' Warrants conform to the
description thereof contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

              (p) Neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary is in violation of, or
in default  under,  (i) any term or provision of its Articles of  Incorporation,
Memorandum or Articles of Association or By-Laws (or similar charter documents);
(ii) any material term or provision or any financial covenants of any indenture,
mortgage, contract, commitment or other agreement or instrument to which it is a
party or by which it or any of its  property  or  business is or may be bound or
affected;  or (iii) any existing  applicable  law, rule,  regulation,  judgment,
order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having
jurisdiction  over  the  Company,  any  Subsidiary  or any of  their  respective
properties or business,  except for such  violations  or defaults  under clauses
(i), (ii) or (iii) above which,  individually or in the aggregate would not have
a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
The Company and each Subsidiary owns, possesses or has obtained all governmental
and other (including  those obtainable from third parties) Permits  necessary to
own or  lease,  as the case  may be,  and to  operate  its  properties,  whether
tangible  or  intangible,  and to conduct the  business  and  operations  of the
Company as presently conducted, and all such Permits are outstanding and in good
standing,  and there are no proceedings  pending or to the best of the Company's
knowledge, threatened (nor, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is there any
basis therefor) which seek to cancel, terminate or limit such Permits, except in
each case as would not, individually or in the

                          -10-




<PAGE>



aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and the
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

              (q)  Except as set forth in the  Prospectus,  there are no claims,
actions, suits,  proceedings,  arbitrations,  investigations or inquiries before
any governmental agency,  court or tribunal,  domestic or foreign, or before any
private  arbitration  tribunal,  pending,  or,  to the  best  of  the  Company's
knowledge,  threatened  against the Company or any  Subsidiary  or involving the
Company's  or any  Subsidiary's  properties  or business  which,  if  determined
adversely  to  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  would,  individually  or in the
aggregate,  result in any material  adverse  change in the  financial  position,
shareholders' equity, results of operations, properties, business, management or
affairs or business  prospects of the Company or which  question the validity of
the capital stock of the Company or this  Agreement or of any action taken or to
be taken by the Company pursuant to, or in connection with, this Agreement; nor,
to the best of the Company's  knowledge,  is there any basis for any such claim,
action, suit,  proceeding,  arbitration,  investigation or inquiry. There are no
outstanding  orders,  judgments or decrees of any court,  governmental agency or
other tribunal naming the Company or any Subsidiary and enjoining the Company or
any Subsidiary from taking,  or requiring the Company or any Subsidiary to take,
any action,  or to which the Company or any  Subsidiary  or the Company's or any
Subsidiary's properties or business is bound or subject.

              (r) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has incurred any
liability  for any  finder's  fees or similar  payments in  connection  with the
transactions herein contemplated.

              (s)  The  Company  and  each  of the  Subsidiaries  each  owns  or
possesses   adequate  and  enforceable   rights  to  use  all  patents,   patent
applications, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade secrets, confidential
information,  processes  and  formulations  used or  proposed  to be used in the
conduct  of its  business  as  described  in the  Prospectus  (collectively  the
"Intangibles");  to the best of the Company's knowledge, neither the Company nor
any Subsidiary  has infringed or is infringing  upon the rights of others in any
material  respect with respect to the  Intangibles;  and neither the Company nor
any Subsidiary  has received any notice of conflict with the asserted  rights of
others with respect to the Intangibles which could,  singly or in the aggregate,
materially   adversely  affect  its  business  as  presently  conducted  or  the
prospects,  financial  condition or results of operations of the Company and the
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and the Company knows of no basis therefor; and,
to the best of the  Company's  knowledge,  no  others  have  infringed  upon the
Intangibles of the Company or any Subsidiary.


                          -11-




<PAGE>



              (t)  Except as  otherwise  may be  disclosed  in the  Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, since the respective dates as of which information
is given in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  and the Company's
latest consolidated financial statements, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
has incurred any material  liability or  obligation,  direct or  contingent,  or
entered into any material  transaction,  whether or not incurred in the ordinary
course of business,  or sustained  any material  loss or  interference  with its
business from fire, storm,  explosion,  flood or other casualty,  whether or not
covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action,
order or decree; and since the respective dates as of which information is given
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there have not been, and prior
to the Closing Date referred to below there will not be, any material changes in
the capital stock or any material increases in the long-term debt of the Company
or any  Subsidiary  or any material  adverse  change in or affecting the general
affairs,  management,  financial  condition,  shareholders'  equity,  results of
operations  or  prospects  of the Company or any  Subsidiary,  other than as set
forth or contemplated in the Prospectus.

              (u) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns any real property.
The Company and each  Subsidiary  each has good title to all  personal  property
(tangible and intangible) owned by it, free and clear of all security interests,
charges,  mortgages,  liens,  encumbrances  and  defects,  except  such  as  are
described  in the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  or  such  as do not
materially  affect  or  interfere  with the  operations  of the  Company  or any
Subsidiary.  The leases,  licenses or other contracts or instruments under which
the  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  lease,  hold  or are  entitled  to use any
property, real or personal, are valid, subsisting and enforceable only with such
exceptions  as are  not  material  and do not  interfere  with  the  use of such
property made, or proposed to be made, by the Company or any Subsidiary, and all
rentals,  royalties or other payments,  if any, accruing thereunder which became
due prior to the date of this  Agreement  have been duly paid,  and  neither the
Company nor any  Subsidiary,  nor, to the best of the Company's  knowledge,  any
other  party  is in  default  thereunder  and,  to the  best  of  the  Company's
knowledge,  no event has occurred which,  with the passage of time or the giving
of notice, or both, would constitute a default  thereunder.  Neither the Company
nor any Subsidiary has received  notice of any violation of any applicable  law,
ordinance,  regulation,  order or  requirement  relating  to its owned or leased
properties that would have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company
and each Subsidiary has adequately insured its properties against loss or damage
by fire or other  casualty  and  maintains,  in  adequate  amounts,  such  other
insurance as is usually maintained by companies

                          -12-




<PAGE>



engaged in the same or similar businesses located in its geographic
area.

              (v) Each contract or other  instrument  (however  characterized or
described)  to which the  Company or a  Subsidiary  is a party or by which their
respective properties or businesses are or may be bound or affected and to which
reference is made in the  Prospectus has been duly and validly  executed,  is in
full force and effect in all material  respects and is  enforceable  against the
Company and, to the best of the Company's  knowledge,  the other parties thereto
in accordance with its terms, and none of such contracts or instruments has been
assigned  by the  Company or any  Subsidiary,  and  neither  the Company nor any
Subsidiary,  nor, to the best of the Company's knowledge,  any other party is in
default  thereunder  and, to the best of the Company's  knowledge,  no event has
occurred which,  with the lapse of time or the giving of notice,  or both, would
constitute a default  thereunder  which could  materially  adversely  affect the
Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

              To the  best of the  Company's  knowledge,  none  of the  material
provisions of such  contracts or  instruments  violates any existing  applicable
law, rule, regulation,  judgment,  order or decree of any governmental agency or
court having  jurisdiction  over the Company or any  Subsidiary  or any of their
respective assets or businesses.

              (w)    The    employment,    consulting,    confidentiality    and
non-competition  agreements between the Company and its officers,  employees and
consultants  and  between  the  Subsidiaries  and  their  respective   officers,
employees and consultants,  described in the Registration Statement, are binding
and enforceable  obligations  upon the respective  parties thereto in accordance
with their respective  terms,  except as such  enforceability  may be limited by
applicable  bankruptcy,   insolvency,   moratorium  or  other  similar  laws  or
arrangements  affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to principles of
equity.

              (x)  Except as set forth in the  Prospectus,  the  Company  has no
employee  benefit  plans  (including,  without  limitation,  profit  sharing and
welfare benefit plans) or deferred compensation arrangements that are subject to
the  provisions  of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended.

              (y) To the best of the  Company's  knowledge,  no  labor  disputes
exist between the Company and its employees or any  Subsidiary and its employees
or is  imminent  which  could  materially  adversely  affect the  Company or any
Subsidiary.

              (z)  Neither  the  Company  nor any  Subsidiary  has,  directly or
indirectly, at any time (i) made any contributions to

                          -13-




<PAGE>



any  candidate  for  political  office,  or  failed to  disclose  fully any such
contribution in violation of law or (ii) made any payment to any state,  federal
or foreign  governmental  officer or  official,  or other  person  charged  with
similar public or  quasi-public  duties,  other than, in each case,  payments or
contributions  required or allowed by  applicable  law. The  Company's  internal
accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply
in all material  respects  with the Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act of 1977, as
amended.

              (aa) The  Shares  have been  approved  for  listing  on the Nasdaq
National Market ("Nasdaq").

              (ab) The Company has provided to Tenzer Greenblatt LLP, counsel to
the several  Underwriters  ("Underwriters'  Counsel"),  all material agreements,
certificates,   correspondence  and  other  items,   documents  and  information
requested by such counsel's Corporate Review Memorandum dated April 14, 1998.

              Any  certificate  signed by an  officer  of the  Company  or by an
officer of a Subsidiary and delivered to the Representatives or to Underwriters'
Counsel  shall be deemed to be a  representation  and warranty by the Company to
the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

         5. Certain  Covenants of the Company.  The Company  covenants  with the
several Underwriters as follows:

              (a) The Company will not at any time, whether before the Effective
Date or thereafter during such period as the Prospectus is required by law to be
delivered in connection with the sales of the Shares by the Representatives or a
dealer,  file  or  publish  any  amendment  or  supplement  to the  Registration
Statement or Prospectus of which the  Representatives  have not been  previously
advised and  furnished a copy, or to which the  Representatives  shall object in
writing.

              (b)  The  Company   will  use  its  best   efforts  to  cause  the
Registration  Statement to become effective and will advise the  Representatives
promptly,  and, if  requested  by the  Representatives,  confirm  such advice in
writing, (i) when the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment to
the  Registration  Statement or any  supplemented  Prospectus  is filed with the
Commission;  (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the  Commission;  (iii) of
any  request  of  the  Commission  for  amendment  or   supplementation  of  the
Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information;  and (iv) of
the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of
the  Registration  Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of
any Preliminary  Prospectus,  or of the suspension of the  qualification  of the
Shares

                          -14-




<PAGE>



for  offering  or  sale  in  any  jurisdiction,  or of  the  initiation  of  any
proceedings  for any of such purposes.  The Company will use its best efforts to
prevent  the  issuance  of any such  stop  order or of any order  preventing  or
suspending  such use and to obtain as soon as possible the lifting  thereof,  if
any such order is issued.

              (c) The Company will deliver to each Underwriter,  without charge,
from time to time until the Effective  Date, as many copies of each  Preliminary
Prospectus as each  Underwriter may reasonably  request,  and the Company hereby
consents  to the use of such  copies  for  purposes  permitted  by the Act.  The
Company  will  deliver  to  each  Underwriter,  without  charge,  as soon as the
Registration  Statement becomes  effective,  and thereafter from time to time as
requested,  such number of copies of the  Prospectus  (as  supplemented,  if the
Company  makes  any  supplements  to the  Prospectus)  as each  Underwriter  may
reasonably  request.  The Company has  furnished  or will furnish to each of the
Representatives a signed copy of the Registration  Statement as originally filed
and of all amendments  thereto,  whether filed before or after the  Registration
Statement becomes effective, a copy of all exhibits filed therewith and a signed
copy of all consents and certificates of experts.

              (d) The Company  will comply with the Act,  the  Regulations,  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules
and  regulations  thereunder  so as to permit  the  continuance  of sales of and
dealings in the Offered  Shares and in any  Optional  Shares which may be issued
and sold.  If, at any time when a prospectus  relating to the Shares is required
to be  delivered  under  the Act,  any  event  occurs  as a result  of which the
Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus as then amended or  supplemented  would
include an untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances  under
which they were made,  not  misleading,  or if it shall be necessary to amend or
supplement the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus to comply with the Act or
the regulations thereunder,  the Company will promptly file with the Commission,
subject to Section 5(a) hereof,  an amendment or  supplement  which will correct
such statement or omission or which will effect such compliance.

              (e) The Company  will furnish  such proper  information  as may be
required and otherwise  cooperate in qualifying the Shares for offering and sale
under  the  securities  or  Blue  Sky  laws  relating  to the  offering  in such
jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably designate,  provided that no
such  qualification  will be required  in any  jurisdiction  where,  solely as a
result thereof, the Company would be subject to service of general process or to
taxation  or  qualification  as a foreign  corporation  doing  business  in such
jurisdiction.

                          -15-




<PAGE>




              (f) The Company  will make  generally  available  to its  security
holders,  in the manner  specified  in Rule 158(b) under the Act, and deliver to
the Representatives and Underwriters'  Counsel as soon as practicable and in any
event not later than 45 days  after the end of its  fiscal  quarter in which the
first  anniversary  date of the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement
occurs, earning statements meeting the requirements of Rule 158(a) under the Act
covering  a  period  of at least  12  consecutive  months  beginning  after  the
effective date of the Registration Statement.

              (g) For a period  of three  years  from the  Effective  Date,  the
Company  will  deliver to the  Representatives,  on a timely basis (i) a copy of
each report or document,  including,  without limitation,  reports on Forms 8-K,
10-C,  10-K (or  10-KSB) and 10-Q (or 10-QSB)  and  exhibits  thereto,  filed or
furnished to the Commission, any securities exchange or the National Association
of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  (the  "NASD")  on the date each  such  report or
document is so filed or furnished;  (ii) as soon as  practicable,  copies of any
reports or  communications  (financial  or other) of the  Company  mailed to its
security holders; (iii) as soon as practicable, a copy of any Schedule 13D, 13G,
14D-1 or 13E-3  received or prepared by the Company  from time to time;  (iv) to
the  extent  publicly  available,   quarterly   statements  setting  forth  such
information regarding the Company's results of operations and financial position
(including balance sheet, profit and loss statements and data regarding backlog)
as is regularly  prepared by management of the Company;  and (v) such additional
publicly available  information  concerning the business and financial condition
of the Company as the  Representatives  may from time to time reasonably request
and which can be prepared or obtained by the Company without unreasonable effort
or  expense.  The  Company  will  furnish  to its  shareholders  annual  reports
containing  audited  financial  statements and such other periodic reports as it
may determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law.

              (h)  Neither  the  Company  nor  any  person  that  controls,   is
controlled  by or is under common  control with the Company will take any action
designed  to or which  might be  reasonably  expected  to cause or result in the
stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Shares.

              (i)  If  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  are
consummated,  BlueStone shall retain the $40,000  previously paid to it, and the
Company  will pay or cause to be paid the  following:  all  costs  and  expenses
incident  to the  performance  of the  obligations  of the  Company  under  this
Agreement,  including,  but not limited to, the fees and expenses of accountants
and counsel for the Company;  the preparation,  printing,  mailing and filing of
the Registration Statement (including financial

                          -16-




<PAGE>



statements and exhibits),  Preliminary Prospectuses and the Prospectus,  and any
amendments  or  supplements  thereto;  the  printing and mailing of the Selected
Dealer   Agreement;   the   issuance   and   delivery   of  the  Shares  to  the
Representatives;  all taxes,  if any, on the  issuance of the Shares;  the fees,
expenses and other costs of listing the Shares on Nasdaq and of  qualifying  the
Shares for sale under the "Blue Sky" or securities laws of those states in which
the Shares are to be offered or sold,  including the fees and  disbursements  of
Underwriters' Counsel incurred in connection therewith, and the cost of printing
and mailing the "Blue Sky  Survey";  the filing  fees  incident to securing  any
required review by the NASD; the cost of furnishing to the several  Underwriters
copies  of  the  Registration  Statement,   Preliminary   Prospectuses  and  the
Prospectus as herein provided;  the costs of placing "tombstone  advertisements"
in any publications which may be selected by the Representatives;  and all other
costs and expenses  incident to the  performance  of the  Company's  obligations
hereunder  which are not  otherwise  specifically  provided  for in this Section
5(i).

              In addition,  at the Closing Date, the Representatives will deduct
from the payment for the Offered Shares an amount equal to the  Representatives'
costs, fees and expenses incurred during the registration  process (less the sum
of $40,000 previously paid to BlueStone), including all reasonable out-of-pocket
accountable  expenses relating to the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  which
amount will include the fees and expenses of  Underwriters'  Counsel (other than
those  payable by the  Company  in  connection  with  "Blue Sky"  qualifications
referred to in the preceding paragraph) and all of the costs associated with the
marketing and selling of the Offered Shares.

              (j) If the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or related
hereto are not  consummated  because the Company decides not to proceed with the
offering for any reason or if the Representatives decide not to proceed with the
offering because of a breach by the Company of its  representations,  warranties
or covenants in this Agreement or as a result of material adverse changes in the
affairs of the Company,  the Company will reimburse the  Representatives for all
of  their  accountable  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with the
offering. If the Representatives decide not to proceed with the offering for any
other  reason,  the  Company  will  reimburse  the   Representatives   (and  the
Representatives will be entitled to retain), for their accountable  expenses, up
to the $40,000  previously  paid to BlueStone.  In no event,  however,  will the
Representatives,  in the event the offering is terminated, be entitled to retain
or receive more than an amount equal to their actual  accountable  out-of-pocket
expenses.


                          -17-




<PAGE>



              (k) The Company intends to apply the net proceeds from the sale of
the Shares for the purposes set forth in the Prospectus.

              (l)  During  the  period  of nine (9)  months  following  the date
hereof,   neither   the  Company  nor  any  of  its   officers,   directors   or
securityholders  who have executed  lock-up  letter  agreements  with  BlueStone
("Affiliated  Shareholders")  will  offer for sale,  sell,  transfer,  pledge or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly,  any securities of the Company, in
any  manner  whatsoever,  whether  pursuant  to Rule 144 of the  Regulations  or
otherwise,  except that the Company may issue Common Shares upon the exercise of
options or  warrants  outstanding  as of the  Effective  Date or pursuant to the
Company's  Employee Stock Purchase  Plan, and no holder of  registration  rights
relating to securities of the Company will execute any such registration rights,
in either case, without the prior written consent of BlueStone. The Company will
deliver to the  Representatives  the  undertakings  as of the date hereof of its
officers, directors and Affiliated Shareholders to this effect.

              (m) The Company will not file any registration  statement relating
to  the  offer  or  sale  of  any of the  Company's  securities,  including  any
registration  statement on Form S-8,  during the nine (9) months  following  the
date hereof without BlueStone's prior written consent.

              (n) The Company  maintains  and will continue to maintain a system
of internal  accounting  controls  sufficient to provide  reasonable  assurances
that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with  management's  general or
specific authorization;  (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to
assets is permitted  only in accordance  with  management's  general or specific
authorization;  and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with
existing  assets at reasonable  intervals and  appropriate  action is taken with
respect to any differences.

              (o) The Company  will use its best efforts to maintain the listing
of the Shares on Nasdaq or another  exchange that is mutually agreed upon by the
Company and the  Representatives  for at least five (5) years from the Effective
Date.

              (p) The  Company  will,  concurrently  with  the  Effective  Date,
register  the class of equity  securities  of which the  Shares are a part under
Section  12(g) of the  Exchange Act and the Company will use its best efforts to
maintain the  registration  for a minimum of five (5) years after the  Effective
Date.

                          -18-




<PAGE>




              (q) The Company  shall retain  Wachovia  Bank and Trust Company as
its transfer  agent for the Common Shares (or such other transfer agent which is
reasonably  acceptable to BlueStone),  for a period of three (3) years following
the Effective  Date. In addition,  for a period of three (3) years following the
Effective Date, the Company, at its own expense,  shall cause its transfer agent
to provide BlueStone,  if so requested in writing,  with copies of the Company's
daily  transfer  sheets and when  requested by BlueStone,  a current list of the
Company's  security  holders,  including  a list  of the  beneficial  owners  of
securities held by a depository trust company and other nominees.

              (r) The Company  hereby agrees,  at its sole cost and expense,  to
supply and deliver to Underwriters' Counsel, within a reasonable period from the
date hereof,  four bound  volumes,  including  the  Registration  Statement,  as
amended  or  supplemented,  all  exhibits  to the  Registration  Statement,  the
Prospectus and all other underwriting documents.

              (s) For a period of three (3) years  following the Effective Date,
the Company shall continue to retain Ernst & Young LLP (or such other nationally
recognized  accounting  firm as is  acceptable  to  BlueStone)  as the Company's
independent public accountants.

              (t) For a period of three (3) years  following the Effective Date,
the  Company,  at its  expense,  shall cause its  independent  certified  public
accountants, as described in Section 5(v) above, to read and comment on (but not
audit) the  Company's  financial  statements  for each of the first three fiscal
quarters  prior to the  announcement  of quarterly  financial  information,  the
filing of the  Company's  10-Q (or 10-QSB)  quarterly  report and the mailing of
quarterly financial information to shareholders.

              (u) For a period of twenty-five  (25) days following the Effective
Date, the Company will not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity
without  BlueStone's  prior  written  consent,  other than normal and  customary
releases  issued in the  ordinary  course  of the  Company's  business  or those
releases required by law.

              (v) For a period of eighteen  (18) months  following the Effective
Date, the Company will not offer or sell any of its  securities,  other than the
issuance of Common Shares upon exercise of options and warrants  outstanding  on
the Effective Date or pursuant to the Company's  Employee Stock Purchase Plan at
a discount from the then current market price without the prior written  consent
of BlueStone, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.


                          -19-




<PAGE>



         6. Conditions of the  Underwriters'  Obligation to Purchase Shares from
the Company.  The obligation of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for
the  Offered  Shares  which they have  agreed to  purchase  from the  Company is
subject (as of the date hereof and the Closing Date) to the accuracy of, and the
Company's  compliance in all material  respects  with, the  representations  and
warranties  of the Company  herein,  to the  accuracy of the  statements  of the
Company  and its  officers  made  pursuant  hereto,  to the  performance  in all
material  respects  by the  Company  or its  Subsidiaries  of  their  respective
obligations hereunder, and to the following additional conditions:

              (a) The  Registration  Statement  will have become  effective  not
later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the day following the date of this
Agreement,  or at such later  time or on such later date as the  Representatives
may agree to in writing; prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement  will  have  been  issued  and no
proceedings  for that purpose will have been initiated or will be pending or, to
the  best  of  the  Representatives'  or  the  Company's   knowledge,   will  be
contemplated  by the  Commission;  and any request on the part of the Commission
for additional  information  will have been complied with to the satisfaction of
Underwriters' Counsel.

              (b) At the time that this Agreement is executed and at the Closing
Date, there will have been delivered to the  Representatives a signed opinion of
Smith, Anderson,  Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan,  L.L.P., counsel for the
Company ("Company Counsel"), dated as of the date hereof or the Closing Date, as
the case may be (and any other  opinions of counsel  referred to in such opinion
of  Company  Counsel  or relied  upon by  Company  Counsel  in  rendering  their
opinion), in the form attached to this Agreement as Schedule B.

              (c) At the Closing  Date,  there will have been  delivered  to the
Representatives  a signed  opinion  of  Underwriters'  Counsel,  dated as of the
Closing Date, to the effect that the opinions delivered pursuant to Section 6(b)
hereof appear on their face to be  appropriately  responsive to the requirements
of  this  Agreement,  except  to  the  extent  waived  by  the  Representatives,
specifying  the same,  and with  respect  to such other  related  matters as the
Representatives may require.

              (d) At the Closing  Date (i) the  Registration  Statement  and the
Prospectus and any  amendments or supplements  thereto will contain all material
statements  which are required to be stated  therein in accordance  with the Act
and  the  Regulations  and  will  conform  in  all  material   respects  to  the
requirements  of the Act and  the  Regulations,  and  neither  the  Registration
Statement  nor the  Prospectus  nor any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto will
contain

                          -20-




<PAGE>



any untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state any  material  fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in
light of the  circumstances  under which they were made,  not  misleading;  (ii)
since the respective dates as of which  information is given in the Registration
Statement  and the  Prospectus,  there will not have been any  material  adverse
change in the financial  condition,  results of operations or general affairs of
the Company from that set forth or  contemplated in the  Registration  Statement
and the  Prospectus,  except  changes which the  Registration  Statement and the
Prospectus  indicate  might  occur  after the  Effective  Date;  (iii) since the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration  Statement
and the Prospectus,  there shall have been no material transaction,  contract or
agreement  entered  into by the Company,  other than in the  ordinary  course of
business,  which would be required to be set forth in the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus, other than as set forth therein; and (iv) no action, suit or
proceeding  at law or in equity will be pending or, to the best of the Company's
knowledge,  threatened  against the Company which is required to be set forth in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,  other than as set forth therein,
and no proceedings  will be pending or, to the best of the Company's  knowledge,
threatened  against  the  Company  before  or by any  federal,  state  or  other
commission,  board or  administrative  agency wherein an  unfavorable  decision,
ruling or finding would  materially  adversely  affect the  business,  property,
financial   condition  or  results  of   operations   of  the  Company  and  the
Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,  other  than as set  forth in the  Registration
Statement and the  Prospectus.  At the Closing Date,  there will be delivered to
the  Representatives  a  certificate  signed by the Chairman of the Board or the
President or a Vice President of the Company, dated the Closing Date, evidencing
compliance  with  the  provisions  of this  Section  6(d) and  stating  that the
representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 4 hereof were
accurate and complete in all material  respects when made on the date hereof and
are accurate  and  complete in all  material  respects on the Closing Date as if
then made; that the Company has performed all covenants in all material respects
and complied with all  conditions  required by this Agreement to be performed or
complied with by the Company prior to or as of the Closing Date; and that, as of
the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement  has been  issued  and no  proceedings  for  that  purpose  have  been
initiated or, to the best of his knowledge,  are contemplated or threatened.  In
addition,  the  Representatives  will  have  received  such  other  and  further
certificates of officers of the Company as the  Representatives or Underwriters'
Counsel may reasonably request.

              (e) At the time that this Agreement is executed and at the Closing
Date, the Representatives  will have received a signed letter from Ernst & Young
LLP, dated the date such letter is

                          -21-




<PAGE>



to be received by the Representatives and addressed to them,  confirming that it
is a firm of independent  public  accountants  within the meaning of the Act and
Regulations  and stating that: (i) insofar as reported on by it, in its opinion,
the consolidated  financial statements of the Company included in the Prospectus
comply  as to form in all  material  respects  with  the  applicable  accounting
requirements  of the Act and the  applicable  Regulations;  (ii) on the basis of
procedures and inquiries  (not  constituting  an examination in accordance  with
generally accepted auditing standards)  consisting of a reading of the unaudited
interim  financial   statements  of  the  Company,  if  any,  appearing  in  the
Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus and the latest  available  unaudited
interim financial  statements of the Company, if more recent than that appearing
in the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus,  inquiries  of officers of the
Company  responsible for financial and accounting matters as to the transactions
and events subsequent to the date of the latest audited financial  statements of
the Company,  and a reading of the minutes of meetings of the shareholders,  the
Board of Directors of the Company and any  committees of the Board of Directors,
as set  forth  in the  minute  books  of the  Company,  nothing  has come to its
attention which, in its judgment, would indicate that (A) during the period from
the date of the latest  financial  statements  of the Company  appearing  in the
Registration  Statement and  Prospectus to a specified  date not more than three
business  days prior to the date of such  letter,  there have been any  material
decreases in net current  assets or net assets as compared with amounts shown in
such  financial  statements  or material  decreases in net sales or decreases in
total or per share net  income  compared  with the  corresponding  period in the
preceding year or any material change in the capitalization or long-term debt of
the  Company,  except  in all  cases  as set  forth  in or  contemplated  by the
Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus,  and (B)  the  unaudited  interim
financial  statements  of the Company,  if any,  appearing  in the  Registration
Statement and the Prospectus,  do not comply as to form in all material respects
with the applicable  accounting  requirements  of the Act and the Regulations or
are not fairly  presented  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles and practices on a basis  substantially  consistent  with the audited
financial  statements included in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus;
and (iii) it has compared specific dollar amounts,  numbers of shares, numerical
data,  percentages  of revenues and earnings,  and other  financial  information
pertaining  to the  Company  set forth in the  Prospectus  (with  respect to all
dollar amounts,  numbers of shares,  percentages and other financial information
contained  in  the  Prospectus,  to  the  extent  that  such  amounts,  numbers,
percentages and information may be derived from the general  accounting  records
of the Company, and excluding any questions requiring an interpretation by legal
counsel) with the results  obtained from the application of specified  readings,
inquiries and other appropriate procedures

                          -22-




<PAGE>



(which  procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with generally
accepted  auditing  standards) set forth in the letter,  and found them to be in
agreement.

              (f) There  shall have been duly  tendered  to the  Representatives
certificates representing the Offered Shares to be sold on the Closing Date.

              (g) The NASD shall have  indicated that it has no objection to the
underwriting  arrangements  pertaining to the sale of the Offered  Shares by the
Underwriters or the sale of the Shares by the Representatives.

              (h) No action shall have been taken by the  Commission or the NASD
the effect of which  would make it  improper,  at any time prior to the  Closing
Date or the Option  Closing Date, as the case may be, for any member firm of the
NASD to execute  transactions  (as principal or as agent) in the Shares,  and no
proceedings  for the purpose of taking such action shall have been instituted or
shall be  pending,  or,  to the best of the  Representatives'  or the  Company's
knowledge,  shall be  contemplated  by the  Commission or the NASD.  The Company
represents  at the date  hereof,  and shall  represent as of the Closing Date or
Option  Closing Date, as the case may be, that it has no knowledge that any such
action is in fact contemplated by the Commission or the NASD.

              (i) The Common Shares have been approved for listing on Nasdaq.

              (j) All  proceedings  taken at or prior to the Closing Date or the
Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in connection  with the  authorization,
issuance and sale of the Shares  shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and
substance to the Representatives and to Underwriters'  Counsel, and such counsel
shall have been furnished with all such documents,  certificates and opinions as
they may  reasonably  request for the purpose of enabling  them to pass upon the
matters referred to in Section 6(c) hereof and in order to evidence the accuracy
and completeness of any of the representations,  warranties or statements of the
Company,  the performance of any covenants of the Company,  or the compliance by
the Company with any of the conditions herein contained.

              (k) As of the date hereof,  the Company will have delivered to the
Underwriters  the written  undertakings of its officers,  directors and security
holders and/or registration rights holders, as the case may be, to the effect of
the matters set forth in Section 5(l).


                          -23-




<PAGE>



              If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 have not been
fulfilled,  this Agreement may be terminated by the  Representatives  on written
notice to the Company.

         7.   Indemnification.

              (a) The  Company  agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  each
Underwriter,  including  specifically each person that may be substituted for an
Underwriter as provided in Section 10 hereof, each officer,  director,  partner,
employee and agent of any Underwriter, and each person, if any, who controls any
of the Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a)
of the  Exchange  Act,  from and against any and all  losses,  claims,  damages,
expenses or liabilities,  joint or several (and actions in respect thereof),  to
which  they or any of them may become  subject  under the Act or under any other
statute or at common law or otherwise, and, except as hereinafter provided, will
reimburse each of the Underwriters  and each such person,  if any, for any legal
or other expenses  reasonably incurred by them or any of them in connection with
investigating  or  defending  any  actions,  whether  or  not  resulting  in any
liability,  insofar as such losses, claims,  damages,  expenses,  liabilities or
actions  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue
statement of a material fact contained (i) in the Registration Statement, in any
Preliminary  Prospectus or in the Prospectus (or the  Registration  Statement or
Prospectus  as  from  time  to  time  amended  or  supplemented)  or (ii) in any
application  or other  document  executed by the Company,  or based upon written
information furnished by or on behalf of the Company,  filed in any jurisdiction
in order to qualify the Shares under the  securities  laws thereof  (hereinafter
"application"),  or arise  out of or are  based  upon the  omission  or  alleged
omission  to state  therein a material  fact  required  to be stated  therein or
necessary in order to make the statements  therein not  misleading,  in light of
the  circumstances  under which they were made,  unless such untrue statement or
omission  was  made  in such  Registration  Statement,  Preliminary  Prospectus,
Prospectus or  application in reliance upon and in conformity  with  information
furnished in writing to the Company in connection  therewith by the  Underwriter
or any such person through the Underwriter expressly for use therein;  provided,
however,  that the  indemnity  agreement  contained  in this  Section  7(a) with
respect  to any  Preliminary  Prospectus  will not inure to the  benefit  of the
Underwriter  (or to the  benefit  of any other  person  that may be  indemnified
pursuant to this  Section  7(a)) if (A) the person  asserting  any such  losses,
claims,  damages,  expenses or  liabilities  purchased  the Shares which are the
subject  thereof from such  Underwriter or other  indemnified  person;  (B) such
Underwriter  or other  indemnified  person  failed to send or give a copy of the
Prospectus to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of
such Shares to such person;  and (C) the  Prospectus  did not contain any untrue
statement or

                          -24-




<PAGE>



alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission  giving rise to such
cause, claim, damage, expense or liability.

              (b) Each Underwriter (including  specifically each person that may
be  substituted  for an  Underwriter as provided in Section 11 hereof) agrees to
indemnify  and hold  harmless the Company,  each of its  directors,  each of its
officers who have signed the Registration  Statement,  each employee, each agent
and each person,  if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section
15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all
losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities,  joint or several (and actions
in respect  thereof),  to which they or any of them may become subject under the
Act or under any other  statute or at common law or  otherwise,  and,  except as
hereinafter  provided,  will  reimburse  the  Company  and each  such  director,
officer,  employee,  agent or controlling person for any legal or other expenses
reasonably  incurred by them or any of them in connection with  investigating or
defending  any actions,  whether or not resulting in any  liability,  insofar as
such losses, claims, damages,  expenses,  liabilities or actions arise out of or
are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement of a material
fact contained (i) in the Registration  Statement, in any Preliminary Prospectus
or in the Prospectus (or the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus as from time
to time  amended or  supplemented)  or (ii) in any  application  (including  any
application for  registration  of the Shares under state  securities or Blue Sky
laws),  or arise out of or are based upon the  omission  or alleged  omission to
state  therein a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary in
order  to  make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading,   in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, but only insofar as any such statement
or  omission  was made in  reliance  upon  and in  conformity  with  information
furnished in writing to the Company in connection therewith by such Underwriter,
or by the  Representatives  on behalf  of such  Underwriter,  expressly  for use
therein.

              (c) Promptly  after receipt of notice of the  commencement  of any
action in respect of which  indemnity  may be sought  against  any  indemnifying
party under this Section 7, the indemnified  party will notify the  indemnifying
party in writing of the commencement  thereof,  and the indemnifying party will,
subject to the provisions  hereinafter stated, assume the defense of such action
(including the employment of counsel  satisfactory to the indemnified  party and
the payment of expenses)  insofar as such action relates to an alleged liability
in respect of which  indemnity  may be sought  against the  indemnifying  party.
After notice from the  indemnifying  party of its election to assume the defense
of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall no longer be liable to the
indemnified  party  under  this  Section  7 for  any  legal  or  other  expenses
subsequently  incurred by the  indemnified  party in connection with the defense
thereof; provided,

                          -25-




<PAGE>



however,  that  if,  in the  reasonable  judgment  of the  indemnified  party or
parties,  it is advisable for the indemnified party or parties to be represented
by separate  counsel,  the indemnified  party or parties shall have the right to
employ a single counsel to represent the indemnified  parties who may be subject
to  liability  arising  out of any claim in  respect of which  indemnity  may be
sought by the indemnified  parties thereof against the  indemnifying  party, but
the  fees  and  expenses  of  such  counsel  shall  be at the  expense  of  such
indemnified  party unless (i) the indemnifying  party and the indemnified  party
shall have  mutually  agreed to the  retention of such counsel or (ii) the named
parties to any such proceeding  (including any impleaded  parties)  include both
the  indemnifying  party and the indemnified  party and  representation  of both
parties by the same counsel  would be  inappropriate  due to actual or potential
differing  interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying  party
shall  not,  in  respect  of the  legal  expenses  of any  indemnified  party in
connection with any proceeding or related  proceedings in the same jurisdiction,
be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate  firm (in addition
to any local  counsel) for all such  indemnified  parties and that all such fees
and expenses  shall be reimbursed  as they are incurred.  Any party against whom
indemnification  may be  sought  under  this  Section  7 shall  not be liable to
indemnify any person that might otherwise be indemnified pursuant hereto for any
settlement of any action effected without such indemnifying party's consent.

         8. Contribution. To provide for just and equitable contribution, if (i)
an  indemnified  party makes a claim for  indemnification  pursuant to Section 8
hereof (subject to the limitations  thereof) and it is finally determined,  by a
judgment,  order or decree not  subject to further  appeal,  that such claim for
indemnification  may not be  enforced,  even  though  this  Agreement  expressly
provides  for   indemnification  in  such  case;  or  (ii)  any  indemnified  or
indemnifying  party  seeks  contribution  under the Act,  the  Exchange  Act, or
otherwise, then the Company (including,  for this purpose, any contribution made
by or on behalf of any director of the  Company,  any officer of the Company who
signed the Registration  Statement,  any employee, any agent and any controlling
person of the Company) as one entity and the Underwriters  (including,  for this
purpose,  any contribution by or on behalf of each person,  if any, who controls
any Underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of
the Exchange Act and each officer, director,  partner, employee and agent of any
of the  Underwriters)  as a  second  entity,  shall  contribute  to the  losses,
liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever to which any of them may be
subject,  so that the  Underwriters  are responsible for the proportion  thereof
equal to the percentage which the  underwriting  discount per Share set forth on
the cover page of the Prospectus represents of the initial public offering

                          -26-




<PAGE>



price per Share set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus and the Company is
responsible for the remaining portion; provided, however, that if applicable law
does not permit such allocation, then, if applicable law permits, other relevant
equitable  considerations  such as the  relative  fault of the  Company  and the
Underwriters  in  connection  with the  facts  which  resulted  in such  losses,
liabilities, claims, damages and expenses shall also be considered. The relative
fault, in the case of an untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission or
alleged  omission,  shall be  determined  by, among other  things,  whether such
statement,   alleged   statement,   omission  or  alleged  omission  relates  to
information  supplied by the Company or by the  Underwriters,  and the  parties'
relative intent, knowledge,  access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement,  alleged  statement,  omission or alleged omission.  The
Company,  on one hand, and the  Underwriters,  on the other hand,  agree that it
would be unjust and inequitable if the respective obligations of the Company and
the  Underwriters  for  contribution  were  determined by pro rata or per capita
allocation of the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses or
by  any  other  method  of  allocation  that  does  not  reflect  the  equitable
considerations  referred to in this Section 8. No person  guilty of a fraudulent
misrepresentation  (within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f) of the Act) will be
entitled to  contribution  from any person who is not guilty of such  fraudulent
misrepresentation.  For  purposes of this  Section 8, each  person,  if any, who
controls any of the Underwriters  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and each officer, director,  partner, employee
and agent of any of the  Underwriters  will have the same rights to contribution
as the  Underwriters,  and each person,  if any, who controls the Company within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the Exchange Act, each
officer  of the  Company  who has  signed the  Registration  Statement  and each
director,  employee  and  agent of the  Company  will  have the same  rights  to
contribution  as the  Company,  subject in each case to the  provisions  of this
Section 8. Anything in this Section 8 to the contrary notwithstanding,  no party
will be liable for  contribution  with respect to the settlement of any claim or
action  effected  without its  written  consent.  This  Section 8 is intended to
supersede,  to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution  under the
Act or the Exchange Act or otherwise available.

         9.   Survival   of    Indemnities,    Contribution,    Warranties   and
Representations.  The respective  indemnity and  contribution  agreements of the
Company  and the  Underwriters  contained  in  Sections 7 and 8 hereof,  and the
representations  and  warranties  of the Company in contained  Section 4 of this
Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any
termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on
behalf of the Underwriters, the Company or any of its

                          -27-




<PAGE>



directors and officers or any  controlling  person referred to in said Sections,
and shall survive the delivery of, and payment for, the Shares.

         10.  Substitution of Underwriters.

              (a) If one or more  Underwriters  should  default  in its or their
obligation  to purchase  and pay for any  Offered  Shares  hereunder  and if the
aggregate  number of such Offered  Shares which all  Underwriters  so defaulting
have agreed to purchase  does not exceed 10% of the total  number of the Offered
Shares, the non-defaulting  Underwriters will be obligated severally to purchase
and pay for (in  addition  to the  number of Offered  Shares set forth  opposite
their  names in Schedule A attached  hereto)  the full number of Offered  Shares
agreed to be purchased by all defaulting Underwriters,  and not so purchased, in
proportion  to  their  respective  commitments  hereunder.  In  such  event  the
Representatives, for the accounts of the several nondefaulting Underwriters, may
take up and pay for all or any  part of such  additional  Offered  Shares  to be
purchased by each such  Underwriter  under this Section 10(a),  and may postpone
the Closing  Date to a time not  exceeding  three full  business  days after the
Closing Date determined as provided in Section 2 hereof.

              (b) If one or more  Underwriters  should  default  in its or their
obligation  to purchase  and pay for any  Offered  Shares  hereunder  and if the
aggregate  number of such Offered  Shares which all  Underwriters  so defaulting
have agreed to purchase exceeds 10% of the total number of Offered Shares, or if
one or more Underwriters for any reason permitted hereunder should cancel its or
their  obligation  to  purchase  and  pay  for  Offered  Shares  hereunder,  the
non-cancelling  and   non-defaulting   Underwriters   (hereinafter   called  the
"remaining Underwriters") will have the right to purchase such Offered Shares in
such  proportion  as may be agreed among them at the Closing Date  determined as
provided in Section 2 hereof. If the remaining  Underwriters do not purchase and
pay for such  Offered  Shares at such  Closing  Date,  the Closing  Date will be
postponed  for 24 hours and the  remaining  Underwriters  will have the right to
purchase  such Offered  Shares,  or to substitute  another  person or persons to
purchase the same, or both, at such postponed  Closing Date. If purchasers  have
not been found for such  Offered  Shares by such  postponed  Closing  Date,  the
Closing Date will be postponed for a further 24 hours, and the Company will have
the right to substitute  another person or persons,  reasonably  satisfactory to
the  Representatives  to purchase such Offered  Shares at such second  postponed
Closing  Date.  If it  shall  be  arranged  for the  remaining  Underwriters  or
substituted   underwriters  to  take  up  the  Firm  Shares  of  the  defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters  as provided in this Section,  (A) the Company shall
have the right to postpone  the time of  delivery  for a period of not more than
three

                          -28-




<PAGE>



(3) full Business Days, in order to effect whatever  changes may thereby be made
necessary  in the  Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus  or in any  other
documents  or  arrangements,  and  the  Company  agrees  promptly  to  file  any
amendments to the Registration  Statement or supplements to the Prospectus which
may thereby be made necessary.  If the Company has not found such purchasers for
such Offered Shares by such second  postponed  Closing Date, then this Agreement
will  automatically  terminate,  and  neither  the  Company  nor  the  remaining
Underwriters  will be under any obligation under this Agreement (except that the
Company  and the  Underwriters  will  remain  liable to the extent  provided  in
Sections 7 and 8 hereof and the Company  will also  remain  liable to the extent
provided  in  Section  5(j)  hereof).  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the  term
"Underwriter"  includes any person  substituted  for an  Underwriter  under this
Section  10(b).   Nothing  in  Section  11  hereof  will  relieve  a  defaulting
Underwriter from the liability for its default and nothing in this Section 10(b)
will obligate any  Underwriter  to purchase or find  purchasers  for any Offered
Shares in excess of those agreed to be purchased by such  Underwriter  under the
terms of Section 2 hereof.

         11.  Termination of Agreement.

              (a)  The  Company,   by  written  or  telegraphic  notice  to  the
Representatives, or the Representatives, by written or telegraphic notice to the
Company,  may terminate this  Agreement  prior to the earlier of (i) 11:00 A.M.,
New York City time, on the first full business day after the Effective  Date; or
(ii) the time when the  Underwriters,  after the Registration  Statement becomes
effective,  release the Offered  Shares for public  offering.  The time when the
Underwriters  "release the Offered Shares for public  offering" for the purposes
of this Section 11 means the time when the Underwriters  release for publication
the first newspaper advertisement,  which is subsequently published, relating to
the Offered Shares,  or the time when the  Underwriters  release for delivery to
members of a selling group copies of the Prospectus and an offering letter or an
offering telegram relating to the Offered Shares, whichever will first occur.

              (b) This Agreement,  including without limitation,  the obligation
to purchase the Shares and the obligation to purchase the Optional  Shares after
exercise  of  the  option  referred  to in  Section  3  hereof,  is  subject  to
termination by the Underwriters, by written notice given to the Company prior to
delivery of and payment for all the Offered  Shares or the Optional  Shares,  as
the case may be,  if,  prior  to such  time,  any of the  following  shall  have
occurred:  (i)  the  Company  withdraws  the  Registration  Statement  from  the
Commission  or the Company  does not or cannot  expeditiously  proceed  with the
public offering; (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 4 hereof are
not

                          -29-




<PAGE>



materially  correct or cannot be materially  complied  with and, in  BlueStone's
judgment,  the  effect of such is so  adverse  as to make it  impracticable  for
BlueStone  to market the  Shares on the terms  contemplated  in the  Prospectus;
(iii)  trading in  securities  generally  on the New York Stock  Exchange or the
American Stock Exchange will have been suspended; (iv) limited or minimum prices
will have been  established  on either such Exchange;  (v) a banking  moratorium
will have been declared  either by federal or New York State  authorities;  (vi)
any other  restrictions on transactions in securities  materially  affecting the
free market for  securities  or the payment for such  securities,  including the
Offered  Shares or the Optional  Shares,  will be  established by either of such
Exchanges, by the Commission, by any other federal or state agency, by action of
the Congress or by  Executive  Order;  (vii)  trading in any  securities  of the
Company shall have been suspended or halted by any national securities exchange,
the NASD or the Commission;  (viii) a materially adverse change in the condition
(financial or  otherwise),  prospects or  obligations of the Company that is not
reflected  in  the  Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus  and  which,  in
BlueStone's  judgement,  is so adverse as to make it impracticable for BlueStone
to market  the  Shares on the terms  contemplated  in the  Prospectus;  (ix) the
Company will have sustained a material loss,  whether or not insured,  by reason
of  fire,  flood,  accident  or  other  calamity  that is not  reflected  in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus and which, in BlueStone's judgement, is
so adverse as to make it impracticable for BlueStone to market the Shares on the
terms  contemplated  in the  Prospectus;  (x) any  action  has been taken by the
government of the United States or any department or agency  thereof  which,  in
the judgment of the Representatives,  has had a material adverse effect upon the
market or potential  market for  securities  in general;  or (xi) the market for
securities in general or political,  financial or economic  conditions will have
so materially adversely changed that, in the judgment of the Representatives, it
will be  impracticable  to offer for sale, or to enforce  contracts  made by the
Underwriters  for the resale of, the Offered Shares or the Optional  Shares,  as
the case may be.

              (c) If this  Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Section 6 hereof
or this Section 11 or if the purchases  provided for herein are not  consummated
because  any  condition  of  the  Underwriters'  obligations  hereunder  is  not
satisfied  or because of any  refusal,  inability  or failure on the part of the
Company to comply with any of the terms or to fulfill any of the  conditions  of
this Agreement,  or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to or does not
perform all of its  obligations  under this  Agreement,  the Company will not be
liable to any of the  Underwriters for damages on account of loss of anticipated
profits  arising  out of the  transactions  covered by this  Agreement,  but the
Company will remain liable to the extent  provided in Sections  5(j), 7, 8 and 9
of this Agreement.


                          -30-




<PAGE>



         12.  Information  Furnished by the  Underwriters to the Company.  It is
hereby  acknowledged  and agreed by the parties  hereto that for the purposes of
this Agreement,  including, without limitation,  Sections 4(f), 7(a), 7(b) and 8
hereof, the only information given by the Underwriters to the Company for use in
the  Prospectus  are the  statements  set forth in the last sentence of the last
paragraph on the cover page,  the statement  appearing in the last  paragraph on
page 2 with respect to  stabilizing  the market price of Shares,  information in
the paragraph under the caption "Risk Factors - Limited Underwriting Experience"
on page 16, information in the third paragraph under the "Underwriting"  caption
on page 56 with respect to concessions  and  reallowances,  the table on page 56
regarding the offering  syndicate,  and the information in the second and fourth
full  paragraphs  on page 57 with  respect  to  discretionary  accounts  and the
determination  of the public offering price,  the fifth,  sixth and seventh full
paragraphs  on page 57 with  respect  to  stabilizing  the  market  price of the
Shares,  and the first  paragraph on page 58 with respect to BlueStone,  as such
information appears in any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus.

         13. Notices and Governing Law. All communications  hereunder will be in
writing and,  except as otherwise  provided,  will be delivered at, or mailed by
certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  or  telecopied  to, the following
addresses:  if to  BlueStone,  the  Representatives,  or  the  Underwriters,  to
BlueStone  Capital Partners,  L.P., 575 Fifth Avenue,  New York, New York 10017,
Facsimile No. (212) 297-5695,  with a copy to Tenzer Greenblatt LLP,  Attention:
Robert J.  Mittman,  Esq.,  405  Lexington  Avenue,  New York,  New York  10174,
Facsimile No. (212) 885-5001; if to the Company, to Interactive Magic, Inc., 215
Southport Drive, Suite 1000, Morrisville,  North Carolina 27560, Attention: J.W.
Stealey, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Facsimile No. (919) 462-3081 with
a copy to  Smith,  Anderson,  Blount,  Dorsett,  Mitchell  &  Jernigan,  L.L.P.,
Attention:  Gerald F. Roach,  Esq.,  2500 First Union Capitol  Center,  Raleigh,
North Carolina 27601, Facsimile No.
(919) 821-6800.

         This  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been made and delivered in New
York City and shall be governed as to  validity,  interpretation,  construction,
effect and in all other  respects by the internal laws of the State of New York.
The Company (1) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding  arising out of
or relating to this Agreement shall be instituted  exclusively in New York State
Supreme  Court,  County of New York, or in the United States  District Court for
the Southern  District of New York,  (2) waives any objection  which the Company
may have now or hereafter to the venue of any such suit,  action or  proceeding,
and (3) irrevocably  consents to the  jurisdiction of the New York State Supreme
Court, County of New York, and the United States District Court for the Southern
District of New York in any such suit, action or proceeding. The Company further
agrees to accept and  acknowledge  service of any and all  process  which may be
served in

                          -31-




<PAGE>



any such suit, action or proceeding in the New York State Supreme Court,  County
of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of
New York and agrees that service of process upon the Company mailed by certified
mail to the Company's  address  (Attention:  President) shall be deemed in every
respect  effective  service of process upon the Company in any such suit, action
or proceeding.

         14. Parties in Interest.  This Agreement is made solely for the benefit
of the several  Underwriters,  the Company  and,  to the extent  expressed,  any
person  controlling  the Company or the  Underwriters,  each officer,  director,
partner,  employee and agent of the Underwriters,  the directors of the Company,
its officers  who have signed the  Registration  Statement,  its  employees  and
agents and their respective executors,  administrators,  successors and assigns,
and, no other  person will  acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement.  The term  "successors and assigns" will not include any purchaser of
the Shares from any of the Underwriters, as such purchaser.

         If the  foregoing  is in  accordance  with  your  understanding  of our
agreement,  kindly  sign  and  return  to us  the  enclosed  duplicates  hereof,
whereupon  it will  become a  binding  agreement  between  the  Company  and the
Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                                Very truly yours,

                           INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.


                           By:_____________________________
                                J.W. Stealey,
                                Chairman and Chief
                                 Executive Officer

Confirmed and accepted in New York, N.Y., as of the date first above written:

BLUESTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.

By: BlueStone Capital Management, Inc.,
     General Partner


By:__________________________________
     Kerry J. Dukes,
     President

ROYCE INVESTMENT GROUP, INC.



                          -32-




<PAGE>



By:__________________________________
      Name:
      Title:

Acting  on  behalf  of  themselves  as  the   Representatives   of  the  several
Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

                          -33-




<PAGE>



                        SCHEDULE A

               TO THE UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


Underwriter                              Number of Shares

BlueStone Capital Partners, L.P.......

Royce Investment Group, Inc..  . . . . . . . .


         Total........................





                          -34-



                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              I-MAGIC MERGECO, INC.


        The undersigned, being of the age of 18 or more, does hereby make and
acknowledge these Articles of Incorporation for the purpose of forming a
business corporation under and by virtue of the laws of the State of North
Carolina:


                                    ARTICLE I

              The name of the Corporation is I-MAGIC MERGECO, INC.

                                   ARTICLE II

             The period of duration of the Corporation is perpetual.

                                   ARTICLE III

     The  purpose for which the  Corporation  is  organized  is to engage in any
lawful act or activity for which  corporations may be organized under Chapter 55
of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

                                   ARTICLE IV

     Section  4.1.  Authorized  Capital.  The total  number of shares of capital
stock of all classes that the  Corporation  shall have the authority to issue is
Seventy-Five  Million  (75,000,000)  shares.  The  authorized  capital  stock is
divided into Twenty-Five Million  (25,000,000) shares of preferred stock, having
$.10 par value (the "Preferred Stock"), and Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of
common stock, having $.l0 par value (the "Common Stock").

     Section 4.2. Preferred Stock.

     (a) The shares of  Preferred  Stock of the  Corporation  may be issued from
time to time in one or more  series,  the  shares  of each  series  to have such
voting  powers,  full or limited,  or no voting powers,  and such  designations,
preferences and rights (or qualifications,  limitations or restrictions thereof)
as are stated in the resolution or  resolutions  providing for the issue of such
series adopted by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 4.2(b).

     (b)  Authority  is granted to the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation,
subject to the provisions of this Article IV and to the  limitations  prescribed
by the North Carolina Business Corporation Act, to authorize the issuance of one
or more series of Preferred Stock and with respect to each such series to fix by
resolution or  resolutions  the voting powers,  full or limited,  if any, of the
shares  of  such  series  and  the  designations,  preferences  and  rights  (or
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof).

     Section 4.3.  Common Stock.  Thirty Million  (30,000,000) of the authorized
shares of the Common Stock are hereby  designated  Class A Common Stock (Voting)
(the "Class A Common"), and Twenty Million (20,000,000) of the authorized shares
of the Common Stock are


<PAGE>



hereby  designated  Class B Common  Stock  (Nonvoting)  (the  "Class B Common").
Immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering of the  Corporation's
securities  and  a  firm  commitment  underwriting  pursuant  to a  registration
statement  on Form S-1 or SB-2 (or any  equivalent  successor  form)  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the Class A Common and the Class B Common
shall  combine  and become of one and the same  class,  the Common  Stock.  Each
reference  herein  to Class A Common  or Class B Common  shall be deemed to be a
reference  to the Common  Stock.  Subject to the rights of the  Preferred  Stock
provided for by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, pursuant to
these Articles of Incorporation or the North Carolina  Business  Corporation Act
or provided for in these Articles of Incorporation, the holders of shares of the
combined  Common  Stock  shall  have one vote per share on all  matters on which
holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Subject to the rights of
the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall receive the net
assets of the Corporation upon dissolution.

     (a) Dividends.  Subject to the rights of the Preferred  Stock,  the Class A
Common and the Class B Common  shall be  entitled,  when and if  declared by the
Board of Directors of the  Corporation,  consistent  with North Carolina law, to
cash  dividends,  distributions  and redemptions out of funds of the Corporation
legally available for that purpose. Each outstanding share of the Class A Common
and  the  Class  B  Common   shall  be  entitled  to   participate   ratably  in
distributions, dividends and redemptions paid on the Common Stock.

     (b) Voting.

          (1) Except as otherwise  required by the laws of North  Carolina,  the
     Bylaws of the Corporation or as provided  herein,  the Class A Common shall
     have  one vote per  share.  Holders  of the  Class B  Common  shall  not be
     entitled to vote for the  election of  Directors  or any other  purpose and
     shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meeting shareholders, unless
     otherwise required by North Carolina law.

          (2) In addition to any other rights provided by law or as set forth in
     these Articles of  Incorporation,  so long as any Series A Preferred  Stock
     shall be outstanding,  the Corporation  shall not,  without first obtaining
     the  affirmative  vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a
     majority  of the  then-outstanding  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock
     consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class:

               (i) take any  action  that  materially  and  adversely  alters or
          changes  the  rights,  preferences  or  privileges  of  the  Series  A
          Preferred Stock;

               (ii) take any action that increases or decreases the total number
          of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock; or

               (iii) pay or declare any dividend or  distribution  on any shares
          of its capital stock (other than on the Preferred Stock), or apply any
          of its assets to the redemption,  retirement, purchase or acquisition,
          directly or  indirectly,  through  subsidiaries  or otherwise,  of any
          shares of its capital  stock,  except for  repurchases  of shares from
          former employees upon 


                                       2
<PAGE>


          termination  of  employment  pursuant  to the  terms  of  such  former
          employees' stock purchase agreements providing for such repurchases at
          the original issuance prices for such shares.

     (c) Liquidation Preference.

          (1)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,  in  the  event  of  any
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary
     or involuntary  (collectively,  a "Liquidating Event"), the holders of each
     series of  Preferred  Stock  shall be  entitled  to  receive,  prior and in
     preference to any  distribution  of any of the assets of the Corporation to
     the  holders  of the  Class A Common  and Class B Common by reason of their
     ownership  thereof,  an amount equal to the consideration paid per share of
     the Preferred Stock (the "Liquidation  Preference") plus an amount equal to
     accrued  and unpaid  dividends  on such  shares,  if any.  The  Liquidation
     Preference  of the Series A Preferred  Stock shall be $6.10 per share (as
     adjusted for stock splits,  combinations or similar events). Written notice
     of any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, stating a payment date,
     the place where such payment  shall be made,  the amount of each payment in
     liquidation  and the amount of accrued  dividends to be paid shall be given
     by first class mail,  postage  prepaid,  not less than 30 days prior to the
     payment  date stated  therein,  to each  holder of record of the  Preferred
     Stock at such holder's  address as shown in the records of the Corporation.
     If upon the  occurrence  of such  event,  the  assets  and funds to be thus
     distributed  among the holders of the Preferred  shall be  insufficient  to
     permit the  payment  to such  holders  of the full  aforesaid  preferential
     amount,  then the total  assets  and funds  distributed  to each  series of
     Preferred  Stock shall be in the  proportions  which the product of (a) the
     number  of  outstanding  shares  of such  series  and  (b) the  Liquidation
     Preference  of such series  bears to the sum of such  products for all such
     series.

          (2)  Any  assets  of the  Corporation  remaining  after  the  payments
     specified in paragraph (1) above shall be distributed pro rata with respect
     to the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

          (3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Section   4.3(c),   any  merger  or
     consolidation  of the  Corporation  into or with any other  corporation  or
     entity, or a sale, conveyance,  mortgage,  transfer, license, pledge, lease
     or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the
     Corporation,  shall be deemed to be a liquidation,  dissolution, or winding
     up  of  the  Corporation,   unless  the  shareholders  of  the  Corporation
     immediately prior thereto shall,  immediately  thereafter,  hold as a group
     the right to cast at least a majority of the votes of all holders of voting
     securities  of the  resulting  or  surviving  corporation  or entity on any
     matter on which any such holders of voting  securities shall be entitled to
     vote.

          (4) For purposes of this Section 4.3(c), if any assets  distributed to
     shareholders upon liquidation of the Corporation  consist of property other
     than cash, the amount of such  distribution  shall be deemed to be the fair
     market value  thereof at the time of such  distribution,  as  determined in
     good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     Section  4.4.  Designation  of Series A,  Series B and  Series C  Preferred
Stock.


                                       3
<PAGE>


     (a) Series A Preferred Stock.  Eighty Two Thousand Six Hundred Thirty-Four
(82,634)  of the  authorized  shares of Preferred  Stock are hereby  designated
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock").

          (1) Voting Rights.  Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the
     number of votes  equal to the number of shares of Common  into which  their
     Series A Preferred  Stock is convertible,  as adjusted  pursuant to Section
     4.4(a)(3) hereof.

          (2) Cumulative Dividends. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be
     entitled,   when  and  if  declared  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
     Corporation,  consistent  with  North  Carolina  law,  to  cumulative  cash
     dividends  out of  funds  of the  Corporation  legally  available  for that
     purpose, at an annual rate of eight percent (8%), before any dividend shall
     be declared, set apart for, or paid on any share of the Common Stock or any
     other series of the Preferred  Stock.  Each  outstanding  share of Series A
     Preferred Stock shall be entitled to participate  ratably in dividends paid
     on the Series A Preferred Stock.

          Such  dividends  shall  accrue on each  outstanding  share of Series A
     Preferred  Stock  whether  or not earned or  declared;  so that,  if,  such
     dividends with respect to any previous dividend period at the rate provided
     for herein have not been paid on all shares of the Series A Preferred Stock
     then outstanding,  the deficiency shall be fully paid, or provision for the
     full  payment  thereof  shall have been made,  before any dividend or other
     distribution shall be paid on or declared on any shares of the Common Stock
     or any other series of the Preferred Stock.

          (3)  Conversion.  The holders of Series A  Preferred  Stock shall have
     conversion rights as follows:

               (a) Right to  Convert.  Each  share of Series A  Preferred  Stock
          shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time
          and  from  time  to  time,  and  without  the  payment  of  additional
          consideration  by the holder  thereof,  into such number of fully paid
          and  nonassessable  shares  of  Class A  Common  as is  determined  by
          dividing  $6.10 by the Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect
          at the  time of  conversion.  The  "Conversion  Price"  for  Series  A
          Preferred  Stock shall initially be $6.10.  Such initial  Conversion
          Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be
          converted  into  shares  of  Class  A  Common,  shall  be  subject  to
          adjustment as provided below.

               (b)  Mechanics  of  Conversion.  Before  any  holder  of Series A
          Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares
          of Class A Common,  the holder  shall  surrender  the  certificate  or
          certificates  therefor,  duly endorsed for transfer,  at the office of
          the  Corporation  or any transfer agent of the  Corporation  and shall
          give written  notice to the  Corporation at such office that he elects
          to  convert  the  same,  such  notice  to state  the name or names and
          addresses to which  certificates for Class A Common will be issued. No
          fractional shares of Class A Common shall be issued upon conversion of
          Series A Preferred  Stock.  In lieu of any fractional  shares to which
          the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash
          equal to such  fraction  multiplied by the then  effective  Conversion
          Price. The 


                                       4
<PAGE>


          Corporation  shall,  as  soon as  practicable  thereafter,  issue  and
          deliver at such office to such holder of Series A Preferred  Stock, or
          to a third party such holder may  designate in writing,  a certificate
          or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common to which he
          shall be entitled as aforesaid  and, a check  payable to the holder in
          the amount of any cash  amounts  payable  as the result of  conversion
          into fractional shares of Class A Common plus unpaid dividends, and if
          less than all the shares of the Series A Preferred  Stock  represented
          by such  certificates  are converted,  a certificate  representing the
          shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock not  converted.  Such  conversion
          shall be deemed to have  been made  immediately  prior to the close of
          business  on the date of such  surrender  of the  shares  of  Series A
          Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to
          receive  the shares of Class A Common  issuable  upon such  conversion
          shall be treated for all  purposes as the record  holder or holders of
          such shares of Class A Common on such date.  If the  conversion  is in
          connection  with an  underwritten  offering of  securities  registered
          pursuant to the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  the  conversion
          may, at the option of any holder surrendering Series A Preferred Stock
          for conversion,  be conditioned  upon the closing with the underwriter
          of the sale of securities  pursuant to such  offering,  in which event
          the person(s) entitled to receive the Class A Common or other property
          issuable upon such  conversion  of the Series A Preferred  Stock shall
          not be deemed to have  converted  such Series A Preferred  Stock until
          immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. Notice of
          such  conversion  in  connection  with  an  underwritten  offering  of
          securities  shall  be  given  by  the  Corporation  by  mail,  postage
          pre-paid,  to the  holders  of the Series A  Preferred  Stock at their
          addresses shown on the Corporation's  records,  at least ten (10) days
          prior to the closing date of the sale of such securities.  On or after
          the closing date as specified in such notice,  each holder of Series A
          Preferred  Stock  shall  surrender  his  certificate  or  certificates
          representing such Series A Preferred Stock for the number of shares of
          Class  A  Common  to  which  he is  entitled  at  the  office  of  the
          Corporation  or any  transfer  agent  for  the  Class  A  Common.  The
          Corporation  shall,  as  soon as  practicable  thereafter,  issue  and
          deliver at such office to such holder of Series A Preferred  Stock,  a
          certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common
          to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid, and a check payable to the
          holder in the  amount of any cash  amounts  payable as the result of a
          conversion into  fractional  shares of Class A Common and any declared
          but unpaid dividends.  The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred
          as of the close of business on the actual closing date with respect to
          the sale of such securities, and, notwithstanding that any certificate
          representing  the Series A Preferred  Stock to be converted  shall not
          have been  surrendered,  each holder of such Series A Preferred  Stock
          shall  thereafter  be treated for all purposes as the record holder of
          the number of shares of Class A Common  issuable  to such  holder upon
          such conversion.

               (c)  Adjustment of  Conversion  Price Upon Issuance of Additional
          Shares of Class A Common.

                    (i) The Corporation has issued options to acquire  607,500
               shares of Class A Common  and  Class B Common of the  Corporation
               (the "Performance  Options").  In the event the Corporation shall
               issue  additional  shares of Class A Common upon the  exercise of
               any Performance  Option on or after the date hereof,  then and in
               such event,  the  Conversion  Price in effect on the date of, and
               immediately  prior to, such issue shall be reduced,  concurrently
               with such issue,  to a price  (calculated  to the  nearest  cent)
               determined by multiplying  


                                       5
<PAGE>


               such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall
               be the number of shares of Class A Common outstanding immediately
               prior to such  issue and the  denominator  of which  shall be the
               number of shares of Class A Common outstanding  immediately prior
               to such issue plus the number of such additional  shares of Class
               A Common so issued. For the purpose of the above calculation, the
               number of shares of Class A Common outstanding  immediately prior
               to such issue shall be calculated on a fully diluted basis, as if
               all shares of Preferred Stock and all convertible  securities had
               been fully  converted  into  share of Class A Common  immediately
               prior to such issuance and any outstanding  warrants,  options or
               other rights for the  purchase of shares of stock or  convertible
               securities  had been fully  exercised  immediately  prior to such
               issuance  (and the  resulting  securities  fully  converted  into
               shares of Class A Common, if so convertible) as of such date, but
               not including in such  calculation  any (i) additional  shares of
               Class A Common  issuable  with  respect  to shares  of  Preferred
               Stock, convertible securities,  or outstanding options,  warrants
               or  other   rights  for  the  purchase  of  shares  of  stock  or
               convertible  securities,  solely as a result of the adjustment of
               the respective  Conversion  Prices (or other  conversion  ratios)
               resulting  from the  issuance  of  additional  shares  of Class A
               Common causing such  adjustment or (ii)  Incentive  Stock Options
               that have become exercisable solely as a result of the passage of
               time (and not as a result of a change in control).

                    (ii)  Adjustments  for  Subdivisions,  Class A Common  Stock
               Dividends,  Combinations or  Consolidations of Class A Common. In
               the  event  the  outstanding  shares  of Class A Common  shall be
               subdivided or increased, by stock split or stock dividend, into a
               greater number of shares of Class A Common,  the Conversion Price
               then in effect shall  concurrently with the effectiveness of such
               subdivision or payment of such stock dividend, be proportionately
               decreased.  In the event the outstanding shares of Class A Common
               shall  be  combined  or  consolidated,   by  reclassification  or
               otherwise,  into a lesser number of shares of Class A Common, the
               Conversion  Price  then in effect  shall,  concurrently  with the
               effectiveness   of  such   combination   or   consolidation,   be
               proportionately increased.

                    (iii)   Adjustments  for   Reclassification,   Exchange  and
               Substitution.  If the Class A Common  issuable upon conversion of
               the Series A Preferred  Stock shall be changed into the same or a
               different  number  of shares of any  other  class or  classes  of
               stock,  whether by capital  reorganization,  reclassification  or
               otherwise  (other than a  subdivision  or  combination  of shares
               provided for above),  the Conversion  Price then in effect shall,
               concurrently  with the  effectiveness of such  reorganization  or
               reclassification,  be  proportionately  adjusted  such  that  the
               Series A Preferred  Stock shall be  convertible  into, in lieu of
               the number of shares of Class A Common  which the  holders  would
               otherwise  have been  entitled to receive,  a number of shares of
               such other class or classes of stock  equivalent to the number of
               shares of Class A Common that would have been  subject to receipt
               by the holders upon  conversion  of the Series A Preferred  Stock
               immediately before that change.

                    (iv) Adjustments for Merger,  Sale, Lease or Conveyance.  In
               case of any consolidation  with or merger of the Corporation with
               or into  another  corporation,  or in case of any sale,  lease or
               conveyance   to  another   corporation   of  the  assets  of  the
               Corporation as an entirety or substantially  as an entirety,  the
               Series  A   Preferred   Stock   shall  after  the  date  of  such
               consolidation,  merger,  sale, lease or conveyance be convertible
               into the  number  of  shares  of 


                                       6
<PAGE>


               stock or other  securities or property  (including cash) to which
               the Class A Common  issuable (at the time of such  consolidation,
               merger,  sale, lease or conveyance) upon conversion of the Series
               A   Preferred   Stock   would  have  been   entitled   upon  such
               consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance; and in any such
               case, if necessary,  the provisions set forth herein with respect
               to the  rights and  interests  thereafter  of the  holders of the
               Series A Preferred Stock shall be appropriately adjusted so as to
               be  applicable,  as nearly as may reasonably be, to any shares of
               stock or other securities or property  thereafter  deliverable on
               the conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

               (d) Mandatory Conversion.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock
          shall  automatically  be converted  into such number of fully paid and
          nonassessable  shares of Class A Common as is  determined  by dividing
          $6.10 by the  Conversion  Price (as defined and  adjusted  above) in
          effect at the time of conversion upon the occurrence of the closing of
          an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective  registration
          statement  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  covering the
          offer and sale of Class A Common of the Corporation to the public with
          an aggregate  gross offering price of not less than  $10,000,000 and a
          per share offering price of not less than $6.10. All holders of record
          of shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock will be given at least  twenty
          (20) days' prior written notice of the date fixed and place designated
          for mandatory conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and the event
          which  resulted in the mandatory  conversion of the Series A Preferred
          Stock into Class A Common.  Such  notice  shall be sent by first class
          mail,  postage  prepaid,  to each  holder of  record  of the  Series A
          Preferred  Stock at such holder's  address shown in the records of the
          Corporation.  On or  before  the date so fixed  for  conversion,  each
          holder of shares of the Series A Preferred  Stock shall  surrender his
          or  its  certificate  or  certificates  for  all  such  shares  to the
          Corporation  at  the  place   designated  in  such  notice  and  shall
          thereafter  receive  certificates  for the number of shares of Class A
          Common to which such holder is entitled.  The mechanics for conversion
          and other  provisions  relating  to  conversion  of Series A Preferred
          Stock into Class A Common set forth  elsewhere  in these  Articles  of
          Incorporation shall apply to the mandatory  conversion of the Series A
          Preferred Stock.

               (e)  Certificate as to  Adjustments.  Upon the occurrence of each
          adjustment or  readjustment  of the Conversion  Price pursuant to this
          Section  4.4(a)(3),  the  Corporation  at its expense  shall  promptly
          compute such  adjustment or  readjustment in accordance with the terms
          hereof  and  furnish  to each  holder  of Series A  Preferred  Stock a
          certificate   setting  forth  such   adjustment  or   readjustment  in
          accordance  with the terms  hereof  showing  in detail  the facts upon
          which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall,
          upon  the  written  request  at any  time of any  holder  of  Series A
          Preferred  Stock,  furnish or cause to be  furnished  to such holder a
          like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments,
          (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect,  and (iii) the number
          of shares of Class A Common and the amount,  if any, of other property
          which at the time would be received  upon the  conversion  of Series A
          Preferred Stock.

               (f) Notices of Record  Date.  In the event that this  Corporation
          shall propose at any time:


                                       7
<PAGE>


                    (i) to declare any dividend or  distribution  (other than by
               purchase of Class A Common of  employees,  officers and directors
               pursuant to the  termination  of such  persons or pursuant to the
               Corporation's exercise of rights of first refusal with respect to
               Class A Common  held by such  persons)  upon its  Class A Common,
               whether in cash, property, stock or other securities,  whether or
               not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or
               earned surplus;

                    (ii) to offer for  subscription  pro rata to the  holders of
               any class or series of its stock any  additional  shares of stock
               of any class or series or other rights;

                    (iii) to effect any  reclassification or recapitalization of
               its Class A Common shares  outstanding  involving a change in the
               Class A Common; or

                    (iv)  to  merge  or  consolidate  with  or  into  any  other
               corporation,  or sell, lease or convey all or  substantially  all
               its property or business, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up;

          then, in connection with each such event,  the Corporation  shall send
          to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock:

                         (1) at least twenty (20) days' prior written  notice of
                    the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend,
                    distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date
                    on which  the  holders  of Class A  Common  shares  shall be
                    entitled  thereto)  or for  determining  rights  to  vote in
                    respect of the  matters  referred  to in (i) and (ii) above;
                    and

                         (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (iii) and
                    (iv) above,  at least twenty (20) days' prior written notice
                    of the date when the same shall  take place (and  specifying
                    the date on which the holders of Class A Common shares shall
                    be  entitled to  exchange  their  Class A Common  shares for
                    securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence
                    of such event).

               Each such  written  notice  shall be given by first  class  mail,
          postage prepaid,  addressed to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock
          at the  address  for each  such  holder  as shown on the books of this
          Corporation.

               (g) No Impairment.  The Corporation will not, by amendment of its
          Articles of Incorporation or through any  reorganization,  transfer of
          assets,   consolidation,   merger,  dissolution,   issue  or  sale  of
          securities or any other voluntary  action (other than actions taken in
          good faith),  avoid the  observance or performance of any of the terms
          to be observed or performed  hereunder by the  Corporation but will at
          all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the  provisions  of
          this Section  4.4(a) and in taking all such action as may be necessary
          or  appropriate  in order to  protect  the  conversion  rights  of the
          holders of the Series A Preferred Stock against impairment.


                                       8
<PAGE>


               (h) Reservation of Class A Common Stock.  The Corporation  shall,
          at all times when the Series A Preferred  Stock shall be  outstanding,
          reserve and keep available out of its  authorized but unissued  stock,
          for the purpose of effecting the  conversion of the Series A Preferred
          Stock,  such number of its duly authorized shares of Class A Common as
          shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the  conversion of all
          outstanding  Series A Preferred Stock.  Before taking any action which
          could cause an adjustment reducing the conversion price below the then
          par value of the shares of Class A Common  issuable upon conversion of
          the  Series A  Preferred  Stock or which  would  cause  the  effective
          purchase  price for the Series A  Preferred  Stock to be less than the
          par value of the shares of Series A Preferred  Stock,  the Corporation
          will take any  corporate  action  which  may,  in the  opinion  of its
          counsel,  be necessary in order that the  Corporation  may validly and
          legally  issue  fully  paid and  nonassessable  shares of such Class A
          Common at such adjusted  Conversion Price or effective purchase price,
          as the case may be.

               (i) No Adjustment.  Upon any voluntary conversion of the Series A
          Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the conversion  rights shall be made
          for  declared  but unpaid  dividends  on the Series A Preferred  Stock
          surrendered for conversion or on the Class A Common delivered.

               (j)  Cancellation of Series A Preferred  Stock. All shares of the
          Series A  Preferred  Stock  which  shall  have  been  surrendered  for
          conversion  as  herein  provided  shall  no  longer  be  deemed  to be
          outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares,  including the
          rights,  if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall forthwith cease
          and terminate  except only the right of the holders thereof to receive
          shares of Class A Common in exchange  therefor and to receive  payment
          of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. Any shares of the Series
          A Preferred  Stock so  converted  shall be retired and  cancelled  and
          shall not be reissued,  and the Corporation may from time to time take
          such  appropriate  action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized
          Series A Preferred Stock accordingly.

          (4) Preemptive  Rights.  Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not
     be entitled on account of holding such shares to preemptive rights or other
     rights to acquire or subscribe for  additional  shares or securities of the
     Corporation authorized to be issued.

     (b) Series B Preferred  Stock.  Seven  Hundred  Seventy-Eight  Thousand
Seven Hundred  Forty-Six (778,746)  shares of the  authorized  shares of
Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby  designated  Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock").

          (1) Dividend Provisions.

               (a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock of the
          Corporation the terms of which  specifically  provide that such series
          ranks  senior  to the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  and the  Series  C
          Preferred Stock, or the terms of which specifically  provide that such
          series  ranks pari passu  with the  Series B  Preferred  Stock and the
          Series C  Preferred  Stock,  the  holders  of shares  of the  Series B
          Preferred  Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
          receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior
          and in  preference  to any  declaration  or  payment  of any  dividend
          (payable  other  than in  Class A  Common  or  Class 


                                       9
<PAGE>


          B Common of the Corporation or other securities and rights convertible
          into  or  entitling  the  holder  thereof  to  receive,   directly  or
          indirectly,  additional  shares of Common  Stock) on the Common Stock,
          when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends shall
          be  payable  upon any  Junior  Securities  (as  defined  below) of the
          Corporation unless equivalent dividends, on an as-converted basis, are
          declared and paid concurrently on the Series B Preferred Stock and the
          Series C Preferred Stock. For purposes of this Section 4.4(b)(1) only,
          the Series A Preferred  Stock  ranks  senior to the Series B Preferred
          Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends.

               (b) A "Junior  Security"  shall  include (i) the Common Stock and
          (ii) any series of  Preferred  Stock the terms of which  provide  that
          such series  ranks  junior and  subordinate  to the Series B Preferred
          Stock and the Series C Preferred  Stock with respect to dividends  and
          as to the  distribution  of assets  upon any  Liquidation  (as defined
          below) or deemed liquidation.  For purposes of this Section 4.4(b)(1),
          the Series B  Preferred  Stock shall be treated as pari passu with the
          Series C Preferred Stock.

          (2) Liquidation Preference.

               (a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of
          the Corporation,  either  voluntary or involuntary (a  "Liquidation"),
          the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
          receive,  in pari  passu with the  holders  of the Series A  Preferred
          Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock, and prior and in preference to
          any  distribution  of any  of the  assets  of the  Corporation  to the
          holders of any Junior Securities (as defined above) by reason of their
          ownership  thereof,  an amount per share equal to $4.52 (as adjusted
          for stock splits, combinations or similar events) for each outstanding
          share of Series B Preferred  Stock plus any  accrued or  declared  but
          unpaid dividends (the "Series B Liquidation Preference"). If, upon the
          occurrence  of such an event,  the assets  and funds thus  distributed
          among the  holders  of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock,  the  Series B
          Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock shall be insufficient
          to  permit  the  payment  to  such  holders  of  the  full   aforesaid
          preferential  amounts,  then  the  entire  assets  and  funds  of  the
          Corporation  legally  available for distribution  shall be distributed
          ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock, the Series
          B Preferred  Stock and the Series C Preferred  Stock in  proportion to
          the  preferential  amount  each such holder is  otherwise  entitled to
          receive.

               (b)  Upon  the  completion  of  the  distributions   required  by
          subsection  (a) of this Section  4.4(b)(2) and any other  distribution
          that may be required  with respect to series of  Preferred  Stock that
          may from time to time come into existence, the remaining assets of the
          Corporation  available  for  distribution  to  shareholders  shall  be
          distributed  among the  holders of the Common  Stock pro rata based on
          the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

               (c) For purposes of this Section  4.4(b)(2),  a Liquidation shall
          be deemed to be occasioned  by, or to include (i) the  acquisition  of
          the   Corporation  by  another  entity  or  person  by  means  of  any
          transaction  or series of  related  transactions  (including,  without


                                       10
<PAGE>


          limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding
          any  merger  effected  exclusively  for the  purpose of  changing  the
          domicile of the  Corporation)  or (ii) a sale of all or  substantially
          all of  the  assets  of  the  Corporation;  unless  the  Corporation's
          shareholders  of  record  as  constituted  immediately  prior  to such
          acquisition or sale will,  immediately  after such acquisition or sale
          (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Corporation's
          acquisition  or sale or  otherwise)  hold at least  51% of the  voting
          power of the surviving or acquiring entity.  Nothing contained in this
          Section 4.4(b)(2)(c) shall in any way restrict or prohibit the holders
          of Series B Preferred Stock from exercising  their  conversion  rights
          pursuant to Section  4.4(b)(4)  hereof prior to the effective  date of
          the Liquidation to be effected hereunder.

          (3)  Redemption.  The shares of Series B Preferred  Stock shall not be
     redeemable.

          (4) Conversion. The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have
     conversion rights as follows (the "Conversion Rights"):

               (a)  Automatic  Conversion.  (i) Each share of Series B Preferred
          Stock  shall   automatically   be   converted   into  fully  paid  and
          nonassessable   shares  of  Class  A  Common  at  the  then  effective
          Conversion Rate for such series (determined in accordance with Section
          4.4(a)(4)(d)  below)  immediately  upon the  closing  of a Sale  Event
          (defined below) in which the Company Valuation  (defined below) equals
          or exceeds  $27,000,000.  (ii) Each share of  Series B Preferred Stock
          shall  automatically be so converted at the then effective  Conversion
          Rate on the date  specified  by written  consent or  agreement  of the
          holders of two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of such series of
          Series B Preferred Stock.

               (b) A "Sale Event" shall include (i) an initial  public  offering
          of the  Corporation's  securities  in a firm  commitment  underwriting
          pursuant  to a  registration  statement  on Form  S-1 or SB-2  (or any
          equivalent  successor  form)  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
          amended (an "IPO"),  (ii) the  consummation  by the  Corporation  of a
          merger or consolidation or other acquisition transaction in which more
          than fifty  percent  (50%) of the voting power of the  Corporation  is
          transferred (excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose
          of changing the domicile of the  Corporation)  (a "Change in Control")
          or (iii) a sale or other  disposition of all or  substantially  all of
          the assets of the Corporation (a "Sale").

               (c) Right to  Convert.  Each  share of Series B  Preferred  Stock
          shall be convertible,  at the option of the holder thereof at any time
          after  the  date  of  issuance  of such  share  at the  office  of the
          Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock. Each share of Series
          B Preferred  Stock shall be  convertible  on a pro rata basis into the
          number  of  fully  paid  and  nonassessable  shares  of Class A Common
          determined at the then effective Conversion Rate.

               (d)  Determination  of Conversion  Rate.  The number of shares of
          Class A Common into which the Series B Preferred  Stock is convertible
          is hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the "Conversion Rate" for
          such  series.  The  Conversion  Rate for the Series B Preferred  Stock
          shall be determined by multiplying a fraction,  the numerator of which
          is the


                                       11
<PAGE>


          Applicable  Percentage  (determined  in  accordance  with this Section
          4.4(b)(4)(d))  and the denominator of which is the difference  between
          1.0 and the  Applicable  Percentage,  by the  Total  Number  of Shares
          Outstanding  (as defined in Section  4.4(b)(4)(d)(iv))  on the date of
          determination.  The  Applicable  Percentage  shall  be  determined  as
          follows:

                    (i) if the Company  Valuation  (defined  below) is less than
               $42,500,000, the Applicable Percentage shall be 0.11475;

                    (ii) if the Company  Valuation  is greater  than or equal to
               $42,500,000,  the Applicable Percentage shall be a fraction,  the
               numerator  of which is the sum of (A) 0.11475  multiplied  by the
               Company  Valuation  and (B) the product of 0.3  multiplied by the
               difference between the Company Valuation and $42,500,000, and the
               denominator of which is the Company Valuation;  provided, that in
               no event shall the Applicable Percentage be greater than 0.29.

                    (iii) The Company Valuation shall be determined as follows:

                         (A) in the case of an IPO, the  aggregate  valuation of
                    the Corporation taken as a whole assigned to the Corporation
                    by the managing  underwriter  on the  effective  date of the
                    registration statement relating to such IPO;

                         (B) in the case of any Change in Control  that  results
                    in the transfer of one hundred percent (100%) of the capital
                    stock of the Corporation to an unaffiliated  entity,  by the
                    aggregate cash and non-cash  consideration received or to be
                    received by the Corporation or its securityholders (in their
                    capacity  as  securityholders   and  not  as  employees)  as
                    consideration  for their shares  transferred  in  connection
                    with the transaction;

                         (C) in the case of any  Change in Control in which more
                    than fifty percent  (50%) but less than one hundred  percent
                    (100%)  of  the   voting   power  of  the   Corporation   is
                    transferred,  by  multiplying  the  Total  Number  of Shares
                    Outstanding  by a fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the
                    aggregate cash and non-cash  consideration received or to be
                    received by the Corporation or its securityholders (in their
                    capacity  as  securityholders   and  not  as  employees)  as
                    consideration for the shares  transferred in connection with
                    the  transaction  and the denominator of which is the number
                    of shares of Common Stock transferred in connection with the
                    Change in Control;

                         (D) in the case of any Sale, by the aggregate  cash and
                    non-cash  consideration  received  or to be  received by the
                    Corporation  or its  securityholders  (in their  capacity as
                    securityholders and not as employees) in connection with the
                    transaction plus the assumption of all liabilities; or

                         (E) In all other cases,

                         (x) if the Class A Common Stock is listed on a national
                    securities   exchange  or   admitted  to  unlisted   trading
                    privileges  on such  exchange  or listed 


                                       12
<PAGE>


                    for trading on the Nasdaq  National  Market,  by multiplying
                    the last  reported  sale price of the Class A Common on such
                    exchange  or  market on the last  business  day prior to the
                    date of  determination,  or if no such  sale is made on such
                    day,  the average  closing bid and asked prices for such day
                    on such  exchange  or market  by the Total  Number of Shares
                    Outstanding on such date;

                         (y) if the  Class A Common  Stock is not so  listed  or
                    admitted to unlisted  trading  privileges,  but is traded on
                    the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  by multiplying the average of
                    the  closing  bid and  asked  prices  for  such  day on such
                    market, or if the Class A Common Stock is not so traded, the
                    mean of the last  reported bid and asked prices  reported by
                    the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. on the last business day
                    prior to the date of  determination  by the Total  Number of
                    Shares Outstanding on such date; or

                         (z) if the  Class A Common  Stock is not so  listed  or
                    admitted to unlisted  trading  privileges  and bid and asked
                    prices are not so reported,  the Company  Valuation shall be
                    an amount,  not less than book value of the  Corporation  at
                    the end of the most recent  fiscal  year of the  Corporation
                    ending  prior to the date of  determination,  determined  in
                    good  faith  and  in  such  reasonable   manner  as  may  be
                    prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                    (iv) On any date of  determination,  the  "Total  Number  of
               Shares  Outstanding"  shall  equal  (A) the  aggregate  number of
               shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  on such date,  plus (B) the
               aggregate   maximum   number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  (the
               "Underlying  Shares")  issuable  upon  exercise,   conversion  or
               exchange  (assuming the  satisfaction  of any conditions  thereto
               including, without limitation, the passage of time) of securities
               of the Company  ("Convertible  Securities")  outstanding  on such
               date that are exercisable  for,  convertible into or exchangeable
               for,  shares of Common Stock,  minus (C)  Convertible  Securities
               exercisable  for,  convertible into or exchangeable for 450,000
               of the Underlying Shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits,
               combinations or similar  events),  or such lesser amount if there
               are  outstanding  on  such  date  of  determination   Convertible
               Securities  exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for
               less  than  450,000  shares of  Common  Stock.  Notwithstanding
               anything  to the  contrary  herein,  the  Total  Number of Shares
               Outstanding  shall not  include  any  portion of any  Convertible
               Securities  to the extent that such  Convertible  Securities,  by
               their  explicit  terms,  can no longer be exercised  due to their
               expiration  or the  irrevocable  failure of any  precondition  to
               their   exercisability,   including   the   failure   to  achieve
               performance goals required for exercisability.

                    (v) Notwithstanding Section  4.4(b)(4)(d)(iv),  in the event
               that, prior to any Sale Event, the Corporation shall issue shares
               of Common Stock as consideration for any strategic acquisition by
               the Corporation of another entity (the "Acquisition Shares"), and
               the per share value of the Acquisition  Shares  multiplied by the
               Total  Number of  Shares  Outstanding  immediately  prior to such
               acquisition   (such  number   hereinafter   referred  to  as  the
               "Acquisition Valuation") exceeds $35,000,000, the Total Number of
               Shares  Outstanding  on the Sale  Event  shall be  reduced by the
               number  of  shares  equal to the  number  of  Acquisition  Shares
               multiplied  by  a  fraction,   the  numerator  of  which  is  the
               difference between the Acquisition  Valuation and $35,000,000 and
               the denominator of which is the Acquisition Valuation.


                                       13
<PAGE>


                    (vi) If in  connection  with any Sale  Event  that is not an
               IPO,  any  provisions  are made with  respect to any  Convertible
               Securities such that such Convertible  Securities become entitled
               to any cash or non-cash  consideration  in  connection  with such
               Sale Event and,  as a result of such  provisions,  the  aggregate
               number  of shares of  Common  Stock  and  Convertible  Securities
               entitled to receive  compensation  in  connection  with such Sale
               Event  exceeds the Total Number of Shares  Outstanding,  then for
               purposes of this  Section  4.4(b)(4),  the Total Number of Shares
               Outstanding  shall be  increased  by such  additional  number  of
               shares and/or Convertible Securities.

               (d)  Mechanics  of  Conversion.  Before  any  holder  of Series B
          Preferred  Stock  shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of
          Class A Common Stock,  such holder shall  surrender the certificate or
          certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation
          or of any transfer agent for the Series B Preferred  Stock,  and shall
          give written  notice to the  Corporation  at its  principal  corporate
          office,  of the  election to convert the same and shall state  therein
          the name or names in which the certificate or certificates  for shares
          of Class A Common Stock are to be issued.  The  Corporation  shall, as
          soon as  practicable  thereafter,  issue and deliver to such holder of
          Series B  Preferred  Stock,  or to the  nominee  or  nominees  of such
          holder,  a  certificate  or  certificates  for the number of shares of
          Class A Common  Stock to  which  such  holder  shall  be  entitled  as
          aforesaid.   Such  conversion  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  made
          immediately  prior  to the  close  of  business  on the  date  of such
          surrender of the shares of Series B Preferred  Stock to be  converted,
          and the person or persons  entitled  to receive the shares of' Class A
          Common Stock  issuable upon such  conversion  shall be treated for all
          purposes  as the record  holder or  holders of such  shares of Class A
          Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection  with
          an  underwritten  offering of  securities  registered  pursuant to the
          Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  the conversion may, at the option
          of any holder  tendering  Series B Preferred Stock for conversion,  be
          conditioned  upon the  closing  with the  underwriters  of the sale of
          securities  pursuant to such  offering,  in which event the  person(s)
          entitled to receive the Class A Common  Stock upon  conversion  of the
          Series B Preferred  Stock shall not be deemed to have  converted  such
          Series B  Preferred  Stock until  immediately  prior to the closing of
          such sale of securities.

               (e)  Other  Distributions.  In the event  the  Corporation  shall
          declare  a  distribution  payable  in  securities  of  other  persons,
          evidences of indebtedness  issued by the Corporation or other persons,
          assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights,  then, in each
          such  case,  the  holders  of the Series B  Preferred  Stock  shall be
          entitled to a proportionate  share of any such  distribution as though
          they were the holders of the number of shares of Class A Common  Stock
          of the Corporation into which their shares of Series B Preferred Stock
          are convertible as of the record date fixed for the  determination  of
          the  holders of Common  Stock of the  Corporation  entitled to receive
          such distribution.

               (f) Recapitalizations.  If at any time or from time to time there
          shall be a  recapitalization  of the Common Stock (other than a merger
          or sale of  assets  transaction  provided  for in  Section  4.4(b)(2))
          provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series B Preferred


                                       14
<PAGE>


          Stock shall  thereafter be entitled to receive upon  conversion of the
          Series B  Preferred  Stock  the  number  of  shares  of stock or other
          securities or property of the  Corporation  or  otherwise,  to which a
          holder of Class A Common Stock  deliverable upon conversion would have
          been entitled on such recapitalization.  In any such case, appropriate
          adjustment  shall be made in the application of the provisions of this
          Section  4.4(b)(2)  with  respect to the rights of the  holders of the
          Series B Preferred  Stock after the  recapitalization  to the end that
          the  provisions of this Section  4.4(b)  (including  adjustment of the
          number of shares  issuable  upon  conversion of the Series B Preferred
          Stock) shall be  applicable  after that event as nearly  equivalent as
          may be practicable.

               (g) No Impairment.  The Corporation will not, by amendment of its
          Articles   of   Incorporation    or   through   any    reorganization,
          recapitalization,   transfer   of   assets,   consolidation,   merger,
          dissolution,  issue  or  sale of  securities  or any  other  voluntary
          action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
          the terms to be observed or performed  hereunder  by the  Corporation,
          but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
          the provisions of this Section 4.4(b)(4) and in the taking of all such
          action as may be  necessary  or  appropriate  in order to protect  the
          conversion  rights of the  holders  of the  Series B  Preferred  Stock
          against impairment.

               (h) No Fractional  Shares.  No fractional  shares shall be issued
          upon the  conversion  of any share or shares of the Series B Preferred
          Stock,  and the number of shares of Class A Common  Stock to be issued
          shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. Whether or not fractional
          shares are issuable  upon such  conversion  shall be determined on the
          basis of the total  number of shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock the
          holder is at the time  converting  into  Class A Common  Stock and the
          number of shares of Class A Common Stock  issuable upon such aggregate
          conversion.

               (i)  Notices  of Record  Date.  In the event of any taking by the
          Corporation  of a record of the holders of any class of securities for
          the purpose of  determining  the holders  thereof who are  entitled to
          receive  any   dividend   (other  than  a  cash   dividend)  or  other
          distribution,  any  right to  subscribe  for,  purchase  or  otherwise
          acquire  any shares of stock of any class or any other  securities  or
          property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to
          each holder of Series B  Preferred  Stock,  at least  twenty (20) days
          prior to the date specified  therein,  a notice specifying the date on
          which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend,
          distribution or right,  and the amount and character of such dividend,
          distribution or right.

               (j)   Reservation   of  Stock  Issuable  Upon   Conversion.   The
          Corporation  shall at all times reserve and keep  available out of its
          authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the
          purpose  of  effecting  the  conversion  of the shares of the Series B
          Preferred Stock,  such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as
          shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the  conversion of all
          outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock; and if at any time
          the number of authorized  but unissued  shares of Class A Common Stock
          shall  not  be  sufficient  to  effect  the  conversion  of  all  then
          outstanding  shares of the Series B  Preferred  Stock,  in addition to
          such  other  remedies  as shall be  available  to the  holder  of such
          Preferred  Stock,  the Corporation  will take such corporate action as
          may, in the opinion of its counsel, be


                                       15
<PAGE>


          necessary to increase its  authorized  but unissued  shares of Class A
          Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient  for such
          purposes,  including, without limitation,  engaging in best efforts to
          obtain the requisite  shareholder  approval of any necessary amendment
          to these provisions.

               (k)  Notices.  Any  notice  required  by the  provisions  of this
          Section  4.4(b)(4)to  be given to the  holders  of  shares of Series B
          Preferred  Stock shall be deemed given upon personal  delivery or upon
          delivery by  registered or certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,  return
          receipt  requested  and  addressed  to each  holder  of  record at his
          address  appearing on the books of the  Corporation,  or at such other
          address as such party may designate by ten (10) days' advance  written
          notice to the Corporation.

          (5)  Voting  Rights.  Except as may  otherwise  be  provided  in these
     Articles of Incorporation or by law or by contract,  the Series B Preferred
     Stock  shall be  entitled  to vote,  as a single  class with the holders of
     Class A Common  Stock and the  holders  of any other  classes  or series of
     stock of the  Corporation  so entitled to vote,  on all matters as to which
     the holders of Class A Common  Stock shall be entitled to vote.  Each share
     of Series B  Preferred  Stock  shall have that number of votes equal to the
     number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which it is then convertible,
     the holders of Series B Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to notice of any
     shareholders' meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation.

          (6)  Status of  Converted  Stock.  In the event any shares of Series B
     Preferred Stock shall be converted  pursuant to Section  4.4(b)(4)  hereof,
     the shares so converted shall be cancelled by the  Corporation.  Any shares
     so  cancelled  shall  revert  to the  status  of  authorized  but  unissued
     Preferred Stock without  designation.  The Articles of Incorporation of the
     Corporation  may be  appropriately  amended from time to time to effect the
     corresponding  reduction,  if any, in the Corporation's  authorized capital
     stock.

          (7) Right to Elect Director.  The holders of Series B Preferred Stock,
     voting as a separate class, shall have the night to elect one individual to
     the  Corporation's  Board of Directors  (the "Series B  Director").  In the
     event of the  resignation  or  removal  of a Series B  Director,  a special
     meeting shall be convened at which elections shall be held for the election
     of a substitute  Series B Director,  provided  that the holders of Series B
     Preferred Stock may act by written consent in lieu of such meeting.

          (8) Covenants.  So long as any shares of Series B Preferred  Stock are
     outstanding,  the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the written
     consent  of the  holders  of at least  two-thirds  of the then  outstanding
     shares of Series B Preferred Stock:

               (a)  except  in the case of a Sale  Event in  which  the  Company
          Valuation is greater than or equal to $50,000,000,  (i) sell,  convey,
          or otherwise  dispose of all or  substantially  all of its property or
          business or (ii) merge into or consolidate with any other  corporation
          (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation or for the exclusive
          purpose of changing  the  domicile of the  Corporation)  or effect any
          transaction or series of related  transactions if, in the case of this
          subsection (ii), the Corporation's  shareholders of record 


                                       16
<PAGE>


          immediately   prior  to  such   transaction   or  series  of   related
          transactions  do not immediately  after such  transaction or series of
          related  transactions (by virtue of securities issued as consideration
          for such transaction or series of related  transactions) hold at least
          fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting power of the Corporation;

               (b)  increase or decrease  (other than by  conversion)  the total
          number of authorized  shares of Series B Preferred  Stock or amend the
          terms of the Series B Preferred  Stock (or any other  capital stock of
          the  Corporation)  so  as to  affect  the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock
          adversely;

               (c) authorize or issue,  or obligate  itself to issue,  any other
          equity  security,  including  any other  security  or debt  instrument
          convertible into or exercisable for any such equity security, having a
          preference  over,  or being on a parity  with,  the Series B Preferred
          Stock with respect to dividends, redemption or liquidation;

               (d)   increase  the   authorized   number  of  directors  of  the
          Corporation to more than seven (7) members;

               (e) engage in or  consummate  any Sale Event in which the Company
          Valuation is less than $50,000,000;

               (f) issue any shares of Common  Stock (or any options to purchase
          or rights to subscribe  for Common  Stock,  securities  by their terms
          convertible  into or  exchangeable  for  Common  Stock or  options  to
          purchase or rights to subscribe for such  convertible or  exchangeable
          securities)  without  consideration  or for a consideration  per share
          less than the fair market  value  (determined  on a per share basis in
          accordance   with   subsection   4.4(b)(d)(iii)   hereof)   in  effect
          immediately prior to the issuance of such securities;  provided,  that
          this  restriction  shall  not  apply to (i)  shares  of  Common  Stock
          issuable  or issued to  employees,  advisors,  consultants  or outside
          directors  of the  Corporation  directly or pursuant to a stock option
          plan or  restricted  stock plan  approved by the Board of Directors of
          the Corporation, (ii) shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
          options and warrants outstanding on February 2, 1998, or (iii) Class A
          Common  Stock  issued or  issuable  upon  conversion  of the  Series A
          Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock;
          or

               (g)  liquidate,  dissolve or otherwise wind up the affairs of the
          Corporation.

          (9)  Amendments.  No  provision  of these  Articles  of  Incorporation
     relating to the Series B Preferred Stock may be amended, modified or waived
     without the written consent or affirmative  vote of the holders of at least
     two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

     (c) Series C  Preferred  Stock.  One  Hundred  Thirty-Two  Thousand  Seven
Hundred  Forty-Three  (132,743)  shares of the  authorized  shares of Preferred
Stock of the Corporation are hereby  designated as Series C Preferred Stock (the
"Series C Preferred Stock").


                                       17
<PAGE>


          (1) Dividend Provisions.

               (a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock of the
          Corporation the terms of which  specifically  provide that such series
          ranks  senior  to the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  and the  Series  C
          Preferred Stock, or the terms of which specifically  provide that such
          series  ranks pari passu  with the  Series B  Preferred  Stock and the
          Series C  Preferred  Stock,  the  holders  of shares  of the  Series B
          Preferred  Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
          receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior
          and in  preference  to any  declaration  or  payment  of any  dividend
          (payable  other than in Common Stock) or other  securities  and rights
          convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive,  directly
          or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock) on the Common Stock,
          when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends shall
          be  payable  upon any  Junior  Securities  of the  Corporation  unless
          equivalent dividends,  on an as-converted basis, are declared and paid
          concurrently  on the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  and  the  Series  C
          Preferred Stock. For purposes of this Section 4.4(c)(1),  the Series C
          Preferred  Stock  shall be  treated  as pari  passu  with the Series B
          Preferred  Stock and the Series A Preferred  Stock ranks senior to the
          Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock with respect
          to dividends.

          (2) Liquidation Preference.

               (a) In the event of any  Liquidation,  the  holders  of shares of
          Series C Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to receive,  in pari passu
          with the  holders  of shares of the Series A  Preferred  Stock and the
          Series  B  Preferred  Stock,  and  prior  and  in  preference  to  any
          distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of
          any Junior Securities by reason of their ownership thereof,  an amount
          per share equal to $4.52 as adjusted for stock splits,  combinations
          or similar  events) for each  outstanding  share of Series C Preferred
          Stock plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends (the "Series C
          Liquidation  Preference"),  If, upon the  occurrence of such an event,
          the assets and funds thus distributed  among the holders of the Series
          A  Preferred  Stock,  the  Series B  Preferred  Stock and the Series C
          Preferred  Stock shall be  insufficient  to permit the payment to such
          holders of the full aforesaid  preferential  amounts,  then the entire
          assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution
          shall  be  distributed  ratably  among  the  holders  of the  Series A
          Preferred  Stock,  the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  and the  Series C
          Preferred  Stock in  proportion to the  preferential  amount each such
          holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

               (b)  Upon  the  completion  of  the  distributions   required  by
          subsection  (a) of this Section  4.4(c)(2) and any other  distribution
          that may be required  with respect to series of  Preferred  Stock that
          may from time to time come into existence, the remaining assets of the
          Corporation  available  for  distribution  to  shareholders  shall  be
          distributed  among the  holders of the Common  Stock pro rata based on
          the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

               (c) For purposes of this Section  4.4(c)(2),  a Liquidation shall
          be deemed to be occasioned  by, or to include (i) the  acquisition  of
          the   Corporation  by  another  entity  or  person  by  means  of  any
          transaction  or series of  related  transactions  (including,  without


                                       18
<PAGE>


          limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding
          any  merger  effected  exclusively  for the  purpose of  changing  the
          domicile of the  Corporation)  or (ii) a sale of all or  substantially
          all of  the  assets  of  the  Corporation;  unless  the  Corporation's
          shareholders  of  record  as  constituted  immediately  prior  to such
          acquisition or sale will,  immediately  after such acquisition or sale
          (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Corporation's
          acquisition  or sale or  otherwise)  hold at least  51% of the  voting
          power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

          (3) Redemption.

               (a) Mandatory Redemption by the Corporation.

                    (i)  Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of  Series  C
               Preferred  Stock  set  forth  in  Section  4.4(c)(4)  below,  the
               Corporation  shall,  to the extent it may do so under  applicable
               law,  redeem the then  outstanding  shares of Series C  Preferred
               Stock upon the  occurrence  of a Sale Event that results in gross
               proceeds of at least $15,000,000 (the "Redemption  Date"). In the
               event shares of Series C Preferred Stock scheduled for redemption
               are not redeemed  because of a prohibition  under applicable law,
               such  shares  shall be redeemed  as soon as such  prohibition  no
               longer exists.

                    (ii) The redemption price (the "Redemption  Price") for each
               share of  Series C  Preferred  Stock  redeemed  pursuant  to this
               Section  4.4(c)(3)(a)  shall be equal to the Series C Liquidation
               Preference.

               (b) Surrender of Certificates.  Each holder of shares of Series C
          Preferred  Stock to be redeemed  under this  Section  4.4(c)(3)  shall
          surrender the certificate or certificates  representing such shares to
          the  Corporation on the Redemption  Date, and thereupon the Redemption
          Price for such shares as set forth in this Section  4.4(c)(3) shall be
          paid to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate
          or  certificates.  Irrespective of whether the  certificates  therefor
          shall have been  surrendered,  all shares of Series C Preferred  Stock
          shall be deemed to have been redeemed and shall be cancelled effective
          as of the Redemption Date, unless the Corporation shall default in the
          payment of the applicable Redemption Price.

          (4)  Conversion.  Each share of the Series C Preferred  Stock shall be
     convertible  at the  option  of the  holder  thereof  at any time into such
     number of shares of Class A Common Stock as determined by dividing  $4.52
     by the Conversion Price of $4.52.

          (5)  Voting  Rights.  Except as may  otherwise  be  provided  in these
     Articles of Incorporation or by law or by contract,  the Series C Preferred
     Stock  shall be  entitled  to vote,  as a single  class with the holders of
     Class A Common  Stock and the  holders  of any other  classes  or series of
     stock of the  Corporation  so entitled to vote,  on all matters as to which
     the holders of Class A Common  Stock shall be entitled to vote.  Each share
     of  Series C  Preferred  Stock  shall  have that  number of votes  equal to
     600,000 divided by 4.52. The holders of Series C Preferred


                                       19
<PAGE>


     Stock  shall  be  entitled  to  notice  of  any  stockholders'  meeting  in
     accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation.

          (6) Covenants.  So long as any shares of Series C Preferred  Stock are
     outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the written
     consent  of the  holders  of at least  two-thirds  of the then  outstanding
     shares of Series C Preferred  Stock,  increase or decrease the total number
     of authorized  shares of Series C Preferred Stock or amend the terms of the
     Series C Preferred Stock (or any other capital stock of the Corporation) so
     as to affect the Series C Preferred Stock adversely.

          (7)  Amendments.  No  provision  of these  Articles  of  Incorporation
     relating to the Series C Preferred Stock may be amended, modified or waived
     without the written consent or affirmative  vote of the holders of at least
     two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

                                    ARTICLE V

     The  address of the initial  registered  office of the  Corporation  is 215
Southport Drive, Suite 1000, Morrisville, Wake County, North Carolina 27560, and
the name of its initial registered agent at such address is J.W. Stealey.


                                       20
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

     Section 6.1. Number of Directors.  The number of directors constituting the
Board of Directors  shall be not less than five (5) nor more than fifteen  (15),
as specified in the Corporation's Bylaws.

     Section 6.2. Classified Board of Directors. Upon such time as the number of
directors  constituting  the  Board of  Directors  shall be fixed at nine (9) or
more, the Board of Directors  shall be divided into three (3) classes,  Class I,
Class II, and Class III,  which shall be as nearly  equal in number as possible.
The term of office of each  Director in Class I shall expire at the first annual
meeting of shareholders of the Corporation  following the  effectiveness  of the
resolution or bylaw fixing the number of directors at nine or more.  The term of
office of each Director in Class II shall expire at the second annual meeting of
shareholders of the Corporation following the effectiveness of the resolution or
bylaw fixing the number of directors at nine or more. The term of office of each
Director in Class III shall expire at the third annual  meeting of  shareholders
of the Corporation following the effectiveness of the resolution or bylaw fixing
the number of directors  at nine or more.  Each  Director  shall serve until the
election  and  qualification  of a successor  or until such  Director's  earlier
resignation,  death, or removal from office.  Upon the expiration of the term of
office for each class of Directors, the Directors of such class shall be elected
for a term of three (3) years, to serve until the election and  qualification of
their  successors or until their  earlier  resignation,  death,  or removal from
office.

     Section 6.3. Directors.  The names of those persons who are to serve as the
Directors of the Corporation  following the  effectiveness  of these Articles of
Incorporation  are set forth  below.  The address for each such  director is 215
Southport Drive, Suite 1000, Morrisville, North Carolina 27560.

          J. Nicholas England
          David H. Kestel
          W. Joseph McClelland
          Avi Suriel
          J. W. Stealey

     Section 6.4.  Removal of Directors.  Any  Director,  or the entire Board of
Directors,  may be removed from office at any time,  with or without cause,  but
only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds
percent  (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the shares of capital  stock of
the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. If
a Director  was elected by the holders of one class or series of capital  stock,
or of a group of such  classes or series,  only members of that voting group may
participate in the vote to remove him.

     Section 6.5. Factors to be Considered by the Directors.  In connection with
the exercise of its or his judgment in determining what is in the best interests
of  the  Corporation  and  its  shareholders,  the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation, any committee of the Board of Directors, or any individual director
may, but shall not be required to, in addition to considering  


                                       21
<PAGE>


the long-term and short-term interests of the shareholders,  consider any of the
following  factors and any other factors that it or he deems  relevant:  (i) the
social and economic  effects of the matter to be considered  on the  Corporation
and its subsidiaries,  its and their employees,  clients, and creditors, and the
communities  in  which  the  Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  operate  or are
located;  and (ii) when  evaluating  a business  combination  or a  proposal  by
another Person or Persons to make a business combination or a tender or exchange
offer or any other  proposal  relating to a  potential  change of control of the
Corporation (x) the business and financial  condition and earnings  prospects of
the acquiring Person or Persons, including, but not limited to, debt service and
other existing financial  obligations,  financial  obligations to be incurred in
connection with the acquisition,  and other likely financial  obligations of the
acquiring Person or Persons, and the possible effect of such conditions upon the
Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  and the communities in which the Corporation
and its subsidiaries operate or are located, (y) the competence, experience, and
integrity of the acquiring  Person or Persons and its or their  management,  and
(z) the prospects for successful conclusion of the business  combination,  offer
or proposal.  The  provisions  of this Section  shall be deemed  solely to grant
discretionary  authority to the  directors and shall not be deemed to provide to
any constituency the right to be considered.  As used in this Section,  the term
"Person" means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability
company,  association,  trust, unincorporated organization or other entity; when
two or more Persons act as a partnership,  limited  partnership,  syndicate,  or
other group acting in concert for the purpose of acquiring,  holding,  voting or
disposing  of  securities  of  the  Corporation,   such   partnership,   limited
partnership,  syndicate or group shall also be deemed a "Person" for purposes of
this Section.

                                   ARTICLE VII

     Section 7.1. Approval of Business Combinations. With regard to any Business
Combination (as defined in Section 7.5(b)) between the Corporation and any other
corporation,  person, or other entity, excluding its Subsidiaries (as defined in
Section 7.5(g)) except as provided in section 7.5(b), such Business  Combination
must be approved only as follows unless otherwise more restrictively required by
applicable North Carolina law:

          (a) The Business Combination must be approved by resolution adopted by
     affirmative vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors;

          (b) In addition to the Board approval specified in Section 7.1(a), the
     Business   Combination   must  receive  one  of  the  following  levels  of
     shareholder approval:

               (1) To the extent a  shareholder's  vote is required by law, at a
          special or annual meeting of  shareholders  by an affirmative  vote of
          the shareholders  holding at least a majority of the shares of capital
          stock of the  Corporation  issued and outstanding and entitled to vote
          thereon if such Business  Combination  has received the prior approval
          by resolution adopted by an affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and
          two-thirds  percent  (66 2/3%) of the full Board of  Directors  before
          such   Business   Combination   is  submitted   for  approval  to  the
          shareholders; or


                                       22
<PAGE>


               (2)  At a  special  or  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  by  an
          affirmative  vote of the  shareholders  holding at least sixty-six and
          two-thirds  percent  (66-2/3%)  of the shares of capital  stock of the
          Corporation  issued and  outstanding  and  entitled to vote thereon if
          such  Business   Combination   has  received  the  prior  approval  by
          resolution  adopted by an  affirmative  vote of a majority of a quorum
          (but less than  sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent  (66-2/3%)) of the
          Board of Directors; and

          (c) If the Business  Combination is to be approved pursuant to Section
     7.1(b)(2),  the Business Combination as approved must grant to shareholders
     not  voting to approve  the  Business  Combination  the rights set forth in
     Section 7.2.

     Section 7.2. Fair Price.  When any Business  Combination  above is approved
pursuant  to Section  7.1(b)(2),  any  shareholder  not  voting to  approve  the
Business Combination may elect to sell his shares for cash to the Corporation at
their  "Fair  Price" (as  defined  in Section  7.5(f)),  upon so  notifying  the
Corporation  in  writing  within  twenty  (20)  days  after  receiving   written
notification  of his rights  hereunder  and that the  Business  Combination  was
approved by the Corporation's shareholders.  The Corporation shall have ten (10)
days after  receipt  of the  shareholder's  tender of shares to make  payment in
cash.  Tender  of  shares  may  be  made  simultaneously  with,  or  after,  the
shareholder's written notification that he is electing to be paid the Fair Price
of his shares.  The  Business  Combination  shall not be  consummated  until all
shareholders  electing to sell their shares for cash to the Corporation at their
Fair  Price  pursuant  to  this  Article  VII  have  been  paid  in  full by the
Corporation.

     Section 7.3. Certain Restrictions on Business Combinations. Notwithstanding
any other  provision  of this  Article  VII,  prior to the  consummation  of any
Business Combination between the Corporation and a Control Person (as defined in
Section 7.5(c)):

          (a) such Control Person shall not have received the benefit,  directly
     or indirectly  (except  proportionately  as a  shareholder),  of any loans,
     advances,  guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or tax credits
     provided by the Corporation; and

          (b) there shall have been no increase or  reduction in the annual rate
     of  dividends  paid on the  Corporation's  common  stock  after the Control
     Person became such (except as necessary to reflect any  subdivision  of the
     common  stock),  unless such  increase or reduction  has been approved by a
     majority of Disinterested Directors (as defined in Section 7.5(e)).

     Section 7.4.  Amendments to Articles of Incorporation.  Amendments to these
Articles of  Incorporation  shall be adopted only upon receiving the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least  sixty-six and  two-thirds  percent (66 2/3%) of
all the shares of capital stock of the  Corporation  issued and  outstanding and
entitled to vote thereon;  provided,  however, that if such amendment shall have
received  prior  approval  by  resolution  adopted by an  affirmative  vote of a
majority of Disinterested Directors, then the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least a majority of all the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued
and  outstanding  and entitled to vote, or such greater  percentage  approval as
required by North  Carolina law,  shall be sufficient to amend these Articles of
Incorporation.


                                       23
<PAGE>


     Section 7.5. Definitions.  As used in this Article VII, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

          (a)  "Affiliate," as used in defining  "Control  Person," shall mean a
     corporation,  person,  group,  or other entity that  directly or indirectly
     controls,  is  controlled  by, or is under common  control with the Control
     Person.

          (b) "Business  Combination" shall mean (i) any merger or consolidation
     of the  Corporation  into any  other  corporation,  person,  group or other
     entity where the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity; (ii)
     any merger or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  with or into any Control
     Person or with any  corporation,  person,  group or other  entity where the
     merger or  consolidation  is proposed by or on behalf of a Control  Person;
     (iii)  any  sale,  lease,  exchange,   transfer,   hypothecation  or  other
     disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Corporation;
     (iv)  any  sale,  lease,   exchange,   transfer,   hypothecation  or  other
     disposition  of a  Substantial  Part (as defined in Section  7.5(h)) of the
     assets  of  the  Corporation  to a  Control  Person,  whether  in a  single
     transaction or in related transactions;  (v) the issuance of any securities
     of the  Corporation  to a  Control  Person;  (vi)  the  acquisition  by the
     Corporation of any  securities of a Control Person unless such  acquisition
     commences prior to the person becoming a Control Person or is an attempt to
     prevent  the  Control  Person  from  obtaining   greater   control  of  the
     Corporation;   (vii)  the   acquisition  by  the   Corporation  of  all  or
     substantially  all of the assets of any Control Person or any  corporation,
     person,  group or other entity where the  acquisition  is proposed by or on
     behalf of a Control Person; (viii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for
     the liquidation or dissolution of the  corporation  which is proposed by or
     on behalf of a Control  Person;  (ix) any  reclassification  of  securities
     (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation
     which  has  the  effect,   directly  or   indirectly,   of  increasing  the
     proportionate  share of the  outstanding  shares  of any class of equity or
     convertible  securities of the Corporation  which is beneficially  owned or
     controlled by a Control Person;  (x) any of the  transactions  described in
     this definition of Business  Combination  which are between the Corporation
     and any of its  Subsidiaries  and which are proposed by or on behalf of any
     Control Person; or (xi) any agreement,  plan, contract or other arrangement
     providing  for any of the  transactions  described  in this  definition  of
     Business Combination.

          (c) "Control Person" shall mean and include any  corporation,  person,
     group or other  entity  which,  together  with  its  Affiliates  prior to a
     Business  Combination  beneficially owns (as the term is defined by federal
     securities  law) ten  percent  (10%) or more of the  shares of any class of
     equity or convertible  securities of the Corporation,  and any Affiliate of
     any such corporation, person, group or other entity; provided, however, any
     corporation,  person,  group  or  other  entity  which,  together  with its
     Affiliates,  prior to June 30,  1998  beneficially  owned  (as the  term is
     defined by federal  securities law) ten percent (10%) or more of the shares
     of any class of equity or convertible  securities of the  Corporation,  and
     any Affiliate of any such corporation,  person, group or other entity shall
     not be considered to be a Control Person for the purposes hereof.

          (d)   "Corporation"   shall  mean  I-Magic   Mergeco,   Inc.  and  its
     Subsidiaries, or any one of them, and their successors.


                                       24
<PAGE>


          (e)  "Disinterested  Director"  shall  mean any member of the Board of
     Directors of the Corporation  who is  unaffiliated  with, and not a nominee
     of, a Control  Person and was a member of the Board of  Directors  prior to
     the time a Control Person became such, and any successor of a Disinterested
     Director who is  unaffiliated  with, and not a nominee of, a Control Person
     and who is recommended to succeed a Disinterested Director by a majority of
     Disinterested Directors then on the Board of Directors.

          (f) "Fair  Price"  shall mean the  highest of the  following:  (i) the
     highest price per share paid for the  Corporation's  shares during the four
     years  immediately  preceding the Section 7.1(b)(2) vote of shareholders by
     any shareholder who, at the time of the Section 7.1(b)(2) shareholder vote,
     beneficially  owned five percent (5%) or more of the  Corporation's  common
     stock  and  who,  in whole  or in  part,  votes  in  favor of the  Business
     Combination;  (ii) the cash value of the highest price per share previously
     offered  pursuant to a tender offer to the  shareholders of the Corporation
     within  the  four  years   immediately   preceding  the  Section  7.1(b)(2)
     shareholder  vote;  and  (iii)  the  highest  price  per  share  (including
     brokerage  commissions,  soliciting  dealers'  fees  and  dealer-management
     compensation)  paid by a Control Person in acquiring any of its holdings of
     the Corporation's common stock.

          (g)  "Subsidiaries"  shall  mean any  entity in which the  Corporation
     owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting interests.

          (h)  "Substantial  Part" shall mean more than ten percent (10%) of the
     total assets of the Corporation,  as of the end of the  Corporation's  most
     recent fiscal year prior to the time the determination is being made.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

     The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter, change,
and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any requirements of the
Bylaws and the North Carolina Business Corporation Act as in effect from time to
time (and  notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by
the Bylaws or the North Carolina Business Corporation Act), the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least  sixty-six and  two-thirds  percent  (66-2/3%) of the
voting power of all the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled
to vote  generally in the  election of  directors,  voting  together as a single
class,  shall be required  for the  shareholders  of the  Corporation  to adopt,
amend, alter, change, or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX

     Except to the extent that the North Carolina General Statutes prohibit such
limitation  or  elimination  of liability of directors  for breaches of duty, no
director of the Corporation shall have any personal  liability arising out of an
action  whether by or in the right of the  Corporation or otherwise for monetary
damages for breach of any duty as a director.  No amendment to or repeal of this
article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged  liability
of any director 


                                       25
<PAGE>


of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director
occurring  prior to such  amendment or repeal.  The  provisions  of this article
shall not be deemed to limit or  preclude  indemnification  of a director by the
Corporation  for any liability that has not been eliminated by the provisions of
this article.

                                    ARTICLE X

     Section 10.1.  Opt-Out of North Carolina  Shareholder  Protection  Act. The
provisions of the North  Carolina  Shareholder  Protection  Act, as amended from
time to time, shall not be applicable to the Corporation.

     Section 10.2.  Opt-Out of North Carolina Control Share Acquisition Act. The
provisions of the North Carolina Control Share  Acquisition Act, as amended from
time to time, shall not be applicable to the Corporation.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 9th day of June, 1998.

                                        /s/ Robert L. Pickens
                                        --------------------------------
                                        Robert L. Pickens, Incorporator
                                        215 Southport Drive, Suite 1000
                                        Morrisville, North Carolina 27560


<PAGE>
                             ARTICLES OF CORRECTION
                                       TO
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
              INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC. (F/K/A I-MAGIC MERGECO, INC.)



         Pursuant to Section 55-1-24 of the North Carolina General Statutes, the
undersigned  corporation  hereby  submits these  Articles of Correction  for the
purpose of correcting a document filed with the Secretary of State:

         1.       The name of the corporation is Interactive Magic, Inc.

         2. On June 11, 1998, the  corporation  filed Articles of  Incorporation
under the name I-Magic Mergeco, Inc.

         3. The Articles of Incorporation  contain a statement that is incorrect
as of the date hereof and that was incorrect when the Articles of  Incorporation
were filed. Article VII, Section 7.5(c) improperly  references an incorrect date
(June 30, 1998). Article VII, Section 7.5(c) provides as follows:

                  (c) "Control  Person" shall mean and include any  corporation,
                  person,  group  or  other  entity  which,  together  with  its
                  Affiliates prior to a Business  Combination  beneficially owns
                  (as the term is defined by federal securities law) ten percent
                  (10%)  or  more  of the  shares  of any  class  of  equity  or
                  convertible  securities of the Corporation,  and any Affiliate
                  of any  such  corporation,  person,  group  or  other  entity;
                  provided,  however,  any corporation,  person,  group or other
                  entity which, together with its Affiliates,  prior to June 30,
                  1998,  beneficially  owned (as the term is  defined by federal
                  securities law) ten percent (10%) or more of the shares of any
                  class of equity or convertible  securities of the Corporation,
                  and any Affiliate of any such  corporation,  person,  group or
                  other entity shall not be  considered  to be a Control  Person
                  for the purposes hereof.

         4. The correct  reference should be July 2, 1998.  Article VII, Section
7.5(c)  shall be  corrected  by deleting  it in its  entirety  and  substituting
therefor the following:

                  (c) "Control  Person" shall mean and include any  corporation,
                  person,  group  or  other  entity  which,  together  with  its
                  Affiliates prior to a Business  Combination  beneficially owns
                  (as the term is defined by federal securities law) ten percent
                  (10%)  or  more  of the  shares  of any  class  of  equity  or

<PAGE>

                  convertible  securities of the Corporation,  and any Affiliate
                  of any  such  corporation,  person,  group  or  other  entity;
                  provided,  however,  any corporation,  person,  group or other
                  entity which,  together with its Affiliates,  prior to July 2,
                  1998,  beneficially  owned (as the term is  defined by federal
                  securities law) ten percent (10%) or more of the shares of any
                  class of equity or convertible  securities of the Corporation,
                  and any Affiliate of any such  corporation,  person,  group or
                  other entity shall not be  considered  to be a Control  Person
                  for the purposes hereof.

         This the 13th day of July, 1998.


                                       INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.


                                       By:      /s/ Robert L. Pickens
                                                ----------------------
                                                Robert L. Pickens
                                                President


                                  EXHIBIT 4.01

Common Stock               [Interactive Magic logo]
                          INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS
                         OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA


NUMBER                                            Shares

IM ______________                       _________________________
                                        See Reverse for Certain Definitions
                                        CUSIP 45838M 10 4



This Certifies that __________ is the owner of __________ fully paid and
non-assessable Shares of the Common Stock, Par Value $.10 per Share of
Interactive Magic, Inc. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the
holders hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this
Certificate properly endorsed.

         This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer
Agent and registered by the Registrar.

         Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile
signatures of its duly authorized officers.



Dated: __________


/s/ William H. Marks                         /s/ Robert L. Pickens
    Secretary                                    President


COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:                 TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.                              

By:______________________________
       Authorized Signature

<PAGE>

                             INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.

         The record holder of this Certificate may obtain from the Secretary
of the Corporation, upon request and without charge, a full statement of the
designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each
class authorized to be issued and the designation, relative rights, preferences
and limitations of each series of preferred shares authorized to be issued so
far as the same have been fixed and the authority of the Board of Directors to
designate and fix the relative rights, preferences and limitations of other
series.
         The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

                  TEN COM                            as tenants in common
                  TEN ENT                            as tenants by the entirety
                  JT TEN                             as joint tenants with right of survivorship
                  UNIF TRANS MIN ACT                 ___________ Custodian ______________
                                                     (Cust)                         (Minor)
                                    Under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act __________________
                                                                                        (State)


         Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

         For value received                                   hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
                           ----------------------------------
</TABLE>

Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Please print or type/write name and address of assignee


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                     Shares
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
of the Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint __________________ Attorney, to transfer the said shares
on the books of the within name Corporation with full power of substitution.

Dated, __________________

                                                     __________________

                                                     __________________

                                                     NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO
                                                     THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST
                                                     CORRESPOND WITH THE
                                                     NAMES(S) AS WRITTEN UPON
                                                     THE FACE OF THE
                                                     CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY
                                                     PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
                                                     ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT
                                                     OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.



<PAGE>






                  Signature(s) Guaranteed:           ___________________________
                                                     THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE
                                                     GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
                                                     GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, AS
                                                     DEFINED IN RULE 17A-15
                                                     UNDER THE SECURITIES AND
                                                     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS
                                                     AMENDED.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED, THE
CORPORATION MAY REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A
REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.




         WARRANT AGREEMENT dated as of _____ __, 1998 between Interactive Magic,
Inc., a North Carolina  corporation (the "Company"),  on one hand, and BlueStone
Capital Partners,  L.P. ("BlueStone") and Royce Investment Group, Inc. (together
with BlueStone collectively  hereinafter referred to as the  "Representatives"),
on the other hand.


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue to the Representatives, in their
individual  capacity  and not as  representatives  of the  several  Underwriters
(defined below), warrants ("Warrants") to purchase up to 260,000 (as such number
may be  adjusted  from time to time  pursuant  to  Article 8 of this  Agreement)
shares (the "Shares") of common stock,  par value $.10 per share, of the Company
(the "Common Stock"); and

         WHEREAS, the Representatives have agreed,  pursuant to the underwriting
agreement  (the  "Underwriting  Agreement")  dated  _______ __, 1998 between the
Representatives,  as  representatives  of  the  several  underwriters  named  in
Schedule A to the Underwriting  Agreement (the  "Underwriters") and the Company,
to act as  representatives  of the several  Underwriters  in connection with the
Company's  proposed public offering (the "Public  Offering") of 2,600,000 shares
of Common Stock (the "Public  Shares") at an initial  public  offering  price of
$____ per share; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Warrants  issued  pursuant to this  Agreement  are being
issued by the Company to the  Representatives  and/or to their designees who are
officers or  partners of the  Representatives  and/or,  at the  Representatives'
direction,  to members of the selling  group or  underwriting  syndicate  and/or
their  respective  officers  or partners  (collectively,  the  "Designees"),  in
consideration  for,  and  as  part  of  the  Representatives'   compensation  in
connection with, the  Representatives'  acting as representatives of the several
Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  the payment by the
Representatives  to the  Company of TWO HUNDRED AND SIXTY  DOLLARS  ($260),  the
agreements  herein  set forth and other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:

         1.   Grant.

         The Representatives and/or their Designees are hereby granted the right
to  purchase,  at any time from ______ __,  1999 until 5:00 P.M.,  New York City
time, on ______ __, 2003,  (the "Warrant  Exercise  Term"),  up to 260,000 fully
paid and non-





<PAGE>



assessable  Shares at an  initial  exercise  price  (subject  to  adjustment  as
provided in Article 8 hereof) of $_______ per Share.

         2.   Warrant Certificates.

         The warrant certificates delivered and to be delivered pursuant to this
Agreement (the "Warrant Certificates") shall be in the form set forth as Exhibit
A attached  hereto and made a part  hereof,  with such  appropriate  insertions,
omissions,  substitutions  and other variations as required or permitted by this
Agreement.

         3.   Exercise of Warrants.

              3.1 Cash  Exercise.  The Warrants  initially are  exercisable at a
price of  $______  per  Share,  payable  in cash or by check to the order of the
Company,  or any  combination  thereof,  subject to  adjustment  as  provided in
Article 8 hereof.  Upon surrender of a Warrant Certificate with the annexed Form
of Election to Purchase  duly  executed,  together  with payment of the Exercise
Price (as  hereinafter  defined)  for the  Shares  purchased,  at the  Company's
principal offices in North Carolina  (currently  located at 215 Southport Drive,
suite  1000,  Morrisville,  North  Carolina  27560) the  registered  holder of a
Warrant  Certificate  ("Holder"  or  "Holders")  shall be  entitled to receive a
certificate or  certificates  for the Shares so purchased.  The purchase  rights
represented  by each Warrant  Certificate  are  exercisable at the option of the
Holder  thereof,  in whole or in part  (but not as to  fractional  shares of the
Common  Stock).  In the  case of the  purchase  of  less  than  all  the  Shares
purchasable under any Warrant Certificate, the Company shall cancel said Warrant
Certificate  upon the  surrender  thereof  and shall  execute  and deliver a new
Warrant  Certificate  of like tenor for the  balance  of the Shares  purchasable
thereunder.

              3.2  Cashless  Exercise.  At any time during the Warrant  Exercise
Term, the Holder may, at the Holder's option, exchange, in whole or in part, the
Warrants   represented  by  such  Holder's   Warrant   Certificate  (a  "Warrant
Exchange"), into the number of Shares determined in accordance with this Section
3.2, by  surrendering  such Warrant  Certificate at the principal  office of the
Company or at the office of its transfer agent,  accompanied by a notice stating
such Holder's  intent to effect such  exchange,  the number of Warrants to be so
exchanged and the date on which the Holder  requests that such Warrant  Exchange
occur (the "Notice of Exchange").  The Warrant  Exchange shall take place on the
date  specified in the Notice of Exchange  or, if later,  the date the Notice of
Exchange is received by the Company (the "Exchange Date").  Certificates for the
Shares  issuable upon such Warrant  Exchange and, if  applicable,  a new Warrant
Certificate  of like tenor  representing  the Warrants which were subject to the
surrendered Warrant Certificate and not included

                          -2-





<PAGE>



in the Warrant  Exchange,  shall be issued as of the Exchange Date and delivered
to the Holder within three (3) days  following the Exchange  Date. In connection
with any Warrant  Exchange,  the Holder shall be entitled to  subscribe  for and
acquire (i) the number of Shares  (rounded to the next  highest  integer)  which
would, but for the Warrant Exchange,  then be issuable pursuant to the provision
of Section 3.1 above upon the exercise of the  Warrants  specified by the Holder
in its Notice of Exchange  (the "Total  Number")  less (ii) the number of Shares
equal to the  quotient  obtained by dividing (a) the product of the Total Number
and the existing Exercise Price (as hereinafter defined) by (b) the Market Price
(as  hereinafter  defined) of a Public  Share on the day  preceding  the Warrant
Exchange.  "Market  Price" at any date  shall be deemed to be the last  reported
sale price,  or, in case no such  reported  sales  takes place on such day,  the
average of the last reported sale prices for the last three (3) trading days, in
either case as officially reported by the principal securities exchange on which
the Common  Stock is listed or  admitted to trading or as reported in the NASDAQ
National  Market  system,  or, if the Common  Stock is not listed or admitted to
trading on any  national  securities  exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ  National
Market  System,  the  closing  bid  price  as  furnished  by  (i)  the  National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  through  NASDAQ  or (ii) a  similar
organization if NASDAQ is no longer reporting such information.

         4.   Issuance of Certificates.

         Upon the exercise of the Warrants, the issuance of certificates for the
Shares  purchased  shall be made  forthwith  (and in any event  within three (3)
business  days  thereafter)  without  charge to the  Holder  thereof  including,
without  limitation,  any tax which may be payable  in  respect of the  issuance
thereof,  and such  certificates  shall  (subject to the provisions of Article 5
hereof)  be issued in the name of, or in such names as may be  directed  by, the
Holder thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay
any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance
and  delivery of any such  certificates  in a name other than that of the Holder
and the  Company  shall not be required  to issue or deliver  such  certificates
unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have
paid to the  Company  the  amount of such tax or shall have  established  to the
satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

         The Warrant  Certificates and the certificates  representing the Shares
shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile  signature
of the present or any future Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
or  President  or  Vice  President  of the  Company  under  its  corporate  seal
reproduced  thereon,  attested to by the manual or  facsimile  signature  of the
present or any future Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of the Company.  Warrant
Certificates shall be dated

                          -3-





<PAGE>



the date of execution by the Company upon initial issuance,  division, exchange,
substitution or transfer.

         Upon  exercise,  in part or in  whole,  of the  Warrants,  certificates
representing  the  Shares  shall  bear a  legend  substantially  similar  to the
following:

     "The securities  represented by this  certificate  have not been registered
     for purposes of public  distribution  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "Act"),  and may not be offered or sold except (i) pursuant to
     an  effective  registration  statement  under the Act,  (ii) to the  extent
     applicable,  pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (or any similar  rule under
     such Act  relating to the  disposition  of  securities),  or (iii) upon the
     delivery by the holder to the Company of an opinion of counsel,  reasonably
     satisfactory  to counsel to the Company,  stating  that an  exemption  from
     registration under such Act is available."

         5. Restriction on Transfer of Warrants.

         The  Holder  of a  Warrant  Certificate,  by  the  Holder's  acceptance
thereof,  covenants  and  agrees  that the  Warrants  are being  acquired  as an
investment  and not  with a view  to the  distribution  thereof,  and  that  the
Warrants  may not be sold,  transferred,  assigned,  hypothecated  or  otherwise
disposed  of,  in whole or in part,  for a period  of one (1) year from the date
hereof, except to the Designees.

         6.   Price.

              6.1.  Initial and Adjusted  Exercise Price.  The initial  exercise
price of each Warrant shall be $____ per Share. The adjusted  exercise price per
Share shall be the price  which shall  result from time to time from any and all
adjustments of the initial  exercise price in accordance  with the provisions of
Article 8 hereof.

              6.2.  Exercise Price.  The term "Exercise Price" herein shall mean
the initial  exercise price per Share or the adjusted  exercise price per Share,
depending upon the context.

         7.   Registration Rights.

              7.1.  Registration  Under the Securities Act of 1933.  None of the
Warrants  or Shares have been  registered  for  purposes of public  distribution
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").

              7.2. Registrable Securities.  As used herein the
term "Registrable Security" means each of the Warrants, the
Shares and any shares of Common Stock issued upon any stock split

                          -4-





<PAGE>



or stock  dividend  in  respect of such  Shares;  provided,  however,  that with
respect to any particular Registrable Security,  such security shall cease to be
a Registrable  Security when, as of the date of  determination,  (i) it has been
effectively  registered  under the Act and  disposed of pursuant  thereto,  (ii)
registration  under  the Act is no longer  required  for the  subsequent  public
distribution of such security or (iii) it has ceased to be outstanding. The term
"Registrable  Securities" means any and/or all of the securities  falling within
the  foregoing  definition  of a  "Registrable  Security."  In the  event of any
merger,  reorganization,  consolidation,  recapitalization  or other  change  in
corporate structure affecting the Common Stock, such adjustment shall be made in
the definition of  "Registrable  Security" as is appropriate in order to prevent
any dilution or enlargement of the rights granted pursuant to this Article 7.

              7.3.  Piggyback  Registration.  If, at any time  during  the seven
years following the effective date of the Public Offering,  the Company proposes
to prepare and file one or more  post-effective  amendments to the  registration
statement filed in connection  with the Public Offering or any new  registration
statement  or  post-effective   amendments   thereto  covering  equity  or  debt
securities  of the Company,  or any such  securities  of the Company held by its
shareholders  (in any  such  case,  other  than  in  connection  with a  merger,
acquisition  or pursuant to Form S-8 or successor  form),  (for purposes of this
Article 7,  collectively,  the "Registration  Statement"),  it will give written
notice of its intention to do so by registered mail ("Notice"),  at least thirty
(30)  days  prior to the  filing  of each such  Registration  Statement,  to all
holders of the Registrable Securities. Upon the written request of such a holder
(a  "Requesting  Holder"),  made within  twenty  (20) days after  receipt of the
Notice,  that the Company  include any of the  Requesting  Holder's  Registrable
Securities in the proposed Registration Statement, the Company shall, as to each
such Requesting  Holder,  use its best efforts to effect the registration  under
the Act of the Registrable Securities which it has been so requested to register
("Piggyback  Registration"),  at the  Company's  sole cost and expense and at no
cost or expense to the Requesting  Holders (expect as provided in Section 7.5(b)
hereof);  provided,  however,  that if, in the written  opinion of the Company's
managing  underwriter,  if any,  for such  offering,  the  inclusion of all or a
portion of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered,  when added to
the securities  being  registered by the Company or the selling  shareholder(s),
will exceed the maximum amount of the Company's securities which can be marketed
(i) at a price  reasonably  related to their then current market value,  or (ii)
without otherwise materially  adversely affecting the entire offering,  then the
Company  may  exclude  from such  offering  all or a portion of the  Registrable
Securities which it has been requested to register.


                          -5-





<PAGE>



         Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this Section 7.3, the Company shall
have the right at any time after it shall have given written notice  pursuant to
this Section 7.3  (irrespective  of whether any written request for inclusion of
Registrable  Securities  shall have  already been made) to elect not to file any
such proposed Registration  Statement,  or to withdraw the same after the filing
but prior to the effective date thereof.

              7.4. Demand Registration.

                  (a)  At  any  time  during  the  Warrant  Exercise  Term,  any
"Majority  Holder"  (as such term is defined in  Section  7.4.(c)  below) of the
Registrable  Securities  shall have the right (which right is in addition to the
piggyback   registration   rights   provided  for  under  Section  7.3  hereof),
exercisable  by  written  notice  to  the  Company  (the  "Demand   Registration
Request"), to have the Company prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  (the  "Commission"),  on one  occasion,  at the sole  expense of the
Company (except as provided in Section 7.5.(b) hereof), a Registration Statement
and such other  documents,  including a prospectus,  as may be necessary (in the
opinion of both counsel for the Company and counsel for such  Majority  Holder),
in order to  comply  with the  provisions  of the Act,  so as to permit a public
offering and sale of the  Registrable  Securities  by the holders  thereof.  The
Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become
effective  under  the Act,  so as to  permit a public  offering  and sale of the
Registrable Securities by the holders thereof. Once effective,  the Company will
use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
until the earlier of (i) the date that all of the  Registrable  Securities  have
been  sold or (ii)  the date  that the  holders  of the  Registrable  Securities
receive  an  opinion  of  counsel  to the  Company  that all of the  Registrable
Securities  may be  freely  traded  (without  limitation  or  restriction  as to
quantity  or timing and  without  registration  under the Act) under Rule 144(k)
promulgated under the Act or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) in
the  good  faith  judgment  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company,  such
registration  would be materially  detrimental to the Company,  and the Board of
Directors of the Company concludes,  as a result,  that it is essential to defer
the filing of such  Registration  Statement  at such time,  and (ii) the Company
shall  furnish to such  Holders a  certificate  signed by the  President  of the
Company  stating that,  in the good faith  judgment of the Board of Directors of
the  Company,  it  would  be  materially  detrimental  to the  Company  for such
Registration Statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore,
essential to defer the filing of such Registration  Statement,  then the Company
shall  have the  right to defer  such  filing  for a period of not more than one
hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the Demand Registration  Request, and
provided further, that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner
more than two (2) times in any rolling twelve (12) month period and should the

                          -6-





<PAGE>



Company delay the filing of a  Registration  Statement  upon receipt of a Demand
Registration Request, the exercise period of the Warrants shall be extended, for
each  such  delay,  for a  period  of time  equal  in  length  to the  delay  in
registration.

                  (b) The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of
any Demand  Registration  Request to all holders of the  Registrable  Securities
within ten (10) business days from the date of the Company's receipt of any such
Demand Registration Request. After receiving notice from the Company as provided
in this  Section  7.4(b),  holders of  Registrable  Securities  may  request the
Company to include their Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement to
be filed  pursuant to Section  7.4(a)  hereof by notifying  the Company of their
decision to have such securities  included within ten (10) days of their receipt
of the Company's notice.

                  (c) The term  "Majority  Holder" as used in Section 7.4 hereof
shall mean any holder or any  combination of holders of Registrable  Securities,
if included in such holders' Registrable Securities are that aggregate number of
Shares  (including  Shares  already issued and Shares  issuable  pursuant to the
exercise  of  outstanding  Warrants)  as  would  constitute  a  majority  of the
aggregate number of Shares  (including Shares already issued and Shares issuable
pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  outstanding   Warrants)  included  in  all  the
Registrable Securities.

              7.5. Covenants of the Company With Respect to
Registration.  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

                  (a) In  connection  with any  registration  under  Section 7.4
hereof,  the Company shall file the  Registration  Statement as expeditiously as
possible,  but in any event no later than thirty (30)  business  days  following
receipt  of any  demand  therefor,  shall use its best  efforts to have any such
Registration  Statement  declared  effective at the earliest  possible time, and
shall furnish each holder of Registrable  Securities such number of prospectuses
as shall reasonably be requested.

                  (b) The Company shall pay all costs,  fees and expenses (other
than  underwriting  fees,   discounts  and  nonaccountable   expense  allowances
applicable to the  Registrable  Securities  and the fees and expenses of counsel
retained by the holders of the  Registrable  Securities) in connection  with all
Registration  Statements  filed  pursuant to Sections  7.3.  and 7.4.(a)  hereof
including, without limitation, the Company's legal and accounting fees, printing
expenses, and blue sky fees and expenses.

                  (c) The Company  will take all  necessary  action which may be
required in qualifying or registering the Registrable Securities included in the
Registration  Statement  for offering and sale under the  securities or blue sky
laws of such

                          -7-





<PAGE>



states as are reasonably  requested by the holders of such securities,  provided
that the Company  shall not be obligated to execute or file any general  consent
to service of process  or to  qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do  business
under the laws of any such jurisdiction.

                  (d) The Company shall  indemnify any holder of the Registrable
Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement and any underwriter
or person deemed to be an underwriter under the Act and each person, if any, who
controls such holder or underwriter or person deemed to be an underwriter within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  against all loss,  claim,  damage,
expense  or   liability   (including   all  expenses   reasonably   incurred  in
investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any
of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising
from such registration  statement to the same extent and with the same effect as
the  provisions  pursuant  to which the  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the
Underwriters  as set forth in  Section 7 of the  Underwriting  Agreement  and to
provide  for just and  equitable  contribution  as set forth in Section 8 of the
Underwriting Agreement.

                  (e) Any holder of  Registrable  Securities to be sold pursuant
to a Registration  Statement,  and such Holder's  successors and assigns,  shall
severally,  and not jointly,  indemnify, the Company, its officers and directors
and each person,  if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section
15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the Exchange  Act,  against all loss,  claim,
damage or expense or liability  (including all expenses  reasonably  incurred in
investigating,  preparing or defending  against any claim  whatsoever)  to which
they may become  subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or  otherwise,  arising
from  information  furnished  by or on behalf of such Holder,  or such  Holder's
successors or assigns, for specific inclusion in such Registration  Statement to
the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the
Underwriters  have agreed to indemnify  the Company as set forth in Section 7 of
the Underwriting Agreement and to provide for just and equitable contribution as
set forth in Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement.

                  (f) Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall be construed as
requiring  any Holder to exercise the Warrants  held by such Holder prior to the
initial filing of any Registration Statement or the effectiveness thereof.

                   (g)  The  Company  shall  promptly   deliver  copies  of  all
correspondence  between the Commission and the Company,  its counsel or auditors
and all memoranda  relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with
respect to the Registration Statement to each Holder of Registrable Securities

                          -8-





<PAGE>



included for registration in such Registration Statement pursuant to Section 7.3
or Section 7.4 hereof that requests such correspondence and memoranda and to the
managing  underwriter,  if any, of the  offering in  connection  with which such
Holder's Registrable  Securities are being registered and shall permit each such
Holder  and  managing  underwriter  to do such  investigation,  upon  reasonable
advance  notice,  with respect to  information  contained in or omitted from the
Registration   Statement  as  it  deems  reasonably  necessary  to  comply  with
applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National  Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc. Such  investigation  shall include  access to books,  records and
properties  and  opportunities  to discuss the  business of the Company with its
officers and independent  auditors,  all to such  reasonable  extent and at such
reasonable times and as often as any such Holder or managing  underwriter  shall
reasonably request.

              8.  Adjustments of Exercise Price and Number of
Shares.

              8.1  Computation of Adjusted  Price.  In case the Company shall at
any time after the date hereof pay a dividend in shares of Common  Stock or make
a  distribution  in  shares  of  Common  Stock,   then  upon  such  dividend  or
distribution, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such dividend or
distribution shall forthwith be reduced to a price determined by dividing:
                       (a)  an amount equal to the total number
of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or
distribution  multiplied by the Exercise  Price in effect  immediately  prior to
such dividend or distribution, by
                       (b)  the total number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding immediately after such issuance or sale.

                  For the purposes of any  computation  to be made in accordance
with the  provisions  of this Section  8.1, the Common Stock  issuable by way of
dividend or other  distribution  on any stock of the Company  shall be deemed to
have been issued immediately after the opening of business on the date following
the date fixed for the  determination  of stockholders  entitled to receive such
dividend or other distribution.

              8.2. Subdivision and Combination. In case the Company shall at any
time subdivide or combine the outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  the Exercise
Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased in the case of subdivision or
increased in the case of combination.

              8.3.  Adjustment in Number of Shares.  Upon each adjustment of the
Exercise  Price  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Article 8, the number of
Shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of each  Warrant  shall be adjusted to the
nearest  full number by  multiplying  a number  equal to the  Exercise  Price in
effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of Shares

                          -9-





<PAGE>



issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  immediately prior to such adjustment and
dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted Exercise Price.

              8.4. Reclassification,  Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case of any
reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than
a change in par value to no par value,  or from no par value to par value, or as
a result of a subdivision or combination),  or in the case of any  consolidation
of the Company with, or merger of the Company into,  another  corporation (other
than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation
and which does not result in any  reclassification  or change of the outstanding
shares  of  Common  Stock,  except a  change  as a result  of a  subdivision  or
combination of such shares or a change in par value,  as  aforesaid),  or in the
case of a sale or  conveyance  to another  corporation  of the  property  of the
Company as an entirety,  the Holders shall thereafter have the right to purchase
the kind and  number  of  shares of stock  and  other  securities  and  property
receivable upon such reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger, sale or
conveyance  as if the  Holders  were the  owners of the  shares of Common  Stock
underlying the Warrants immediately prior to any such events at a price equal to
the product of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise
of the Holder's Warrants and (y) the Exercise Price in effect  immediately prior
to the record date for such  reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger,
sale or conveyance as if such Holders had exercised the Warrants.

              8.5.  Determination  of  Outstanding  Shares of Common Stock.  The
number of shares of Common Stock at any one time  outstanding  shall include the
aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock issued and the  aggregate  number of
shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options,  rights,  warrants
and upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities.

              8.6 Dividends and Other  Distributions with Respect to Outstanding
Securities.  In the  event  that the  Company  shall  at any  time  prior to the
exercise of all Warrants make any  distribution  of its assets to holders of its
Common Stock as a liquidating or a partial liquidating dividend, then the holder
of  Warrants  who  exercises  its  Warrants   after  the  record  date  for  the
determination of those holders of Common Stock entitled to such  distribution of
assets as a liquidating  or partial  liquidating  dividend  shall be entitled to
receive for the Warrant  Price per Warrant,  in addition to each share of Common
Stock, the amount of such distribution (or, at the option of the Company,  a sum
equal to the  value  of any such  assets  at the  time of such  distribution  as
determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company in good faith) which would
have been  payable to such holder had he been the holder of record of the Common
Stock  receivable  upon  exercise  of his  Warrant  on the  record  date for the
determination of those

                          -10-





<PAGE>



entitled to such distribution. At the time of any such dividend or distribution,
the Company shall make appropriate  reserves to ensure the timely performance of
the provisions of this Subsection 8.6.

              8.7  Subscription  Rights  for  Shares  of  Common  Stock or Other
Securities.  In the case the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall at any
time after the date hereof and prior to the exercise of all the  Warrants  issue
any rights,  warrants or options to subscribe  for shares of Common Stock or any
other  securities of the Company or of such affiliate to all the shareholders of
the Company,  the Holders of unexercised  Warrants on the record date set by the
Company or such affiliate in connection  with such issuance of rights,  warrants
or options shall be entitled, in addition to the shares of Common Stock or other
securities receivable upon the exercise of the Warrants, to receive such rights,
warrants or options  that such Holders  would have been  entitled to receive had
they been,  on such  record  date,  the holders of record of the number of whole
shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of their outstanding Warrants
(assuming for purposes of this Section  8.7),  that the exercise of the Warrants
is permissible immediately upon issuance).

         9.   Exchange and Replacement of Warrant Certificates.

         Each Warrant  Certificate is  exchangeable  without  expense,  upon the
surrender thereof by the registered Holder at the principal  executive office of
the Company,  for a new Warrant  Certificate of like tenor and date representing
in the  aggregate  the  right to  purchase  the same  number  of  Shares in such
denominations  as shall be designated by the Holder  thereof at the time of such
surrender.

         Upon receipt by the Company of evidence  reasonably  satisfactory to it
of the loss, theft,  destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate,  and,
in case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  of  indemnity  or security  reasonably
satisfactory to it, and reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable  expenses
incidental  thereto,   and  upon  surrender  and  cancellation  of  the  Warrant
Certificate,  if  mutilated,  the  Company  will make and  deliver a new Warrant
Certificate of like tenor, in lieu thereof.

         10.  Elimination of Fractional Interests.

         The Company  shall not be required to issue  certificates  representing
fractions of Shares, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu
of fractional interests,  it being the intent of the parties that all fractional
interests  shall be  eliminated by rounding any fraction up to the nearest whole
number of Shares.

         11. Reservation and Listing of Securities.


                          -11-





<PAGE>



         The Company  shall at all times  reserve and keep  available out of its
authorized  shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose of issuance upon the
exercise  of the  Warrants,  such  number of shares of Common  Stock as shall be
issuable upon the exercise thereof.  The Company covenants and agrees that, upon
exercise of the Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price therefor,  all Shares
issuable  upon such  exercise  shall be duly and  validly  issued,  fully  paid,
non-assessable  and not subject to the preemptive rights of any shareholder.  As
long as the  Warrants  shall be  outstanding,  the  Company  shall  use its best
efforts to cause all shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the
Warrants to be listed on the Nasdaq  National  Market or listed on such national
securities exchanges as the Common Stock is listed at such time.

         12.  Notices to Warrant Holders.

         Nothing  contained in this  Agreement  shall be construed as conferring
upon the Holder or Holders the right to vote or to consent or to receive  notice
as a shareholder in respect of any meetings of shareholders  for the election of
directors  or  any  other  matter,  or as  having  any  rights  whatsoever  as a
shareholder of the Company.  If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of
the Warrants and their exercise, any of the following events shall occur:

              (a) the  Company  shall take a record of the holders of its shares
of Common  Stock for the  purpose of  entitling  them to  receive a dividend  or
distribution  payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution
payable otherwise than out of current or retained earnings,  as indicated by the
accounting  treatment  of such  dividend  or  distribution  on the  books of the
Company; or

              (b) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Common Stock
any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities  convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company,  or any option,
right or warrant to subscribe therefor; or

              (c) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other
than  in  connection  with  a  consolidation  or  merger)  or a  sale  of all or
substantially  all of its property,  assets and business as an entirety shall be
proposed; or

              (d) reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common
     Stock  (other  than a change in par value to no par  value,  or from no par
     value  to par  value,  or as a result  of a  subdivision  or  combination),
     consolidation  of the Company with, or merger of the Company into,  another
     corporation  (other than a consolidation  or merger in which the Company is
     the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification
     or change of the outstanding

                          -12-





<PAGE>



     shares of Common  Stock,  except a change as a result of a  subdivision  or
     combination of such shares or a change in par value,  as  aforesaid),  or a
     sale or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the Company as
     an entirety is proposed; or

              (e) The Company or an  affiliate of the Company  shall  propose to
     issue  any  rights to  subscribe  for  shares of Common  Stock or any other
     securities of the Company or of such affiliate to all the  shareholders  of
     the Company;

then, in any one or more of said events,  the Company shall give written  notice
to the Holder or Holders of such event at least  fifteen  (15) days prior to the
date fixed as a record  date or the date of closing the  transfer  books for the
determination  of the  shareholders  entitled  to such  dividend,  distribution,
convertible  or  exchangeable  securities  or  subscription  rights,  options or
warrants, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding
up or sale.  Such notice  shall  specify such record date or the date of closing
the  transfer  books,  as the case may be.  Failure  to give such  notice or any
defect  therein  shall not affect the validity of any action taken in connection
with the  declaration  or payment of any such dividend or  distribution,  or the
issuance of any convertible or exchangeable  securities or subscription  rights,
options or warrants,  or any proposed  dissolution,  liquidation,  winding up or
sale.

         13.  Notices.

         All  notices,  requests,  consents and other  communications  hereunder
shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly made when  delivered,
or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

         (a) If to a registered  Holder of the Warrants,  to the address of such
Holder as shown on the books of the Company; or

         (b) If to the  Company,  to the  address set forth in Section 3 of this
Agreement or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the
Holders.

         14.  Supplements and Amendments.

         The Company and  BlueStone  may from time to time  supplement  or amend
this Agreement  without the approval of any Holders of Warrant  Certificates  in
order to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement  any provision  contained
herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any provisions  herein, or to
make any other  provisions in regard to matters or questions  arising  hereunder
which the Company and  BlueStone  may deem  necessary or desirable and which the
Company and the  BlueStone  deem not to  adversely  affect the  interests of the
Holders of Warrant Certificates.

                          -13-





<PAGE>




         15.  Successors.

         All  the  covenants  and  provisions  of this  Agreement  by or for the
benefit of the Company and the Holders inure to the benefit of their  respective
successors and assigns hereunder.


         16.  Termination.

         This Agreement  shall terminate at the close of business on _______ __,
2006.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  this  Agreement  will  terminate on any
earlier date when all Warrants have been  exercised and all the Shares have been
resold to the public;  provided,  however,  that the  provisions of Section 7.5.
hereof shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 16 until the close
of business on _______ __, 2009.

         17.  Governing Law.

         This Agreement and each Warrant  Certificate  issued hereunder shall be
deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York and for all
purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of said State, except to
the extent that the North Carolina Business Corporation Act mandatorily governs
the Warrants and Warrant Certificates.

         18.  Benefits of This Agreement.

         Nothing in this  Agreement  shall be construed to give to any person or
corporation  other  than  the  Company  and the  Representatives  and any  other
registered holder or holders of the Warrant Certificates, Warrants or the Shares
any legal or equitable  right,  remedy or claim under this  Agreement;  and this
Agreement  shall be for the sole and  exclusive  benefit of the  Company and the
Representatives  and any other  holder or holders of the  Warrant  Certificates,
Warrants or the Shares.

         19.  Counterparts.

         This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and each
of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to be an  original,  and
such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.


                          -14-





<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

[SEAL]                     INTERACTIVE MAGIC, INC.


                           By:
                                      Name:
                                     Title:
Attest:

- -----------------------

                       BLUESTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.

                       By: BlueStone Capital Management, Inc.,

                       By:
                           Kerry J. Dukes,
                           President

                       ROYCE INVESTMENT GROUP, INC.


                       By:
                           Name:
                                     Title:

                          -15-





<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT A

THE WARRANTS  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE OTHER SECURITIES  ISSUABLE
UPON EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT (i) PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT, (ii) TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE,
PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT (OR ANY SIMILAR RULE UNDER SUCH ACT RELATING
TO THE DISPOSITION OF  SECURITIES),  OR (iii) UPON THE DELIVERY BY THE HOLDER TO
THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE
COMPANY,  STATING  THAT  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER  SUCH  ACT  IS
AVAILABLE.

THE TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS
CERTIFICATE IS RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WARRANT AGREE-
MENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

                 EXERCISABLE ON OR BEFORE
        5:00 P.M., NEW YORK TIME, _______ __, 2003

No. W-                                      _______ Warrants

                    WARRANT CERTIFICATE

         This Warrant Certificate certifies that _______________ ____________ or
registered assigns, is the registered holder of _______ Warrants to purchase, at
any time from  _______ __, 1999 until 5:00 P.M. New York City time on ______ __,
2003  ("Expiration  Date"),  up to _____  fully-paid and  non-assessable  shares
("Shares") of common stock,  no par value (the "Common  Stock"),  of Interactive
Magic,  Inc.,  a North  Carolina  corporation  (the  "Company"),  at the initial
exercise price,  subject to adjustment in certain events (the "Exercise Price"),
of $____ per Share upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the
Exercise  Price at an  office  or  agency of the  Company,  but  subject  to the
conditions set forth herein and in the warrant  agreement dated as of ______ __,
1998  between  the  Company  and  BlueStone  Capital  Partners,  L.P.  and Royce
Investment Group, Inc. (the "Warrant Agreement").  Payment of the Exercise Price
may be made in cash, or by certified or official bank check in New York Clearing
House funds payable to the order of the Company, or any combination thereof.

         No Warrant may be exercised after 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date, at which time all Warrants  evidenced hereby,  unless exercised
prior thereto, shall thereafter be void.

         The Warrants  evidenced by this Warrant  Certificate are part of a duly
authorized  issue of Warrants  issued pursuant to the Warrant  Agreement,  which
Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
instrument and is





<PAGE>



hereby  referred  to for a  description  of the  rights,  limitation  of rights,
obligations,  duties and  immunities  thereunder  of the Company and the holders
(the words  "holders" or "holder"  meaning the registered  holders or registered
holder) of the Warrants.

         The Warrant  Agreement  provides  that upon the  occurrence  of certain
events,  the Exercise Price and/or number of the Company's  securities  issuable
thereupon may, subject to certain  conditions,  be adjusted.  In such event, the
Company  will,  at the  request of the holder,  issue a new Warrant  Certificate
evidencing  the  adjustment in the Exercise  Price and the number and/or type of
securities issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants;  provided,  however, that
the failure of the Company to issue such new Warrant  Certificates  shall not in
any way change,  alter,  or  otherwise  impair,  the rights of the holder as set
forth in the Warrant Agreement.

         Upon due  presentment  for  registration  of transfer  of this  Warrant
Certificate at an office or agency of the Company, a new Warrant  Certificate or
Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number
of Warrants  shall be issued to the  transferee(s)  in exchange for this Warrant
Certificate,  subject to the  limitations  provided  herein  and in the  Warrant
Agreement,  without any charge except for any tax, or other governmental  charge
imposed in connection therewith.

         Upon the  exercise of less than all of the  Warrants  evidenced by this
Certificate,  the  Company  shall  forthwith  issue to the  holder  hereof a new
Warrant Certificate representing such number of unexercised Warrants.

         The Company may deem and treat the registered  holder(s)  hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate  (notwithstanding  any notation of
ownership  or other  writing  hereon  made by  anyone),  for the  purpose of any
exercise hereof,  and of any distribution to the holder(s)  hereof,  and for all
other  purposes,  and the  Company  shall not be  affected  by any notice to the
contrary.

         All terms used in this  Warrant  Certificate  which are  defined in the
Warrant  Agreement  shall  have the  meanings  assigned  to them in the  Warrant
Agreement.


                          -2-





<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to
be duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated: _______ __, 1998          Interactive Magic, Inc.

[SEAL]                         By:__________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:
Attest:
- ----------------------

                          -3-





<PAGE>



              [FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE]

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right,
represented by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase _________ Shares and
herewith tenders in payment for such Shares cash or a certified or official bank
check payable in New York Clearing House Funds to the order of Interactive
Magic, Inc. in the amount of $___________________ , all in accordance with the
terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a certificate for such Shares be
registered in the name of , whose address is __________________, and that such
Certificate be delivered to __________________, whose address is _____________.


Dated:                     Signature:___________________________________________

                           (Signature  must  conform in all  respects to name of
                           holder  as  specified  on the  face  of  the  Warrant
                           Certificate.)

             --------------------------------

             --------------------------------
             (Insert Social Security or Other
              Identifying Number of Holder)





<PAGE>



                   [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT]

  (To  be executed by the  registered  holder if such holder desires to transfer
       the Warrant Certificate.)


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED_____________________________________________________

hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

________________________________________________________________________________
(Please print name and address of transferee)

this Warrant  Certificate,  together with all right, title and interest therein,
and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _______________, Attorney, to
transfer  the  within  Warrant  Certificate  on the  books  of the  within-named
Company, with full power of substitution.


Dated:                     Signature:___________________________________________

                           (Signature must conform in all
                           respects to name of holder as
                           specified on the face of the
                           Warrant Certificate)


- -------------------------------

- -------------------------------
(Insert Social Security or Other
Identifying Number of Assignee)











                                                                    Exhibit 5.01

                            SMITH, ANDERSON, BLOUNT,
                      DORSETT, MITCHELL & JERNIGAN, L.L.P.
                                     LAWYERS
                             RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA

MAILING ADDRESS                                                        OFFICES
Post Office Box 2611                           2500 First Union Capitol Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27602-2611               Raleigh, North Carolina 27601

FAX: 919-821-6800                                      TELEPHONE: 919-821-1220

                                  July 16, 1998


Interactive Magic, Inc.
215 Southport Drive, Suite 1000
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560

         Re:      Registration Statement on Form SB-2
                  Registration No. 333-53755

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Interactive Magic, Inc., a North Carolina
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the issuance and sale of up to
2,990,000 shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.10 per share
(including 390,000 shares of common stock subject to the underwriters'
over-allotment option). These shares are described in the Company's Registration
Statement on Form SB-2 (the "Registration Statement") filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), Registration No. 333-53755, under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), on May 28, 1998, as amended
on July 7, 1998 by Amendment No. 1 and to be amended by Amendment No. 2 with
which this opinion will be filed as an exhibit (the Registration Statement, as
amended, being hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement"). This
opinion supersedes and replaces the opinion of our firm dated July 6, 1998,
which was filed as Exhibit 5.01 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
filed with the Commission on July 7, 1998.

         We have examined the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the
Company, minutes of meetings of its Board of Directors, and such other corporate
records of the Company and other documents and have made such examination of law
as we have deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion. In our examination, we
have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all
documents as originals, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted
to us as certified copies or photocopies, and the authenticity of the originals
of such latter documents. In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have
relied on a certificate of Company officers.

         Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion, as of the date hereof, that
the 2,990,000 shares of common stock of the Company which are being registered
pursuant to the Registration Statement, when issued and delivered against
payment therefor as contemplated by the Registration Statement and form of
Underwriting Agreement by and among the Company, BlueStone Capital Partners,
L.P. and Royce Investment Group, Inc. filed as Exhibit 1.01 to the Registration
Statement, such shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

         The opinion expressed herein does not extend to compliance with state
and federal securities laws relating to the sale of these securities.

         We hereby consent to the reference to our firm in the Registration
Statement under the heading "Legal Matters" and to the filing of this opinion as
Exhibit 5.01 to the Registration Statement. Such consent shall not be deemed to
be an admission that this firm is within the category of persons whose consent
is required under Section 7 of the Act or the regulations promulgated by the
Commission pursuant to the Act.

                              Sincerely yours,

                              SMITH, ANDERSON, BLOUNT, DORSETT,
                                       MITCHELL & JERNIGAN, L.L.P.


                              /s/ Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell &
                                     Jernigan, L.L.P.







We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated May 6, 1998, in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration
Statement (Form SB-2 No. 333-53755) and related Prospectus of Interactive Magic,
Inc. for the registration of 2,990,000 shares of its common stock.

                                       /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
July 16, 1998



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission